Home

CreativeStudio User Manual v6.0

1. select the pattern and boundary Position the background pattern over the applique 4 Choose the Fill boundary Flip Ho Outside Icon or Right Click the selected patterns and choose Fill Outside Toggle Group Sewn Toggle Group Unsewn Delete A Relocate Combine Group Export Pattern Options 3 Move the background pattern over the applique boundary 4 Choose Fill Outside using either method Be Patient CS is creating a new pattern The Result When the pattern is moved from the boundary the stitching path is clear to see It is always a good idea to check the stitching path using Virtual Stitchout F2 Notice that the pattern parts that would have stitched over the heart applique are gone The remaining pattern parts are connected with new segments that follow the applique boundary and connect the segments in the same order they would have been stitched Tip Once a fill pattern has been created it can not be modified using the blue jf Arc Nodes Node Mode F7 LB Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 131 Page 132 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 17 Toggle Sewn or Unsewn Toggle Pattern Sewn or Toggle Group Sewn means it won t stitch out Toggle Pattern Unsewn or Toggle Group Unsewn means it will Rotate 90 degrees amp Flip
2. 1 Click here to reset the Speed to the default value peed 65 SPI 12 Needle ON G E Zoom 25 X 3 17 Y 0 61 5 Click here to 6 Click here to f t change Zoom calibrate the zoom setting will change to 100 to 100 Needle ON Needle OFF 1 Speed If the word Speed is purple it has been changed while stitching by pressing the Inc Speed or Dec Speed buttons Click on the word Speed to go back to the selected pattern s default value 2 Needle ON or OFF Click on the word Needle to change this to ON or OFF 3 G is the Gridpoint Snap Click on this button to turn on Gridpoint Snaps If this button looks like it is depressed the Gridpoint Snap is already on Clicking it again turns it off Clicking on the G key on the keyboard does the same thing 2 Click here and the Needle 4 E is the Endpoint Snap Click on this button to turn on Endpoint Snaps If this button looks like it is depressed the Endpoint Snap is already on Clicking it again turns it off Clicking on the E key on the keyboard does the same thing 5 Zoom Click on the word Zoom to reset the perspective on the Preview area This is not obvious unless the Grid is being displayed click View click View Grid 6 Zoom Reset icon enables the grid to be resized so the requested Grid Size is a true measurement This can be calibrated by using a 1 square paper template or ruler First be sure the Grid is
3. b a Lippen Li SE cette ee en ae N a This is what This is what This is what This is what the four the four the four the four corners would corners would corners would corners would look like if look like if look like if look like if Type Square Type Square Type Angled ae Type L Oriented ANA shaped 7 Ka J ae S ait her a a J iQ SS S gt WS 4 CS moves the top corners and borders into the preview area If the Quit Length is provided CS will calculate the sizes for the side borders and place as many as will fit If only the corner was selected Rem LE then only the corners are placed QZY JS ACE s BN at a a OR R N A O A N E O OA A O A A Ss If the Corner 1st and Border yy yyy yy Ly P 2nd patterns were both YD KA Nn LH LH yA PP selected it would look like this 5 fe Sl Ay iL iD yyy Ly LL rila IQ DISD UTS Wo WH LISS UA IIS Kear 1 amp 8 Ine When both patterns are selected IgA WA AND a quit length is entered the LAS ns result looks like this IGS Hr DA Dp eA IN stant YS H C MO BI Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head moves to the Start of the first pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread and choosing OK when ready to quilt CS will Stitch the first pattern and move to the next repeating the prompts for bobbin pull ups At the end of the quilting sequence you wi
4. Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 1 Basting Stitch in the Ditch using Point_to_Point Line 175 Press the Shift button to see additional functions Aip Angle C Radiate Angle lo gt kako 30 agiaie Flip Chan Stop Exit Pressing the shift button will display additional functions light blue buttons These can be initiated by using a 2 button sequence Flip Chan Lock Changes the current angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature If Radiate is not checked the Flip angle will replace the current angle To flip the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first then press the Flip Chan button To flip it back again repeat the 2 button sequence If Radiating Lines is checked CS increases the current angle by the number of degrees shown in Flip Angle To increase the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first then press the Flip Chan button Repeat this 2 button sequence to increase it again It will go up to 90 degrees and return back to 0 degrees Exit To exit P2P mode press the Shift button and press the Exit button Using the mouse and clicking the X in the upper right corner works too 3 Press OK to define the path Move the machine head from on
5. 3 9 1 13 ConvertBoundary Convert Boundary allows a boundary to be changed to a new function Click on the boundary to select it then right click to see the choices Boundaries can be converted to patterns or trims Boundary Conversion Options Select the or Tap the Convert Icon and Convert Choices Trim to Boundary boundary being Right click any open O l changed area on the Preview appear PZI Pattern to Trim area w p p2g Pattern to Boundary eB Choose Convert P20 Pattern to Outline to see the options Pattern to Curve P2C i Pattern to Trim E ext ae Pattern to Boundary j r ndar B2P Boundary to Pattern Ca Pattern to Outline W ti Pattern to Curve Boundary to Trim B2T ry e C Stitchout F2 Boundary Palin y Y Image Attributes Boundary to Trim T2P 3 Trim to Pattern x Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary g T2B Boundary to Pattern In this example a boundary was created for placing the basket pattern The basket pattern was sewn it is red indicating it has been sewn An easy way to outline the basket pattern is to convert the boundary to a pattern Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 125 and stitch it or Tap the Convert Icon and Convert Choices appear Select the boundary being changed Right click any open area on the Preview area Choose Convert to see the options The Results Boundary to Trim
6. 7_Dasigned Falem Properles y Note the orientation Pattern Name 1237c Pretty Posies E Set Freeze Aspect ON si Lt p Don t worry about the size Pattern Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 _ Tie Stitches 7 Pattern Width 12 76 Pattern Height 15 01 p Freeze Aspect PY Desianer Notes uf 2 Click on the Border_Corner icons 3 CS prompts for the border boundaries Click Outer border first UL UR LR LL corners a cl Bi kin Border Corner 4 ii 1237d Pretty Posies Border i UL upper left Outer Border UR upper right LL lower left LR lower right Border Comer Settings x 5 Border Settings Quit Length Margin i Connect Trug amp Comer Type Orientation UpperLett Type LShaped The lower edge is near the belly bar Click Inner border next UL UR LR LL corners Preview Pattern _ 4 1237 d Pretty Posies Border UL upper left Outer Border UR upper right LL lower left LR lower right Border Comer Settings 5 Border Settings Inner Border Quill Length 0 UL upper left UR upper right Margin 0 LL lower left LR lower right Connect True B Comer Type Orientation UpperLeft Type LShaped The lower edge is near the belly bar The image of the Outer Boundary is blue and the Inner Boundary is red CS can tell if this is an upper or lower border by the distance between the two boundaries If the bottom edges are very close it is an upper border
7. First create a boundary Use the quilt edges for the top right and left sides of the boundary Use the belly bar for the bottom edge A Click on Repeat_Patterns icon Change the Repeat Settings as needed Typical steps would be Turn Freeze Aspect On Enter Total Width 47 in this example Turn Freeze Aspect Off Enter Total Height 57 in this example Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Repeat Pattern Pantographs 213 Set Pattern Location Point Upper Left Corner Move machine to the Pattern Location Upper Left Corner in this example Preview Pattern Repeat Pattern Setup F a Pattern Location Point j Pattern Location UpperLeftCorner Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert Choose a Pattern Location and a Individual Pattern Details move the sewing head to that Reset to Designed Off spot Freeze Aspect Off Width 11 77 Change Individual Pattern Details Height 14 25 to get the size and density Rotation 0 E needed Repeat Settings eo ria Repeats and Rows ee r N 4 Click OK An image of your entire quilt appears in the Preview area Click OK to place pattern s at chosen pattem location ihe 7 oe K NN Pra T i ee a vat BIOS GYOS Pattern Location Point Pattern Location UpperLeftCormer a Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert A Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed Off Freeze Aspect Width i Heigh
8. Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary lf the boundary was created using the four corners of a block it may be tempting to use this for Stitch in the Ditch finishing If you do go slowly and carefully because seams are rarely ever straight Boundary to Trim In this example a background fill pattern will be used The boundary around the basket pattern can be converted to a trim which prevents the background from stitching inside the block Right click any open area on the Preview area or Tap the Convert Icon and Convert Choices appear The Results Select the boundary being changed Choose Convert to see the options B OLLF 6 y O P i Boundary to Trim Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary Others can be Tiny segments removed using lt 5 inch Draw Trim won t stitch out some of them will not be stitched out because they are so small Others can be removed using the Draw Trim feature Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 125 Page 126 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 14 ConvertTrim Convert Trim allows a trim boundary to be changed to a new function Trim to Pattern This choice was designed for people who choose to trim away some part of a pattern and then go back and outline stitch the trimmed boundary This hides the tie off stitches that are sometime visible to the discerning eye The res
9. gt Convert Fill Toggle Pattern Sewn Delete o Place Array Center Point Relocate 4 Choose the point that will be the center of the array There are several ways to determine the number of copies and or the number of degrees of rotation between them If you Know both the number of copies and the degrees just type in both of those numbers CS will use your numbers even if that means they don t add up to 360 degrees If you know the number of total patterns you want but not the degrees just type in the Total Number then click on the word Copies CS will subtract 1 from your total number and use that for the number of copies It will also calculate the number of degrees to use If you know the number of degrees between the patterns but not the number of copies just type the number of degrees then click on the word Degrees CS will 3 Click on the words Place Array Center Point Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 111 Page 112 Getting Started with CreativeStudio automatically calculate the number of copies to use Click on the words Place Array Center point and the cursor changes to a small crosshair Samples of Circular Arrays xt and the patterns used to create them a sug a uly ey LY xX Center Placement The position of Start and End points determines if the patterns will sti
10. lt is always a good idea to verify the accuracy of new alignment This can be done easily by turning on the crosshairs View Command and moving the machine head to various points checking the pattern alignment Remember Shift Selected only realigns the selected patterns 3 5 1 19 2 Shift All to 1 point Shift All to 1 point will relocate all of the patterns in the quilt group using one Known point It is virtually identical to the process used above except it impacts more than the selected patterns When you choose to Shift All to 1 Point all the patterns in the current quilt group will be realigned Only the current quilt group is changed other quilt groups are excluded from the realignment 3 5 1 19 3 Shift All to 2 points Shift All to 2 points will relocate all of the patterns in the quilt group using two Control Points This will affect the location and squaring of the quilt but not the size of the patterns This method can be used when the quilt and quilting is not square meaning the quilting needs to slope up or down By using Shift All to 2 Points on opposite sides of the quilt CS will calculate the Square Up angle and adjust the pattern automatically In the following example the first row of the quilt has been quilted already It is a good idea to choose known control points from the last row completed In this example the two known points will be the start and end of the last row completed because they
11. Boundary to Pattern Boundary to Trim Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary 4 Place the background filler pattern s in the block boundary Resize as needed so they fill the space between the two boundaries Now use the Fill Feature to add the background This method is described in detail in Fill Pattern 1s Background patterns EO have been changed so it won t stitch in the heart By placing 1 or more background patterns in the block boundary these patterns can be selected together and converted to a new pattern that fills the space and does not start or stop during stitching so there are no tieoff stitches Pattern to Outline This choice is useful when creating quilting designs that silhouette a previously stitched design This is a great option when multiple repeats of the original pattern would generate too dense a quilting pattern Choose Convert Pattern to Outline using either method Select the pattern being changed The result is a new pattern Rotate 90 degrees Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically Mirror Rubber Stamp 3 Circular Array gt ern to ndary Pattern to Outline E Pattern to Outline gt T2P Pattern to Curve Boundary to Pattern T2B Boundary to Trim Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary 1 Move the pattern to the Preview Area any method 123 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio
12. If the dongle is not attached to the computer CPU the software will not operate the stitcher Controller also called a MOD controls the motors This box contains the technology to translate the computer software instructions into commands that move the sewing head There are different versions of these controllers and each is marked with a letter or number THIS IS IMPORTANT Although you may only refer to this when downloading software it is important to know which controller version you are using There is a small switch box with 2 switches red and green that controls the power supply to the stitcher and controller At startup the red switch should be turned on first and the green second At shutdown reverse the order Monitor or screen or touchscreen displays the instructions Some have speakers attached and some don t All of the Statler Stitcher instructions will be displayed on this screen Responses to the instructions can be given using the mouse the keyboard keypad on the sewing head or touchscreen monitor Desktop is a nice name for the first computer screen that appears on the monitor after the computer is turned on It shows a collection of icons each of which has a specific purpose The icons have names and double clicking an icon will initiate that purpose task or program A 6 button keypad s is on the Statler Stitcher sewing head Like the mouse and keyboard these keys are also programmed to respond to
13. Measure Alt M Pattern Anchor There are four different pattern anchors used to adjust patterns ss plus one special method to adjust patterns Node Mode Each mode is identified on the screen by different color resizing handles Click a pattern once to select it and see the resizing handles Double click the pattern to change the pattern anchor modes rotating through all the appropriate modes Each mode responds differently to resizing because it is anchored at different points File Edit View Draw Tools Help v2 Set Sew Order F8 EndPoint F11 Draw Boundary Alt B ee Fiz Draw Trim Alt T Pi vy Draw Sewable D Measure Alt M F9 Edge Move any resizing handle purple and the opposite edge is anchored F10 Center Move any resizing handle orange and the center is anchored F11 Endpoint Move one of the resizing handles blue squares that appear only at the startpoint or endpoint of the pattern and the other is anchored F11 Endpoint anchors can not be used on block patterns since the startpoint and endpoint is the same point F12 Stretch Move any resizing handle gray and the opposite handle is anchored Stretch is the only resizing method that allows a resizing handle to change both height and width at the same time This allows the pattern to be stretched or skewed which is very useful when fitting a pattern into a not so perfect quilt block Node Mode is also initiated by clic
14. and the feature name appears on the status bar 3 5 2 5 1 Draw Arc Draw Arc Arcs are precise curves that are drawn on the screen using the mouse or stylus They are defined with three clicks identifying the arc start point the midpoint peak and the end point Experienced pattern designers use arcs extensively to create new patterns CS beginners will probably use them more often to connect existing patterns When doing this simple block patterns can be connected with arcs to create borders or more complex blocks FRSAS 153 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 153 Page 154 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Click on Draw Click on Draw Sewable Click on Arc or Press Alt A Tools Help gt Pattern Anchor fti Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim P2P Line w P2P Pattern Alt P DrawFreehand Alt F To draw an arc Press the icon or AltA or Click Draw Draw Sewable Arc Click point 1 an the way to 2 Click point 2 an the way to 3 Click points 1 4 and 3 completing the arc A Click point With the mouse click 3 times 1 is the start point of the arc 2 is the middle of the arc which will be the peak of the arc 3 is the end point of the arc To exit from the Draw Arc mode press Escape or Alt A or right click the screen AlttA is the shortcut
15. i i At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 2 Blocks Stitch Partial Patterns using Trim Outside 187 Tip Multiple Trim Inside boundaries are possible in one quilt group but only one Trim Outside Quick Reference Trim Outside 27 4 3 5 Stitch a Composite Pattern Composite patterns can be created using any patterns but block patterns 7s and P2P patterns 77 work best Composite patterns are recommended when a block is large and needs more than one patiern to fill the soace Sometimes composite patterns are created to fit unusual shapes Example 1 Simple patterns are often the best choice for quilts because they add curves and motion without detracting from the piecing Large areas may need multiple copies to provide consistent density Repeat Pattern feature used gt i to create the 4 repeats enone Empenn Soo gp oe a wp es Each pattern was Reterence Point UpperletComer w ale a a a a repositioned as needed E Ghas irom Poin 0 Horiz 0 Yen E Pattern Dostails Fagail Fanan to Dee OF Fen Aspect OH Fahem Wigh 9 67 Faten Heig 49 6 Indwiduel Fater 0 E Repeal Settings PEF a E Rapepts and Rig 4yftent lt t In the example above the pattern w
16. Laser ON Needle ON Stitch In Points OFF Thread Break Detect ON Tie Offs ON Current session settings Technical Support 22 There are many mechanical electrical and numeric settings that are required to run CS Some of the settings are defaults that can be changed Main Screen Layout Command Bar Tools Command 33 to suit the quilter s preferences These default settings are listed in the Controller Definition Form in Utility Functions and explained in detail in the chapter Set Stitching Defaults he Technical Support also covers Diagnostics which are metrics that are used to run diagnostic tests and Test System which is a routine used for troubleshooting Both are considered Restricted Areas Do not modify any of the values without explicit instructions from your dealer Set Origin 2x All graphics products need an origin but CS s ability to set a unique Origin point enables the projects to be repeatable across machines The repeatable Origin allows recovery from accidental or end of the night power shutdowns It also means that projects can be created for a whole quilt and the project can be sold shared to others Oil Stitcher This is a special routine that is an optional part of the regular cleaning and maintenance It runs the sewing head motor at varying speeds backwards so the oil has a chance to penetrate some places that are otherwise hard to reach New machines an
17. a The top edge is the baseline shown as a thick dashed line on the screen The pattern in this example has irregular edges which make it nest nicely but would leave big gaps in the first row if it is not adjusted CS will not place patterns above the baseline so the quilter needs to make the adjustments shown above and shift all the patterns up to close the gaps Make sure to add the extra space to the Quilt Length dimension Now however the pattern will stitch off of the edges when positioned to eliminate the gaps Use the Trim Inside function to trim off the excess that would stitch off the edge of the quilt using the machine head Trim Icon xs or the mouse Draw Trims Pattern colors indicate the sewing status Red means the pattern has already been sewn Black means the patterns have not been sewn Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 203 Page 204 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Teal green means the patterns won t fit in the current quilting space so CS can t quilt them yet As mentioned adjusting patterns that nest should be done before any quilting begins Just select all the patterns at once Select All icon and reposition as needed If adjustments are needed after the first rows have been completed the non quilted patterns need to be selected together This can be done by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on each pattern that
18. amp Options gt CS uses the following rules when reconnecting the pattern segments 1 Begin with the selected segment and follow that path to the end of that segment 2 If there is a pattern segment already snapped to its endpoint that will be the next segment reconnected If there are two or more snapped to its endpoint CS chooses the one with the lowest stitching order number 3 If no pattern segments are snapped to the endpoint CS looks for a segment that is within one stitch length distance from the current pattern segment It chooses and reconnects the closest segment If two or more are equidistant CS chooses Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 121 3 5 1 12 the one with the lowest stitching order number 4 If no pattern segments are within 1 stitch length CS stops joining the segments There are some important factors to mention e CS ignores the original stitching direction of all component pattern segments resetting them all based on the reconnection rules e It is a good idea to select the reconnected pattern and move it to the side Verify the new stitching path using the Virtual Stitchout function F2 e If any pieces are missing it will be obvious and changes need to be made Press UNDO as needed If there are any extra pieces left they will be seen and can be deleted lt is a good idea to use a separate quilt group for redesigning patterns Once the p
19. pim i Fr Monospac821 BT Italic 3 Cony Monotxt Bold 10 il O MV Bol Bold Italic 11 Sa g Palatino Linotype 12 f T PanRoman 14 TH Proxy 1 x 16 x Scroll through the different fonts Sample for a preview of the font style AaBLY Z2 Script A ry F 5 Choose the font style you like By scrolling through the choices you can see what the style looks like in the Sample box For variations preview the font using italics bold and bold italics styles Choose any font size because you will need to modify it to fit your boundary anyway 6 Click OK when ready and the pattern is moved into the preview area of the screen Resize as needed Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 141 Page 142 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 7 Save the Project 67 8 Click on Start_Quilting and pattern and prompts for pulling up the Before Stitching Pull up bobbin thread then click OK CS moves the sewing head to the start of the bobbin thread After Stitching Be sure to click OK CES uick inc Speed saa Dec maul Stop Start Stop At the end of the quilting sequence yo thread and click OK It doesn t matter u will be prompted to pull up the bobbin how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because It completes this process When the pa
20. the motions for stitching that design and save them so it can be used repeatedly CS will automatically name the pattern file BB Fancy Floral_Blk_1 pat Introduction Computer Skills Explore Files 23 and save it to a folder on your computer The path is C Patterns Recorded yyyyMondd_hhmmss qli This looks scary but it is really very logical The new pattern file needs a name that is unique and the current date and time make it unique A pattern recorded on New Years Day shortly after noon might be named C Patterns Recorded 2015Jan01_120345 qli It can be found in the folder C Recorded Patterns When a recorded patterns is sure to be used again it is a good idea to Export 19 the file giving it a descriptive name putting it in your My Patterns folder and saving it as a csq file The csq format is preferred because it is saved as arcs not polylines That is a techy reason but it means the file is saved more efficiently Buying Pattern Files Statler Stitcher owners seem to share an appreciation for beauty and perfection This is one of the reasons we tend to build a stash of patterns Finding the perfect motif for a quilt is fun and stitching it out is very satisfying So building a stash of patterns is bound to happen Each designer has a style of their own so try patterns from multiple designers and collect all their pattern catalogs too They are really inspirational When read
21. 90 Record Flip y OFF Chan Shift Change to Need Start Exit Flip Chan Lock Changes the current angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature If Radiate is not checked the Flip angle will replace the current angle To flip the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first then press the Flip Chan button To flip it back again repeat the 2 button sequence If Radiating Lines is checked CS increases the current angle by the number of degrees shown in Flip Angle To increase the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first then press the Flip Chan button Repeat this 2 button sequence to increase it again It will go up to 90 degrees and return back to 0 degrees Change to Need is used to check or choose the Needle Position option making the Lower Left button do a half stitch instead of a full single stitch Exit To exit regulated mode press and hold the Shift button and press the Exit button Using the mouse and clicking the X in the upper right corner works too Tip The LEFT handle button does the same thing as the lower left button on the keypad The RIGHT handle button does the same thing as the lower center button on the keypad This means Regulated Mode works with the handle buttons the same way
22. Calibrate All means to calibrate the Stitcher Motor Power Assist Stitch In Points OFF v Thread Break Detect ON Tie Offs OFF and the Record function There may be occasions to calibrate only one of the features In this case Click on Tools and hover over the arrow on the Calibrate line More choices appear CalibrateStitcher Calibrate Stitcher Move the machine head off of the quilt remove thread and bobbin case as prompted Click Yes when ready The needle will move as if it were stitching When done a dialog box appears with New Z Counts The value given will depend on the controller model being used er Calibrate Stitcher Motor New ZCounts value 1808 Calibrate Power Assist Any number close to this range is fine To calibrate Stitcher move stitcher off the quilt remove thread and bobbin Yes to start Calibrate Record Calibrate Power Assist The Statler Stitcher has been installed on numerous different machine heads which vary in weight and float depending on the wheels and other mechanical devices Power Assist makes the sewing head seem lighter because it adds a little motor Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Utility Functions Calibrate All 235 power making it easier to move Power Assist needs to be adjusted by each individual until the touch is comfortable There is a calibration utility that determines the initial default settings It a
23. Conversely if the top edges are very close it is a bottom border 3 Edit the Border Corner settings choosing the type and orientation that best fits the corner pattern Here are some examples of corner types Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 191 Page 192 Getting Started with CreativeStudio This is what the four This is what the four corners would corners would This is what the four This is what the four corners would look like if Type Angled ia Type L ANA shaped corners would 5 WO look like if look like if look like if Type Square Type Square Oriented Corner Types L shaped corners extend past the corner into the border area Square corners have the top upright and the bottom upside down Square oriented corners are rotated in 90 degree increments Angled corners are angled toward the inside at each of the four corners 4 CS moves the corner pattern into the preview area CS resizes the corner patterns places them according to the orientation and adjusts for the margin r Tip If you decide you don t like the corner pattern and want to try something else just highlight the new corner pattern click Pattern to Boundary icon and CS will switch the patterns Steps to follow for placing corners AND top repeats The Corner pattern should be highlighted so the Pattern Details are displayed in
24. General Stitcher settings have values that apply to the highlighted pattern and were inherited from the pattern settings which were inherited from the Project Settings s0 which were inherited from the default settings e General Pattern settings apply to the characteristics of the pattern highlighted in the preview area Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 53 Page 54 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 5 2 4 Click in the settings box and a drop down box appears Make your changes by dragging the slider using the tumblers or typing a number General Settings Stitches Per Inch 10 Pattern Speed 50 Tie Stitches Perlnch 23 Tie Stitches 4 Selected Pattern Vvidtl 3 75 Selected Pattern Heig 3 69 Freeze Aspect Off Selected Pattern Rota 0 2 E Selected Patten Rotatol 77 a Selected Pattern Rotatia 20 3 Stitches per Inch applies to this pattern Pattern Speed is a percentage of maximum motor speed 50 means 50 of the maximum speed Tie Stitches Per Inch is the size of the stitches taken when doing tieoffs Tie Stitches is the number of stitches taken when doing tieoffs selected Pattern Width is the width of one pattern selected Pattern Height is the height of one pattern Freeze Aspect 91 OFF means the Height amp Width are independent of each other selected Pattern Rotation is the number of degrees that the patt
25. General Settings Stitches Per inch Pattern Speed 10 Tie Stitches Per inch 23 Tie Stitches 4 Selected Pattern Width 3 78 Selected Pattern Height 3 72 Pete 7 Oni Ci Selected Pattern Rotatio 0 2 Stitches Per Inch Stitches Per inch for this selected pattern When a pattern is moved into a boundary it will be aligned to the baseline so if it slopes up or down the pattern will be rotated accordingly The slope is displayed in the Selected Pattern Rotation field of the details The Preview area is focused on the pattern most recently used To see all patterns and boundaries click View All icon Step 3 Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head will move to the Start of the pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread Press OK when ready to quilt At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK Be sure to click OK because it completes this process More elaborate designs can be stitched using combinations of single block patterns Here are some examples 2X Quit Group Pattern to Boundary was used 4 times Each time the pattern was rotated and repositioned Oe ZD fleur flower ay ENE Repeat Pattern feature used ay A as to create the 4 repeats Each pattern was repositioned as needed Repeat Pattern Setup B Reference Point Location Reterence Port UpperLettCorner on D Horiz Pattern t
26. It will look more like outline quilting WSave the Project V Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 227 Page 228 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 6 4 6 1 Restart Restarts are needed for a variety of reasons The thread break sensor stops the machine The quilter presses the Stop button The machine stops because it hit an obstacle Whatever the reason this feature makes restarting easy ec w ths Thread Break Restarts Feature Restart when a thread break has been detected Assumptions The machine stopped and the thread break was fixed Steps to follow 1 To continue quilting choose the Auto Restart option a Break Fix the broken thread Cut and press Auto Bobbin Restart Pressing this button moves the machine back to where the break was detected 2 CS asks if you want to confirm or move the Restart Point Move forward or backward if needed Quilt or Pick new restart point To move the restart Back point Press Pick New Point If this is the right location Press Quilt Pick New Pt Cancel lf the Auto Restart point is close use Back and or Forward to move the sewing head 7 stitches at a time until the sewing head is positioned properly Press Quilt when ready and continue to sew 3 Because there is a delay between the thread breakin
27. Rubber Stamp Pattern Icon 46 Running buttons Dec SPI 170 Inc SPI 170 Stop 170 SS SAM Controller 164 Sashings 196 Save As 67 Save Project 67 Save Project Icon 48 Save Reminder 67 Search 18 Search filenames 82 Search function 18 Securing the Quilt 170 Security key serial number 34 Select All 43 Select All Patterns 43 Select Alternating Type 54 Select between Blocks 180 Select button 61 Select multiple patterns 82 88 93 184 Select pattern 82 93 Select Pattern button 61 Select Registration 54 Select specific patterns 88 Selected boundary 86 Selected pattern 86 Selected Pattern Details 79 88 Selected Pattern Properties Framed in Magenta 53 Selected pattern rotation 86 Selected Pattern Settings 58 Selecting Multiple patterns 221 Selection Sequence 138 Set Defaults 232 233 Set Origin 232 Set Set Order 44 Set Sew Order 30 264 F8 145 Set Sew Order F8 146 Set Sew Order icon 119 Set sewing order 43 144 Set sewing sequence Howto 146 Settings Angle 173 Array Mode 173 Flip Angle 173 Setup framed in blue 79 Sew Overlap 164 Sewing backwards 119 Sewing Direction 146 Sewn Icon 47 Shift All to 1 points How to 135 Shift All to 2 points How to 135 Shift buttons Change to needle Pos 170 Exit 170 Flip Channel Lock 170 Record 170 Shift 170 Shift Key Features Radiating Lines 168 Shift 168 Shift Origin How to 137 Shift Selected Howto 134 Shift to 2 points 212 Shift Exit 168 Show Nodes 258 SID 16
28. These are intended for experienced CS quilters who want to use keyboard D I Y shortcuts and commands to control pattern design You can ignore the DIY tips without losing any functionality All of the quilting features will be described in full detail and in context in the next sections The Quilting Process Each feature will include the feature name any assumptions and the steps to follow If the step numbers are highlighted with cyan the step is part of the Setup mode Steps highlighted in magenta are part of the Edit mode The following two examples will provide an overview of the two most common quilting processes Single Blocks and Repeat Patterns Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 79 Page 80 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 4 1 Selecting Patterns Select means to choose If using the mouse this is a single click If using a touch screen it is tapping the screen Select and Click and Highlight are used interchangeably because selecting an object generally highlights it There are several methods to selecting multiple patterns All Patterns can be selected by clicking on the Select All Patterns icon This will select everything on the preview area for the current quilt group By default the stitching order is determined by the order the patterns were moved onto the preview area Pick and Choose select multiple pat
29. To change defaults see Set Stitching Defaults 1641 2 2 6 Help Command Help is an integrated system that provides information about CreativeStudio Click Help or press F1 to view the user manual s Table of contents to use the Index of key words or search for key phrases About will display the software version numbers the Controller serial number and the Security Key dongle serial number The Statler Stitcher Software License Agreement is included too File Edit View Draw Tools Manual Index Search About License Agreement This Help window will look very familiar to people who have used other help systems It is a split screen that allows navigating by topic on the left and full explanations of the selected topic on the right It is possible to search for something by browsing the table of contents by browsing the index or by doing a search for a word or series of words Many of the screens also have a Help icon Help which is a context sensitive request for help Click on this icon once then move to the object on the screen that is not understood and click again A short explanation appears or the help system opens allowing search capabilities Help Using the Table of Contents Access the Help system via the Table of Contents Drill Down for more levels of detail Click on to expand amp see more levels of detail Click on to compress the levels Quilting th
30. a tony Panen gt F7 Vere ant End In the Preview Area Right click the Path Pattern to select it 3 gis z Or Tap the Apply O Pattern Icon on the right side of the screen Combine Patterns groups together all the selected patterns and treats them like a single pattern for the duration of the project Be sure to select the patterns in their proper stitching order because that is how they will stitch out Rotate 90 degrees lt Flip Horizontally Flip vertically L f Delete Toggle Group Sewn Togale ouo Lin Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 259 Page 260 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Export Patterns saves the new design for future use as a special CS file type Export Formats CSQ or csqx for CS DXF for CAD software Selecting multiple patterns and then exporting them will result in one exported pattern not multiples Use Virtual Stitchout F2 before exporting to make sure the new pattern will stitch out in one continuous line design Give the pattern a descriptive name Node Mode F7 displays the pieces of each pattern showing all nodes Endpoint Nodes are pink squares and are used when moving dividing or combining pattern segments Arc nodes are blue squares and they are used to reshape the pattern segments but not for dividing or combining pattern segments Designer nodes
31. csq 139 File type csqx 139 File type dxf 139 Fill in corners 187 Fill Inside 47 225 258 Fill Inside About 128 Fill Inside How To 128 Fill Inside Icon 46 Fill Outside 47 258 Fill Outside About 128 Fill Outside How To 130 Fill Outside Icon 46 Flip Angle 242 Flip H 46 Flip Horizontal 258 Flip pattern About 108 Flip Pattern Horizontal 46 Flip Pattern Horizontal Icon 46 Flip pattern Horizontally 108 Flip Pattern Icon 46 Flip Pattern Vertical Icon 46 Flip pattern Vertically 108 Flip VV 46 Flip Vertical 258 Flip Vertical Pattern 46 Folder 18 Forward 228 Forward 7 stitches 228 230 Freeze Aspect 75 77 88 95 178 180 196 G G button 63 Galil Settings 232 General Pattern Settings Designer Notes 52 53 Freeze Aspect 51 52 53 Margin 51 52 Pattern height 51 52 Pattern Width 51 52 Selected Pattern Height 53 Index 277 General Pattern Settings Selected Pattern Rotation 53 Selected Pattern Width 53 General Stitcher Settings Pattern Speed 52 53 Stitches Per Inch 52 53 Tie Stitches 52 53 Tie Stitches Per Inch 52 53 Gray Handles 88 146 Green Filter 101 Grid Size 30 71 145 264 Gridpoint snap 63 71 153 156 Group Pattern Icon 221 H Hand guided 170 Handle buttons 61 Help 43 Help command About Help 34 Contents Help 34 Index Help 34 Search help 34 Help Icon 45 Hit the Pickup roller 209 Hopping foot 170 Horizontal spacing 96 Hover over pink 118 Hovering 38 Icon
32. defined by moving the sewing head and clicking points around the area to be trimmed creating a perfect fit The trim can be done to the pattern inside 2s or outside of the bounded area so make that choice first using the arrow to the right Click here to display the choices of the icon Note There is a similar Draw Trimis A unction that uses the mouse to identify points on the screen instead of using the sewing head K Measure Icon The measure function will help obtain exact measurements s for the quilt area you choose It uses the sewing head to identify two points the beginning and ending point of a line Based on this line CS displays the measurement of the absolute height absolute width the actual length which is the diagonal and it gives the angle number of degrees of rotation of the defined Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 41 Page 42 Getting Started with CreativeStudio line This utility will allow multiple measurements to be taken consecutively so choose Cancel to exit the Measure Mode It is possible to transfer a measurement s4 to one of the settings in a property iG Note There is a similar Draw Measure aw unction that uses the mouse to identify points on the screen instead of using the sewing head Restart Quilting Icon The Restart function is used whenever the machine stops by itself thread break or the
33. fato Laser Reg Type Smooth Bobbin Sach Neede Stitch Ports View KeyPad Tiso Stitches 7 Stop at Juve Stich v Total Sitch Court 299067 Tieot SPI Auto Toggle as Unsewn Competitive Ties Thread Break Margins 0 TB Delay secs 0 1 Tam Skip Length E2E Registration Endof Set Controler Mod Cortroler Version DMC2132 Rev 1 02 Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Set Stitching Defaults 165 Remember some settings can be changed using Tools in the Command bar File Edit View Draw Help Technical Support Set Origin Oil Stitcher Calibrate All s Some settings can be Dera OFF changed dynamically even Laser OFF when the stitcher is Needle ON running Stitch In Points OFF j Some settings can be Thread Break Detect ON changed at the status bar Tie Offs ON Speed 65 SPI 12 Needle ON G E Zoom 23 X 2 45 Y 1 61 The most common setting changes relate to the way the quilting patterns start and stop There are several methods which require combinations of settings to change 1 Simple Tieoffs This method is used for Edge to Edge background designs There are several stitches taken before the start and after the end of the pattern 2 Fast Simple Tieoffs This method is used for any quilting where speed is important Tieoffs are used assume competitive ties are chosen and the machine does not stop to wait for the threads to be
34. i Set Sew Order Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Click on Draw Sewable p 2 gt Click on P2P Pattern P HK L O Curve o l Or tap the Draw P2P Pattern Icon E P2PPattemn AltP D amp Draw Freehand Alt F The following demonstrates how to make new patterns by enhancing existing ones using Draw P2P Pattern Choose a simple block design amp move it to the preview area Choose a simple P2P pattern Freeze aspect On is a good idea Press the icon or Alt P or Click Draw Draw Sewable P2P Pattern Use Draw P2P Pattern Press Alt P to begin Click on Draw F8 r Alt P Press J Ar a to enhance block designs Begin with a simple block and a simple P2P pattern p2ppeak Click each point sequentially Set gridpoint snaps on if desired Right click to complete the pattern The following shows some of the possibilities using the same basic design and adding different P2P patterns to it New Patterns using Draw with P2P Pattern To exit from the Draw Pattern mode press Escape or Alt P or right click the screen 3 5 2 5 5 Draw Freehand The Draw sewable Freehand feature provides the ability to draw on the screen using the mouse stylus finger edit the new pattern and stitch it This is very similar Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 157 Page 158 Getti
35. specific 80 Pattern Selection stacked 80 Pattern Settings 58 Pattern speed 95 Pattern to Boundary About 121 Pattern to Boundary choices Squeeze fit 86 Standard fit 86 Stretch fit 86 Pattern To Boundary Icon 86 190 221 Squeeze Fit 40 178 Standard Fit 40 178 Stretch Fit 40 178 Pattern to Curve About 121 Pattern to Outline About 121 Pattern to Trim 121 Pattern width 95 PAUSE messages 116 Perimeter boundary 121 122 128 130 Phase1 168 Phase 2 Blocks 177 photo jpog image 101 Pick New Point 228 230 Place Array Center Point 111 Plan the Point layout 196 Planning the Quilt Preview Patterns 66 WYSIWYQ 66 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 279 Page 280 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Plus Rowon Top 96 Point of origin 67 Point to Point 196 253 254 Point To Point Line 173 Point to Point Icon 40 Point to Point Pattern 187 Point To Point Pattern Icon 196 Point to Point Patterns 74 77 Power Assist 234 Power Down 12 Power Up 12 Preview area 60 93 CAD screen 48 Preview P2P line 173 Preview Patterns 66 Preview patterns together 60 Primary Settings Quilt length Process Details Framed in Gray 54 Project 12 Project Encryption 74 Project File Names 67 Project files 20 Project Information 48 70 73 Pattern filename 48 Pattern thumbnail image 48 Selected Patterns 48 Project Information Icons Add Pattern Ilcon 48 Add Quilt Group Icon 48 Expor
36. 0 Vert if Start End Width ON 4 Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed Off Freeze Aspect On Width 22 31 Height 9 72 Rotation 0 4 Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 1 Repeats 1 Rows Total Width 14 67 To 9 72 teama on Frere 0 vert Total Width 22 31 Quilt Angle 0 if Start End Width OFF Connect ConnectStartAndEnd Alternating None Spacing Horiz Vert is the distance between patterns Positive numbers spread the patterns further apart and negative numbers bring them closer together 3 repeats 3 rows Spacing adjusted Alternating Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 3 Rows Total Width 27 00 Total Height 36 Start End Width li Quilt Angle Conneci Sohbbink Quilt Angle is the number of acta of rotation applied to the series of patterns This applies to patterns grouped together a Repeat Pattern Setup Pattern Location Point Pattern Location Startpoint amp Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed Off Freeze Aspect Off Width 6 89 EFF Height 3 WP Rotation 0 eth Loo Repeat Settings SS Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 1 Rows t Total Width 13 59 L L I d J Total Height 3 2 Start End Width On Quilt Angle will rotate the Spacing 0 Horiz 0 Vert cut Ange z5 series of patterns as shown Connect ConnectStartAndEnd Alema ng None l Connect what to do between each patter
37. 11 19 2014 12 03 File folder E m Intel 10 15 2013 1 08 PM_ File folder of Patterns 10 4 2013 8 39AM File folder i pr a do Patterns for Statler Touch Tool Belt 1 4 2014 2 47 PM File folder e ad A EERE ae has been Patterns Recorded 11 22 2014 11 10 ma m l created for your projects PerfLogs 8 22 2013 10 22 AM foldet Program Files 1 31 2014 10 20AM __ Filet f Program Files x86 11 14 2014 8 39 AM Bile 4 23 2014 11 40 S3 ha tton d Ji StatlerStitcher Type a unique file name a and Press Save a Sy D ae a me Users aemm a ad anaia T My Quilt Project proj Save as type Stitcher Project Files proj Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 67 Page 68 Getting Started with CreativeStudio CS saves projects with a file extension s of proj or projx The extension is determined by the type of patterns used If the project includes only unencrypted patterns like those that came with the Statler Stitcher the file extension will be proj If the project includes patterns that were purchased from a designer who encrypted 12 them to run on one machine only the file extension will be projx Once an encrypted pattern is added to the project s pattern list and the project is saved the project becomes encrypted and remains encrypted even if the encrypted pattern is removed Save your project file often CS w
38. A 2nd patterns were both VPI YAH HDHD ppp UPS selected it would look like this 5 Dee eee eww rr eee ene ene eee ene nee eee eee ewe eee nemo ry ry vir Yy y AYY AYY x Y AA AYY j j n 4 4 m ap Pya w m Fj IYN P IYN rey d ry MAAS S S Yt JZ ry yi LA YYA Ls y kc JY LK hee Ay LS lt RAS d a ll eR PP ESEA AY SSR SRR REED PRA RES RSD RRS ED AD TTS NU TSS JOO YS WU VSS SOU TSS 4 N WITS DKS 4A 2 D e Le A A Ue i LY A TS S i 8 D BS a gt L A AW eu yA When both patterns are selected D gt WA AND a quit length is entered the A VA result looks like this Gy iit 3 The Edge To Edge Settings control the placement of repeated patterns The process defines all the repeats required to fill an area of the quilt top It works in conjunction with the Continue process which helps to position the rows of quilting after the quilt top has been rolled The settings are introduced here and will be explained in detail when used in context Pattern Height 12 Select Alternatin None ion Lott 2 amp 8 Z gt B28 gt amp C z gt tl yl eeeeee av R E ia Repeats and Ro 1 Repeats 1 Row Select Registrati Place TwoPins H Primary Settings Primary Settings refer to the quilt space spacing 0 Horiz 0 Vert Maintain Aspect On Size Settings refer to the quilt pattern chosen Quilt Length 0 J
39. After Stitching Be sure to click OK Pull up bobbin thread then click OK Bobbi Cut Single Stitch At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process When the patterns are all stitched the screen will display them with red lines instead of black This is a visual reminder that they are tagged as having been sewn already Quick Reference P2P Pattern zs Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 199 Page 200 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 5 4 5 1 Phase 4 Backgrounds A Pantograph pattern is a very simple form of background quilting The pattern is Stitched both across multiple repeats and down multiple rows the area For custom quilting background fillers are frequently used This is dense quilting around an applique or quilted motif The filler compresses the background allowing the applique or motif to be framed and highlighted CS has two methods for for doing pantographs Edge to Edge is a simple method for pantographs CS maintains control during most of this process Repeat Patterns 22 is a different method for pantographs which allows other design options to be performed simultaneously The quilter maintains control during this p
40. All PowerAssist OFF Laser O v Needle ON Stitch In Points OFF v Thread Break Detect ON Tie Offs OFF Calibrating the Power Assist does not turn it on automatically so click on the Power Assist choice in the Tools section of the command bar Once it is turned on PA will remain on until it is turned off even if CS is shut down and restarted CalibrateRecord Calibrate Record ensures that the patterns recorded will play back at their true sizes When calibrating it is important to move the machine front and center It will move by itself in a diagonal direction Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Utility Functions Calibrate All Click Yes when thread is removed and Calibrate Stitcher Motor the machine is front amp center 4 Calibrate Power Assist To calibrate Record move stitcher to Calibrate Record front middle ee thread Yes to Record calibration finished a start _ Yes Cancel OK Cancel When the routine is done click OK to clear the message 237 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 237 Page Part V 5 5 1 Quick Reference Sheets Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Icons Shortcuts Icon Wis ZIY d CreativeStudio Quick Start Icons and Shortcuts Stitching Icons v is an abbreviation for click Icon Name description amp shortcut key
41. Contents 5 E E Settings O AEE eh aie Aaa a eich EAEAN E eh es AAE E AEAEE 142 Rename Quilt Group I ete EA een Ce Eee A AEA Er E E T PER DR EPRI eee 143 Convert boundary Bers erat eee ep goddess ang ay dese ved en nea AE E enrel bees E EEE 143 MAESE NO uct aa rr cc mcre te ertame A ert mare tear ierr nein pence rer Cry yr ane inne mene eenre eer 144 Draw Options oda E EEE wed walddlan E E E ET E TETE 145 Pattern ANCONS nE E S E 146 Set Sew Ord l erase EE ei aA EEEE Eaa ns AN Mera anime 146 Draw Boundary Beier ieee E E tec ache lee cece cic asian cee ee ea 149 Gridpoint Snaps Beth aca or atk A ga ee ence en enonepemsesasaeaaa mua eens eanureeneieun nana canna netananonet 150 Endpoint Snaps IOS ache ean ete cee E cine ce elite ears Deas ee nes ere ana 150 Draw THN eee CEE a aA Ai Eae E a A E EEE a Eaa 151 DAW SCWab OAE E A ana antec ainaiosenniundmaduanrees 153 Draw Ar Ee eee NEA A E 153 Draw GUNE ESen E A E esas A TE aoa 155 Draw P2P ENO nien a A A aa 156 Draw P2P PAWE eaa E E A a A E E E A ten aretete 157 Draw Froana Ca oa ri ra cs chee A N A acc sea on sen tan E E A A eee 157 Draw MCASUI Cert rr i ini S E OAE 159 AW ers Koala gu ti ore hed BT ala 2 0 Koteeeererntrer terete corner ent a SE ener eter er E rer crt 159 Record Options E E E E E E E E 160 Part IV Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use 164 Set Stitching D efauh S ES 164 2 Phase 1 Basting E ETE EE NIN IE V T A AEE E V E E EE 168 Securing the Quilt usin
42. CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 77 Page 78 Getting Started with CreativeStudio P2P pattern in the pattern list and hold the Ctrl key down while selecting 1 or more additional P2P patterns Now as the P2P points are clicked the patterns will be placed based on their selection sequence Shows the click points Use the Ctrl key to select both P2P patterns T T T N e gt p2p flower 2 a d f He Qoaflnawiear_ Freeze Aspect ON but click spacing varied In this example two P2P patterns were concatonated Freeze Aspect ON and the click spacing varied These are great options for skinny sashings Design It Yourself Point to Point P2P lines and patterns can be positioned using the P2P icon amp sewing head or using the Draw command and the mouse P 1 Y Both techniques will be described in full detail 3 4 Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit 79 Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit What You See Is What You Quilt There is an acronym for this WYSIWYQ Pronounced Whissey Wick Being able to see what is about to be quilted is extremely valuable because it eliminates many surprises There are two modes involved when choosing positioning and previewing quilting patterns 1 Setup Mode enables the quilter to change the settings that define how the patterns should stitch for this project 2 Edit Mode enables the qui
43. End path Order Join right click on Modify gt Convert any open al Fill space in the Change Toggle Group Sewn a rag Stitching Toggle Group Unsewn o retresn It Status Delete Synchronize A Relocate amp Combine Group Export Pattern Options Reposition Options Pattern Design Options Rotate rotates the pattern as many degrees as you like Flip Horizontally turns the pattern sideways Flip Vertically turns the pattern upside down o V O Right click the pattern and choose Mirror The Result Rubber Stamp makes an exact copy an existing pattern or group of patterns When there are several patterns selected CS will combine patterns first and then make a copy of the group and tag it as being unsewn Once several patterns are grouped together there is no Bobbin Pull up prompt between them and they stay grouped for the entire project If patterns are stacked more than 2 deep use lt gt to select them Drag the top copy away to its new position Y O a a r Flip Horizontally O Flip Vertically Delete Ao 2 O BSA Toggle Pattern Sewn STAR f K A R ee e rara S ete t a aa J gt Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Right Click Options 259 l Circular Array creates a new circular pattern by repeating and rotating a single pattern CS only needs to know which pattern to use how many repeats are needed how many de
44. Fill Outside is useful for stitching a background design behind an applique if the background design doesn t need to be bound There is only one boundary needed for the applique applique Choose the Fill Outside Icon DRaa CD NEI The Result or Right Click the selected patterns and choose Fill Outside 9 amp Combine Group Export Pattern Options Change Stitching Status LY Toggle Pattern Sewn or Toggle Group Sewn means it won t stitch out again Toggle Pattern Unsewn or toggle group unsewn means it will stitch again x Delete removes the pattern from the preview area Relocate Patterns means changing the alignment between pattern positioning on the screen and the quilt CS has the ability to realign one several or all patterns Shift Selected to 1 Point will relocate the selected pattern s When a quilt has been tightened or loosened or shifted for any reason the patterns won t always line up with the original placement so shift the patterns to fit the quilt Shift All to 1 Point will relocate all of the patterns in the active quilt group without Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Right Click Options 263 changing the rotation angle Shift All to 2 Points will relocate all of the patterns in the active quilt group This makes it much easier to design a whole cloth quilt and stitch sections out individually Using 2 points allows the squar
45. Group Unsewn o reresn It Status Delete Synchronize A Relocate Combine Group Export Pattern Options Pattern Design Options TIP Throughout this text you will see Click or Tap which means use your method of choice mouse or touch screen to select and execute one of the features Right clicking a pattern or group of patterns displays a list of choices in a dialog box These choices will vary depending on the sewing status and or number of patterns selected Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 107 Rotate 90 degrees Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically Mirror Rubber Stamp 9 Circular Array Echo Pattern Apply Pattern Nodes FF Reverse Start End Order Join gt Convert Fill Toggle Group Sewn Toggle Group Unsewn Delete Relocate Combine Patterns P Export Pattern Dpto Right Click any open area of the CAD screen not a pattern or boundary Text Property Note Some EZE Settings selections do not Rename Quilt Group appear Tor some Convert CS functions virtual Stitchout ie E DE Not all of the choices shown above will appear every time Some CS choices like E2E Settings appear only if CS is performing that function Edge to edge 3 5 1 1 Rotate Pattern Rotate xx degrees rotates the pattern counterclockwise Select the pattern Then Tap the Rotate Icon on the right side of the screen Flip Vertical Or Right click t
46. Horizontally Flip Vertically Mirror Select the pattern s and tap or click the Toggle Sewn icon red or Toggle Unsewn icon black on the right side of the screen S Rubber Stamp Circular Array A Pa et Echo Pattern Pl Toggle Group Sewn Toggle Group Unse sete S A E Select the pattern s Relocate Right click them and choose amp Combine Group Toggle Group Sewn or unsewn E me ii a ASAN A Select the pattern s Right click them Choose Toggle Pattern Sewn or Unsewn for an individual pattern Choose Toggle Group Sewn or Unsewn to a group When a selected pattern is changed using Toggle Pattern Sewn it does not look like anything happened until you deselect the pattern by clicking anywhere else in the preview area Then the pattern color is red indicating it has been sewn versus black which is unsewn TIP Sometimes the last pattern sewn will appear red but CS wants to stitch it again This happens when the Stop button was pressed instead of OK after the pattern was stitched the first time To fix this click the pattern then right click it and choose Toggle Pattern Sewn Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 133 3 5 1 18 3 5 1 19 Delete Delete function seems obvious but there is a hierarchy regarding which objects will be deleted and in what ord
47. Oil Stitcher left alone q Calibrate All Laser Cortrol Pato Laser User Settable tab has the settings you can change to fit your personal preferences SP 42 Reg Smosthing Min SP 4 neede Stitch Ports View KeyPad Vv ReJerence Fort LowerLett v P2P Type P2P Pattem Stop at Jurop Rich Y Auto Toggle as Unsewn Thread Break TB Delaytsecs Team Skip Length 05 E2E Registration Endof Set v Controler Mod Cortroler Verson DMC2132 Rev 1 02 Click Tools Click Technical Support Click Controller Definition User Settable Tab contains your default values If you change any settings be sure to save your changes The Controller Definition Form has three tabs User Settable Stitcher Settings which controls the stitcher and Galil Settings which control the motors DO NOT make changes to either the Stitcher Settings or the Galil Settings without the guidance of the Statler Tech Support Team Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Utility Functions Technical Support 233 4 7 2 4 7 3 Each setting in the configuration form is explained thoroughly in the section Quilting The Quilt Set Stitching Defaults s Diagnostic testing can be done when troubleshooting is warranted This should only be done when following the instructions of an authorized Gammill Statler technician File E
48. Q Search dialog Patterns flower sash JPG Patterns for Statler Touch Tool Belt Size 26 4 KB Patterns Recorded L Perflogs button daisy 2 jpg eS Aoga Files Size 26 8 KB Scroll bars for navigating the Program Files x86 elegant border 1 JPG Sian with te word Projects Size 31 1 KB daisy in them L StatlerStitcher elegant border 2 JPG Users Athumbnail image Size 26 3 KB T even appears FE wae Windows se Lidas foun etn a a s mn All the files with the word daisy that were found in the Patterns folder are listed complete with an image Creating a New Folder The Statler Stitcher comes with hundreds of patterns already loaded In addition there are dozens more that were provided by different Statler pattern designers These bonus patterns are stored in separate file folders which identify the designer It is a good idea to create a separate file folder for your original patterns you have recorded or created This separates the patterns you have purchased from the ones that came with your system Looking at the folders tells us that the standard pattern files are stored on the C drive so that is where we will put our new folder C My_PersonalPatterns Shows folder properties Creates a new folder p Fri My_PersonalPatterns File Home Share View aa ee oe a gt ThisPC gt Local Disk CX My_PersonalPatterns gt a p My_PersonalPatterns E Dope gt E Patterns L Patterns for Statler T
49. Serrrsseseeccceccec cesses een seen neeeeeeneenneneeenenees 246 Quick Ref Borders eae i ee es 247 Quick Ref Panto USING Repeats ereereeireerresereerrrerrreerererneenneenneeens 248 Quick Ref Panto using Se E reer nae omen eater ose neen rere nen ene nee 250 QUICK Ref P2P Liters uiia anasaidia iai 253 Quick Ref P2P Pattern tise eee ee aeons 254 QUICK Ref Tritt Si hleerss 1eeeeeseseseseseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeesseseeneseeensseeseeseeneeseennesseneesnses 256 QUICK Ref Trim QOutside eseersrrersreersrenrerensensnsennnnnnnnnunnnnunnnnunennnnennnnannnnannnnnnnnan 257 Quick Ref Right Click Options EN EEE EEEE EAE NE EE E E E E ENA 258 Quick Ref Draw Options NAEL IE EDE T A EAE EE A EI EE E E APER EEA ES 264 Quick Ref Record Patternssstesis iii ee 269 Quick Ref Text Patterns eriiic aaaea 270 QUICK Ref Restart erst csssceccscsssseserscssssseesecesessesesersersaeseteesercsraseeccersas 271 index 272 Foreword Foreword Gammill is fortunate to have had a host of experienced professionals assist us with the development of CreativeStudio The combined efforts of these individuals have produced an amazing piece of software which is truly feature rich Gammill wishes to thank Patricia Barry of By Design Quilting www PatBarryQuilts com for her exceptional work on the manual as well as the entire Statler Stitcher team who have contributed countless hours towards the development of CreativeStudio We also wish to thank the following individ
50. Shift Selected to 1 point First use the Boundary Icon amp machine head to define the new block position on the quilt Toggle Group Unsewn Combine Group Rubber Stamp Circular Array Export Pattern Relocate Shift Selected to 1 Point Shift ALL to 1 Point Shift ALL to 2 Points Relocate Project Origin Step 1 Mark the boundary of the new block location Step 2 Select the patterns to be relocated step 3 Right click to see the Options Step 4 Click on Relocate Step 5 Choose Shift Selected to 1 Point CS will prompt for the Known point on CAD screen using the mouse Zoom in if needed so the point is as accurate as possible Click the Known point on the CAD screen using the mouse and being as accurate as possible CS will now ask you to move the machine head to the new Known point on the quilt Again be as accurate as possible Press the Yes button on the keypad when the machine head is positioned precisely Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 135 Click Yes when machine head is at same point on the QUILT No to hi cancel Move the machine head to the corresponding point in the new position Again be as accurate as possible Woes ES Sy 6 When the machine head is positioned properly Press the Yes button The pattern is relocated to the new position
51. Support section of the site www Gammiill net requires some setup so call the Statler Stitcher Tech Support people first If you have no desire to ever download software Statler and most pattern designers will copy the software to a CD and mail it to you There will always be a fee for this extra service so call first and ask about the process Add New Text Fonts Adding additional fonts is possible and easy Standard Microsoft fonts can be added by copying them from another computer to a thumb drive jump stick and installing them on the Statler computer Free fonts can also be found and downloaded from the internet It is a good idea to check these do a virus scan on a different computer before installing them on the Statler computer Also be sure CS is not open and running when installing new fonts 1 Find the new fonts probably using the computer you use to connect to the Internet Click on Start button click Settings Click on Control Panel Double click Font folder Double click any font name to see what it looks like File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Qax Q Bi P Search a Folders IE rue O Arial TrueType Aria Black TrueTyp Arial Bold Tru ae Christmas TrueType Arial Bold Italic TrueType O Aria ial Italic TrueType Type ace name Christmas Double click the een nk Go thic oe rie 471 see a preview gt ern a ee ee ecentMamcheer Tr eTa i AECDEFGHIJKLMNOFQRS S
52. They will be calculated automatically but can also be modified Note Several of the settings below have an impact on the layout of the patterns which also affects this calculation Start End Width The width of a pattern is usually the widest part of the pattern However when patterns nest together the distance between the startpoint and the endpoint is less than the total width When StartEnd Control OFF CS will use the widest part as the width for repeat calculations When StartEnd Control ON CS will use the distance between the startpoint and endpoint as the width for repeat calculations Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 55 Page 56 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 Repeat Pattern Setup 4 Pattern Location Point rx Pattern Location Startpoint Total Width z 14 67 Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert if Start End Width ON 4 Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed Off Freeze Aspect Width Height 9 72 Rotation 0 n 22 31 Repeats and Rows 1 Repeats 1 Row Total Width 14 67 Tota Heigh c alH 2 es Total Width 22 31 QuiAnge 0 if Start End Width OFF Connect ConnectStartAndEnd one Spacing The pattern placement can be adjusted as desired The Horizontal spacing affects the space between the repeats The Vertical spacing affects the space between rows Space can be increased positive spacing or decreased negative spacing CS au
53. Two Button Selection Sequence will display additional options If using the touchscreen just touch the Shift key and the additional buttons appear as light blue buttons so touch the blue button you need If the second blue button is not touched in a few seconds it will revert back to its original purpose If using the keypad on the sewing head press and hold the upper right button Shift while pressing the second button If you release the Shift button the others will revert back to the original color and purpose Record Off means the motions are not being recorded The Record function iso is explained in a different section Chan Lock on off locks the sewing head so it stitches a straight line at one angle Shift Displays additional keypad functions Single Stitch press this to take a full single stitch If the Needle Position box is Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 171 Page 172 Getting Started with CreativeStudio checked this button is labeled Needle Position and pressing it takes a half Stitch Start starts the stitching process and STOP ends it Additional Functions These functions light blue buttons are initiated by using the two button selection sequence When the Shift button is pressed the keypad buttons have additional functions z Needle Pos x Angle 0 C Neede Pos A Hip Angle Aip Angle rosae 90 SPE 12 00 i rese
54. a ets E eran a aA el et ae Gee Oe 112 Apply Pattern sept tate eerste ee eet eset ote lwe ne ee we nese a r nee late ne see ae eaten eeu r E seein eam lancer a seen 114 Node Mode ee eee ee ea OSPR Te EE ROR E pee cE art re en ee on pee See 116 DIVIDE seepe aa teea E AR E A RA N RARR 118 Reverse Start I End Pa E E aie E E E E E E E E ieee ER 119 Order Join Sea et ag staf a a a E a E T 120 Convert Pattern E e E E E E E ates E E A 121 ConvertBoundary A A AAA AA E AA AA AA 124 ConvertTrim Be a Seca ae cs ae ee cree i le ae ee eee a ee ceca oe aati eee ea ae eect ce ea 126 Trim Pattern basi at dau aes eis aceteen ee sti bet aaaee wc iiee xem E E E E E T 127 Fill Pattern E E eset E E a ele tts E ance re eaeeea 128 Toggle Sewn or Unsewn Se ee rer Et ret ee oe eae rer ee rer ee ee eee eee errors 132 Delete BR ee Ee CE Ee RE RE OPEC EN oe ee Rr RO re ENE Ce ene a ane a E Cn ne er ee 133 Relocate a esa ie avtia ee webs tic eee etseti E a eels cis eee ne ale oa oe ed eee are ieee aaa tis a E EES 133 SMOE IEEE RES Oe ee re res ri Peer SP RRC rere er E reer 134 Shift All to 1 point ates iden Sessa AEEA AAAA 135 Shift All to 2 points EEE bates ule shete ee ida cheat lees A E A E E E E 135 Relocate Project Origin EA EATE 137 Combine Patterns E E ert ce E E E E eee ae eas 138 Export Pattern a a oon eau aa 139 Options a E E E E E E E E ey eee E E 140 Right Click Preview Area a aee r E EE EEE EEST 141 Text Property PEA EEE ee reac E A T E A A EE E AES 141
55. a pattern is Order Join displayed on the preview area Display Start End Marks Display Designer Node Marks Toggle Pattern Sewn Delete Designer Nodes appear as small red dots on a pattern Relocate Export Pattern Remove Designer Nodes Remove No Sews Pike lao w w Using Node Modes Designers can Mark certain areas of their patterns which helps them visually determine how the pattern should stitch Display Start End Marks means the word Start appears at the beginning of the first pattern to be stitched The word End appears at the end of the last pattern to be stitched Display Designer Node Marks means a red dot will appear on a pattern if the designer has changed any of the settings using a node included any pause in the stitching sequence This is often done on patterns where a thread color change would enhance the quilting Although this is not used very often it is a useful mark How else would a quilter know the pattern is going to stop in the middle somewhere Remove Designer Nodes means the pattern will not stop so the thread color can be changed or any other reason The red dot disappears from the image of the pattern on the screen and the stitching continues past the original pause position Remove No Sew lines means CS will ignore these lines In a previous software system designers would include a No Sew frame around a pattern so it would fit the block better C
56. actually backup in the stack of executed steps often to a point where you can correct a user error and continue quilting without interruption This does not help if the quilt has been rolled however The two most common mistakes are made when rolling the quilt 1 The quilt is up too far and the machine hits the pick up roller causing an Abort Due To Obstacle error When this happens the quilt must be repositioned and the project origin must be relocated to synchronize the quilt and the CAD screen There is a good explanation of this in the Relocate Patterns section of this manual Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 209 Page 210 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 The quilt is rolled before the registration points are marked When this happens the quilt and the screen become out of synch Roll the quilt back to its previous position Verify the position using the crosshair To do this move the machine head until the crosshair on the screen is positioned at the last stitch sewn as shown on the screen Now adjust the quilt until the needle is directly over the last stitch sewn on the quilt Restart the last pattern of the last row about 2 3 stitches from the end This will force CS to got through the process of identifying the registration points again and then the quilt can be rolled normally lf this doesn t work use the Relocate function to realign th
57. ae ve E ae see oe ae 85 Step 3 Pattern to Boundary e E E tea scseeesent 86 Step 4 Adjust Pattern See anid E E ete E eae ee E E arene aes 88 Repeat Patterns vrrccrrcrtteteteseteteeeeeeetetsnenenenensanananenenenetanensnenenensananensneseananenensneneasanensntneasseananensneneanansneennnnens 93 Step1 Choose pattern Bees nea Seca cas de eset eee ge ae cect eects eae ae eee eee ees 93 Step2 Measure r ets ais ws crests nic ae sense eis egestas E E E dele Gee aerate E a E ea 93 Steps Pattern Details E ete cia le ica is ae sec cele acc eet ea ca a et ete te ace ite cee teats ee ere eee 95 Step4 Repeat Details Mea E A ie nee tue gee A AA EA EA deen aan ne E A Ne eee tent e aan eran 96 Step5 Adjust and Quilt Pages dhe santa ee Nees Roce means ec Mid aes Recs cg e seve aida vec Aiden raed TE ue eee ae 100 Import Creates a Design Group PAETE TATEA SIE EE E A A E EE SEE 101 Export Sharing the images E ERA T E E E E T eee 103 5 Quilt Pattern Creation e e eeeeeereerereerrereerensesserenennensnennnonnnennnnenennnnnenonsnnnunnnnnnnnnnes 105 Right Click Options ia E E E A E E T T 106 Rotate Pattern a a a nace boaters eae 107 Flip Horizontal or Vertcial E a E E E A T E T SE E E TT 108 Mirror Ce TE E ee ee cre eee eee A A rere eee errr 109 Rubber Stamp Sie eee E E an cece ene ence see eee ee eee 110 Circular Array AOPA Ach Ee farsa Be ate ck SCR Henn E anctn nee gee nae a ce cles ee nin A AAS 111 Echo Pattern eee ceca eee lee ae sce se ees ea cee a ae ec ties
58. already been changed Click on the arrows to reverse the start and end of the pattern Press Esc at any time to cancel Press F8 when done and the new order is saved Note It is always a good idea to use F2 Virtual Stitchout to verify the path before you Stitch Display Grid amp Grid Size Having a grid really helos when comparing or aligning patterns Click Draw Choose Display Grid A background grid now appears To change the size Click Draw Choose Grid Size Type in the size in inches Changing the Grid Size can make visual adjustments easier lao 77 prime Xf mop EV EF Pr lanl y L Y Grid Size finches 25 Alt B Draw Boundary PA Creative Studio My Quilt Project 5 A Fie Edit View Draw Tools Help Right Click to complete the boundary Pattern Anchor To begin Click Escape Esc to stop Set Sew Order Click on Draw and i ini While definin Choose Draw Boundary fa Display Grid the pa or Press Alt B REY Grid Size the current line is pink Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Irim Alt T Draw Sewable Measure Alt M Each click is a boundary point The first click is the anchor The first 2 clicks define the baseline To use Draw Boundary Click Draw and choose Draw Boundary Start clicking boundary points on the preview area of the screen CS assumes you know the process and does not display instructions on th
59. and one of the choices is Rename Quilt Group Click anywhere on those words and a dialog box appears where you can type the new name The names need to be unique and it is useful if they are descriptive Click OK when done and the name will change Right click an open spot on Preview Area 1 Click on Rename Quilt Group 2 Type in a new name 3 Click OK Text Property EZE Settings Rename Quilt Group Convert virtual Stitchout 3 5 1 23 4 Convert boundary Convert is a powerful feature that changes the characteristics of objects such as patterns boundaries and trims When right Clicking an open space in the Preview area the selected boundaries and trims can be converted to objects with different characteristics Right click an open space in the Preview Area 5 S Pattern to Trim re amp lt lt O Ni8 p2g Pattern to Boundary Choose Convert 5 Text Property x and choices appear 7 Rename Quilt Group p29 Pattern to Outline Convert X Pattern to Trim Pattern to Curve Virtual Stitchout F2 Pattern to Boundary P2C Pattern to Outline Pattern to Curve Image Attributes B2P Boundary to Pattern Boundary to Pattern Boundary to Trim If a boundary was selected B r Boundary to Trim these are the choices If a trim was selected these are the choices Trim to Pattern Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary T2B Trim to Boundar
60. are accessible and identifiable on both the screen and the quilt top e Right click on any pattern s to begin The patterns selected do not need to be the same ones that contain the First or Second Known Points Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 135 Page 136 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Start point will be the first Known Point on the CAD Preview Area e Click on Relocate and Choose Shift All to 2 Points e A dialog box appears giving instructions e Use the mouse to click the first Known point on the CAD screen Because our example is using the start and end points of the pattern Endpoint snaps s can help to select these points exactly End point will be the i a pea Known point E on the CAD Preview a 3 a Ax AT e Use the mouse to click the second Known point on the CAD screen Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 137 Now you will identify the two corresponding control points on the quilt ick SECOND Point on Quit Click Yes when machine head is _ at the FIRST point on the QUILT No to cancel Click Yes when machine head is at the SECOND point on the QUILT No to cancel For our example the second Known Point on the quilt is the endpoint of the last row For our example the first Known Point on the quilt is the startpoint
61. are red dots and can be used by designers to change some of the pattern attributes Endpoint Nodes are pink K j f f Arc Nodes are blue Drag the Arc Nodes to change the shape of the pattern segment Pattern segment is between two pink endpoint nodes Divide Pattern Is a function of Node Mode F7 Right click any Endpoint node and choose Divide or hover over any pink endpoint node and press the D on the keyboard and the pattern will be divided at that point Select the pattern and press F7 to see the nodes Hold the cursor over the Endpoint node to be divided Right click to see the prompt Click on the word Divide po E h i ft wN 4 Endpoint Nodes Divide are pink P Or just press the letter D z n on the keyboard Reverse Start End swaps the start and end points so patterns stitch backwards Right Click the Now the pattern can sew backwards attern Sewn selected pattern for Btra Edit Options Original Sewing direction as designed Choose Reverse Start and End Lo to reverse the sewing direction Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Right Click Options 261 Order Join is used when a pattern has been separated into segments for modification and needs to be reconnected The pattern segments are combined and reseq
62. as the Gammill Plus machines 3 Press Start on keypad when ready to sew and the button label changes to Stop The dark blue button means the stitcher is running Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 1 Basting Securing the Quilt using Regulated_Sewing 173 4 2 3 Quick Reference Regulated Sewing 2 When the stitcher is running the keypad buttons have Angle O my Cie additional functions spi 12 00 A peo Record Chan OFF Lock Hip Ange lon Radiate Single y ij Stitch a Notice that the two buttons on the left have changed in meaning Inc SPI means Increase the stitches per inch to get a shorter stitch length Dec SPI means decrease the stitches per inch to get a longer stitch length 4 Press Shift and Exit when ready to exit regulated mode Tip The belts MUST be engaged when using the channel lock TA Stitch in the Ditch using Point_to_Point Line Stitch_in_ditch SID is a technique where the stitch line follows the seam line resulting in a virtually invisible stitching line With practice SID can be done exactly on the seam line Stitch_near_ditch SND is a technique where the stitch line is very near but not on the seam line Both SID and SND use normal length stitches and are not removed They become part of the overall quilting design Some quilters prefer to do SID free motion but CS offers another option vy Line Pattern
63. at End of Row 54 200 215 Verify before deleting 73 Vertical spacing 96 View All 43 View All Icon 48 86 177 View Command Crosshair 30 Grid 30 Grid size 30 Keypad Window 30 View Crosshair 71 View Grid 30 71 View Keypad 164 Virtual Stitchout 49 144 Virtual Stitchout Icon 49 W What you see is what you quilt 79 Window pane 18 Work Area 48 WYSIWYQ 66 79 93 200 212 215 X X and Y coordinates 67 X and Y co ordinates 63 Pe ae Zcounts 234 Zoom 71 Zoom 100 63 71 Zoom calibrate 63 Zoomin 43 228 230 Zoom Out 43 Zoom percent 63 Zoom perspective 103 Zoom reset 63 Zoom reseticon 71 285 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 285 Page 286 Getting Started with CreativeStudio For questions please contact Statler Stitcher a division of Gammill Inc Toll Free 866 830 3738 Ph 573 474 0320 E Mail support statlerstitcher com Office Hours are 8 AM 5 PM CST Monday Friday www sTATLERSTITCHER com QUILTING SYSTEMS E BO o Gammill Inc Corporate Headquarters 1452 Gibson St West Plains MO 65775 Toll free 800 659 8224 www GAMMILL net Copyright 2015 Gammill Inc All Rights Reserved
64. at a time until the sewing head is positioned properly Press Quilt when ready and continue to sew If it isn t close Press PickNewPoint to release the sewing head so you can move it to a different spot The Point Selection dialog box appears Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Restart Manual Stops and Restarts Move the sewing head to the restart point and click here Move head Click Use this Pt Quilt To confirm that this is the right location a Press Quilt needle is just above the point where you want to continue stitching Press Use This Pt on the keypad CS moves to the closest stitch and waits for another response If it looks good Press Quilt and continue to sew If not try again by pressing Use This Pt until the right spot is found 3B Find the restart point using the computer screen look at the image on the screen and find the crosshair mark it is a long skinny blue plus sign Zoom in and out using the roller on the mouse Find the spot on the screen that corresponds to the restart point on the quilt and click that spot with the mouse The blue crosshair will move to this location on the screen and the stitcher will move to that location on the quilt oom in to see the lacation of the Restart Point blue Crosshair After Stitching Be sure to click OK At the end of the quilting sequence you will b
65. between patterns especially between the rows Variable Settings Select Between Blocks use Connect Start And End for pantographs Select Alternating type allows staggered rows Select Registration Place Two Pins is the default amp method shown nere Maintain Aspect is similar to freeze aspect 4 Look at the image in the preview area WYSIWYQ What you see is what you quilt so if you don t like it change it now Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Panto using E2E 251 Pattern will stitch off the edge of the quilt unless it is trimmed Bilt ole event et ole neat Gbcts Sacra Start of the first Prat gg PIO ee ANY ch OY Pree Pa FO at Pe ji ec row ELE Pics Ota fie oS T EE eee Te eK ae thi A OY cleanin E G p a1 THA p Left Registration Eha oa Ke EE j Ne FE x S iy ta La MF oe y isg ASY br E ow OT p met PRO oie aA awa PAINA S13 CO Pr N AP E SN IS SBP ee A a See ITED IAS The top edge is the baseline which is used to square up the patterns The pattern in the example has irregular edges which make it nest nicely However the pattern will stitch off of the edge when positioned to eliminate the side gaps The Trim Inside function can be used to trim off the excess just make sure to include the extra space in the Quilt Length dimension When it looks good Save the project 5 Click Quilt The machine moves to the start of the first pattern takes a single s
66. clipped it just moves to the next stitch line dragging the thread along 3 Competitive Tieoffs This method is used in Custom quilting The tieoff stitches are part of the pattern and less noticeable Sew Overlap setting should be larger than the competitive tieoff length 4 No Tieoffs This method is often used for competition quilts Instead of securing the threads with tieoff stitches the quilter prefers to tie the threads by hand and bury them with a needle just like hand quilters bury their knotted threads These are virtually invisible and judges like that The following shows some typical settings for each of the methods listed The setting values can change of course but the combinations of settings is important In the chart below competitive tieoffs have been set for 8 stitches at 43 stitches per inch which is 0 186 inches Therefore the Sew overlap should be gt 0 2 inches Simple Fast Competitive None Tieoftf Yes Yes Yes No Tieoff Stitches 6 8 8 n a Tieoff SPI 23 43 43 n a Competitive Ties N Y Y No Bobbin Stitch Y N Y Y Needle Y Y Y Y Stop at Jump Stitch Y N Y Y Sew Overlap any 0 2 0 2 n a Tip Regular Tieoff stitches will be more secure if the TieSPI is not evenly divisible by the SPI Example lf SPI 10 TieSPI should not be 10 20 or 30 It can be 21 22 23 29 31 32 etc If SPI 12 Tie SPI should not be 12 24 or 36 It can be 25 26 27 35 37 38 etc Here are the stitch settings yo
67. doing micro stipple backgrounds in custom quilting Use constant speed sewing when winding bobbins using the on board bobbin winder cic Baste Icon is special because it is designed for stitching slowly and it will not push stretch the fabric It is essentially individual long single stitches done continuously Stitch length can be as long as 4 inches Main Screen Layout Tool Strip Design Icons 43 2 4 2 Design Icons Design Icons help create designs on the screen QQeUCHuDasI SIF PL IE Many of these icons correspond to the DRAW command and will initiate processes used to draw new patterns using the touch screen and or the mouse These processes are often called modes so you will see this term used here Modes are initiated by clicking or tapping one of the Design Icons It is ended by tapping the same icon or by pressing the Escape key on the keyboard It can also be terminated by touching and holding any spot in the Preview area A small black rectangular box appears momentarily there is an audible chime sound and the modes is terminated View All Icon is a fast way to zoom out far enough to see all the boundaries and patterns in the current quilt group 4 Select All Patterns Icon is a fast way to treat all patterns as one entity This selects them but does not combine them permanenily 2 Zoom In for use with a touch screen Tap the icon and then swipe the s
68. editable they were individually selected and the height reduced so they do not touch in the center The result demonstrates better balance Because the composite pattern needs to stitch into the corners of the block and blocks are rarely square it might be better not to group these patterns Example 6 Point To Point patterns can also be used to enhance a block The examples below used P2P pattern combined with a simple pattern to create new designs that all really work well together because they all contain a common element New Patterns using Draw with P2P Pattern Design It Yourself It is possible to use the mouse and keyboard shortcuts to do many of the steps above See Draw Options ws Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 189 Page 190 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 4 4 4 1 Phase 3 Borders Borders are usually continuous line patterns designed to be stitched repeatedly across an area Corner patterns are usually placed in the preview area first and then the repeated border patterns are placed and connected Design It Yourself With experience you will be comfortable making corner patterns using your own border patterns The Draw Options 1s and Right Click PLY Options 1 are used to modify them and Export Pattern will save them in a re useable format Corners using Border_Corner Often pattern designers create two pa
69. file skf short for Introduction Computer Skills Explore Folders 19 sketch file dxf short for CAD drawing file or pat short for pattern file Statler Stitchers recognize file extensions for pattern files qli csq csqx dxf pat patx and projects proj projx and very little else Looking at Folders File Explorer makes it easy to view and manage files and folders Right Click on the Windows icon and choose File Explorer Programs and Features Power Options Event Viewer System Device Manager Network Connections Disk Management Computer Management Command Prompt For Windows 7 and Windows8 users the easiest way to find File Then choose File Explorer Command Prompt Admin Task Manager Explorer is to Right Click the 7 Windows Icon Shut down or sign out Desktop The screen appears with two panes Single click the folder name in the left pane to select it and display the contents of the folder in the right pane Use the icons to navigate the folders and files This folder contents i D a aa aa ai is being displayed gt ThisPC gt Local Disk C gt Patterns on the right Dozens of pattern Patterns O deda designers have provided Patterns for Statler Touch Tool Belt pe samples of their quilting This folder contains gt Patterns Recorded JL Patterns by K Emmersc patterns record
70. file then press and hold the Ctrl key while clicking on the rest of the files that need to be selected If you choose the wrong file click it again and it will be deselected When done release the Ctrl key and all the files will be highlighted and can be copied moved or deleted together To select a group of files that are all contiguous use the Shift key Shift Click on the first file then press and hold the Shift key while clicking on the last file When done release the Shift key and all the files between the first and last will be highlighted and can be copied moved or deleted together Navigating can also be done using the 6 button keypad on the Statler Stitcher There is a keypad in the front and in the back of the machine and they both function in the same manner Using the keypad on the machine eliminates the need to return to the keyboard mouse repeatedly Just press the Mode button to move sequentially through the icons To backup press and hold the Stop button and press Mode 15 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 15 Page 16 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 1 1 4 Keyboard Shortcuts Sometimes there are keyboard key combinations that will execute a command without having to use the mouse The combinations require pressing two keys at the same time like pressing the shift key with a letter key to produce a capital letter The Control key abbreviate
71. for drawing sewable Spoint arcs Click points are numbered Using Gridpoint Snap Use Extra Edit Options rubberstamp combine etc to make your own designs This is a great choice for quilting scallops or continuous curves as shown above Each scallop is a separate pattern so they can be adjusted individually Or group the curves use as many as the quilt needs and place them twice and offset a little bit for a ribbony effect Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 155 3 5 2 5 2 Draw Curve Draw Curve The Draw sewable curve feature provides the ability to create longer continuous curves using any number of clicks The shapes will be different because they are Cardinal Splines the position of the last 2 clicks determines the shape of the curve defined by the last 3 clicks Sounds complicated but actually it is easier and less rigid which means it is also less precise Again CS beginners will probably use them more often to connect existing patterns Click on Draw Click on Draw Sewable Click on Curve or Press Alt C Tools Help Pattern Anchor Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary Alt B d Draw Sewable gt gt pe Alt L ine 2 P2P Pattern Alt P amp DrawFreehand Alt F Measure Alt M To draw a curve Press the icon or Alt C or Click Draw Draw Sewable Curve Click points 1 and 2 Nothing s
72. head to that reference point and press OK to set it CS moves the pattern s to the area anchored by the reference point 6 Edit the size and repeats using the Pattern Details or Repeat Setting Details first When done Save the project 7 Make final adjustments in the preview area last When done Save the project 8l Click on Start_Quilting CS moves the sewing head amp prompts for bobbin pull up Press OK when ready to quilt and OK again at the end of the quilting as prompted because this completes the process Tip To audition E2E patterns for a quilt that has a border Draw a boundary the same height as the border Move multiple border patterns into the border boundary using the correct sizing Move one or more E2E patterns into the preview area and position them next to the border patterns Modify the size of the E2E pattern until the quilting density is reasonably close to the border Record the size height and width of one of the E2E patterns and use this size as the beginning size when you begin the E2E process Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc 247 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 247 Page 5 6 248 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quick Ref Panto using Repeats Feature Pantograph E2E using Repeat Patterns Bac
73. inherited from the current defaults If any setting is changed here it will apply to the patterns that are moved into the preview area after the change not those that have already been moved into the preview area General Pattern Settings have values that are inherited from the pattern as Originally defined by the pattern designer If any settings are changed here the change will apply to copies of this pattern that are moved into the preview area after the change not those that have already been moved into the preview area Click in the settings box anda drop down box appears Make your changes by dragging the slider using the tumblers or typing a number General Settings Pattern Name button day Stitches Per Inch 10 Pattern Speed 50 Tie Stitches Per Inch 23 Tie Stitches 4 Pattern Width 8 47 Pattern Height 9 59 Freeze Aspect Off Margin Margin Misc Stitches per Inch applies to this pattern Pattern Speed is measured as a percentage of maximum motor speed 50 means 50 of the maximum speed Tie Stitches Per Inch is the size of the stitches taken when doing tieoffs Tie Stitches is the number of stitches taken when doing tieoffs Pattern Width is the width of one pattern measured at the widest point Pattern Height is the height of one pattern measured at the tallest point Freeze Aspect ON means the ratio of Height Width remains the same when the Main Screen
74. it In the following example a flower pattern was chosen but needed to be simplified to fit the space Using Node Mode the center lines in the pattern were divided and removed The remaining pattern segments need to be reconnected so there are no jump stitches when the pattern stitches out Rotate 90 degrees gt I RA Flip Horizontally Select the pattern and Flip Vertically begin to modify it using Mirror igs Canines Will T Nodes Divide and Delete S Rubber Sta The Original Patttern k ESEA 3 Circular Array gt 3 Echo Pattern DS Q amp Apply Pattern Ff ter T Enos D a fas Reverse Start End 1 Order Join m 3 O gt Convert gt S gt Fill gt Y Yy Toggle Pattern Sewn E_Delete x Relocate gt 3 x Export Pattern gt Options gt a Once the pattern has been modified select the starting segment CS will begin here and reassemble the pattern segments using Order Join Rotate 90 degrs O lect the first Select the first pattern Nid s Berci mieia segment right click it and Fip Vertically tap or click the Order choose Order Join Miror Join icon on the right Rubber Stamp side of the screen 9 Circular Array J Echo Pattern gt E Apply Pattern 235 m Nodes F7 5 Reverse Start End lt Order Join ri gt Convert gt v Fill gt Vv Toggle Pattern Sewn x Delete x Relocate gt ag Export Pattern gt
75. names to help you choose the right match Click on Display to show the actual text from the CS User Manual Help About your Statler Stitcher System Your software version Written by Matt Sherman MCPD number is listed here For Statler Stitcher Copyright 2008 by Gammill Inc All Rights erved acai Controller serial number RZ Fei Uf a a SEER TAs Your Controller information DMC2132 Rev 1 02 is listed here Mod F or G Ethernet Controller for Gammill Some day you might call for support and you will be asked what version of software you are running and what Controller Mod you have These are good things to know and it is probably a good idea to write down this information somewhere accessible Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 35 Page 36 Getting Started with CreativeStudio perhaps on the first page of this printed user manual r Tip Every Statler Stitcher controller has a serial number assigned to it Similarly every new style security key dongle has a serial number also Some pattern designers are encrypting purchased patterns with the serial numbers to prevent patterns from being shared inappropriately So don t be surprised if you are asked for your controller serial number when you are buying pattern OR INSTALL THE SOFTWARE You have agreed to the terms STALLING TIE reste Seatia SOFTWARE YOU ARE INDICATING TOUR of th
76. need to be secured on the outer edges basting is adequate Feature Baste Stitch The basting stitch is a long stitch and is often temporary It is commonly used around the outer edges of a quilt It might be viewed as being a series of single stitches rather than continuous stitches The difference is the amount of pressure the hopping foot exerts on the fabric The benefit is that less fabric gets pushed forward in the direction of the sewing This is very valuable when trying to prevent stretching and or ease in extra fullness Assumptions The quilt is loaded bobbin is full machine is threaded and the belts are probably detached Free motion quilting is usually done without the belts that control the sewing head which allows the sewing head to move freely in all directions Steps to follow 1 Click on the Baste Sewing icon A Dialog box shows settings and buttons When the Shift button is pressed Fip Ange Fip Angie Eaa Baste Mode will do P B1 0 resas 20 D roams 20 sal Sad C Radi ee scsi additional functions very large stitches Fli are displayed in when needed JFF l Fo We blue B indicates IPS es not SPI Settings Angle This is the current angle that will be used when Channel Lock is turned on SPI Stitches Per Inch Basting stitches can vary with the smallest being 20 SPI and the largest being 4 inches per stitch If the number starts with B these are Inches Per Stitch
77. new activity for that project during the current session Changes are not retroactive or permanent but they are saved with the project so the next time the project is opened the settings will apply L4 Settings s can be changed for a single pattern within a project A change at this level applies to all new activity for that pattern in that project during the current session Changes are not retroactive and do Main Screen Layout Work Area Property Window 59 not affect other projects but they can be saved with the project L5 Settings s can be changed for a pattern that has been selected and is visible in the preview area of the screen These changes are not retroactive and have no effect on any other patterns in the project These changes will not affect the same pattern if it is used again in this project in the future This is the bottom of the hierarchy Settings always cascade forward and down never backward or up Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 59 Page 60 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 5 3 Preview Area CAD Screen The Preview Area also called the CAD window by techies is the big white area where the images of the patterns boundaries and photos appear Think of the project as a binder with tabbed dividers Each tab is a quilt group and each can hold any of these images By default the project starts with Quilt G
78. of the block image in the preview area Then move the pattern into the boundary Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Import Creates a Design Group Draw a Boundary around the imported image Use pattern to Boundary icon to place the pattern Resize and reposition the pattern as needed using any of the available tools even the draw commands CS only allows one image on the design group at a time so choose several patterns audition them one at a time and export an image of each 3 4 5 Export Sharing the images Using Export the images can be exported to a folder where they can then be copied printed emailed or faxed to the customer To see the most detail make the image fill the preview area ABa teU sere Your exported image looks like this ajeje j ira ee r H a a i The entire Preview Area is included Oe MD S Me a N Da4 4 a ol CF When an image is exported a snapshot of the preview area is taken so adjust the zoom perspective to fill the space This allows you to see the details and not include empty white soace When you have the right perspective export the image C File Edit View Draw Tools New Project Ctri N amp Open Project Ctri O k ket Help Save Project Ctri S Save Project As Exportimage Ctrit E 43 Exit Creative Studio 103 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00
79. of the four quadrants After all Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 187 Page 188 Getting Started with CreativeStudio four patterns were placed and then they were carefully resized so the overlaps appear seamless Again if this composite pattern is going to be used repeatedly it may be a good idea to group the four patterns making it one pattern Select the four patterns right click the selection and choose Combine Patterns is or Export Pattern 139 Example 3 Round patterns placed in square quilt blocks can be problematic Filling the corners with a small pattern will improve quilt density Keeping the corner pattern simple prevents detracting from the center motif Pattern to Boundary was Used for the center motif Repeat Patterns was used for the comers es silanol E Reference Point Location Reference Poin Ligaga In this example Pattern to Boundary was used for the center motif Repeat Patterns was used for the corners Each corner was rotated resized and repositioned individually to fit the space If these patterns will be used repeatedly and the piecing is very accurate this would be a good set of patterns to rubber stamp The 5 patterns would be grouped automatically so the rubber stamped copy would be a single pattern Example 4 Odd shaped spaces are challenging too In this example a small triangular pattern
80. on Rotate Pattern i071 ie Flip Pattern Horizontal First select the pattern s to flip Then tap or click the icon and the pattern will flip horizontally Click here for more details on Flip Horizontally os K Flip Pattern Vertical First select the pattern s to flip Then tap or click the icon and the pattern will flip vertically Click here for more details on Flip Vertically 108 B Mirror Pattern This feature allows the pattern to be mirrored using an axis line that is not necessarily horizontal or vertical Click here for more details on Mirror Pattern 109 Rubber Stamp Pattern This feature allows multiple copies of a pattern to be made Click here for more details on Rubber Stamp Pattern no l Circular Array This feature will make multiple copies of a pattern and place them in a circular array on the screen Click here for more details on Circular Array Echo Pattern This feature will create a new pattern that outlines the edge of a selected pattern Click here for more details on Echo Pattern n Fi Apply Pattern This feature combines two patterns where one pattern provides the path and the other P2P pattern 77 provides the design that is placed along the path Click here for more details on Apply Pattern n Main Screen Layout Tool Strip Right Click Icons A7 Nodes This feature shows a pattern broken down into segments and allows those segments t
81. part of the weekly cleaning and maintenance It runs the sewing head motor at varying speeds backwards so the oil has a chance to penetrate some places that are otherwise hard to reach New machines and certain Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 233 Page 234 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 7 4 4 7 4 1 4 7 4 2 climates may require this to be done more frequently File Edit View Draw Technical Support Oiling Instructions P Set Origin Oil Stitcher Remove Needle thread and bobbin Oil machine at all oil points then click Yes to run Stitcher backwards for 5 minutes Calibrate All PowerAssist OFF Laser OFF Needle ON Stitch In Points OFF Oiling should be done regularly Thread Break Detect ON Tie Offs OFF Calibrate All Calibrating guarantees stitching accuracy This doesn t need to be done often but can be performed as needed The Calibrate All routine is called automatically after loading new software and all three sub calibrations are performed Click on Tools and Click on Calibrate All File Edit View Draw Tools Help Technical Support Set Origin To calibrate ALL move stitcher to Yy Oil Stitcher FRONT middle remove thread and lt JE Calibrate ATD bobbin Needle will move Head will Pa move Diagonal Left to Right Front PowerAssist OFF to Back Laser OFF v Needle ON
82. pattern The Result Points and corners may need special attention Pay attention to how this meets at points and corners Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options Divide the Path pattern at the point Select one section and Apply Pattern The Result when points are not included Repeat for the other section then reconnect the two pieces An option for this heart pattern is to divide the path pattern into two segments Apply the P2P pattern to each half and reconnect the parts Each part of this new pattern will stitch out in the order it was placed on the Preview area So the original path pattern will stitch first then the applied pattern Delete the original Path Pattern if it would look better without it Since the patterns being applied to the path are P2P formats it is possible to concatonate the P2P patterns and use that sequence in the Apply Pattern feature Be careful which patterns you choose together since their widths must be the same Here is an example of choosing the wrong patterns 4 Designed Pattern Properties Pattern Name P2PCircle Be careful choosing the first pattern Stitches Per Inch 12 because that determines the sizes Pattern Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 Pattern Width 0 5 Pattern Height 0 5 Freeze Aspect On Designer Notes Margin 0 25 Designed Pattern Properties Pattern Name p2pflower Stitches Per Inch 12 Patter
83. pattern will scroll through the list of selected patterns in the Project Information area Mode will highlight each Stitching icon on the top Tool Bar moving forward sequentially To go backwards press and hold the Stop button and then press the Mode button select initiates the feature represented by the icon that is currently highlighted Stop terminates the feature currently running Single Stitch will complete one stitch when pressed Holding down the button will result in a series of single stitches which is useful when basting or doing your own tieoffs Tip The buttons in the handles of the machine head are hard wired to two of the controls on the keypad The left handle is connected to the lower left keypad button and the right handle is connected to the lower middle keypad button 61 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 61 Page 62 Getting Started with CreativeStudio The keypad button controls change a Quick When the sewing head is stitching the keypad buttons change to show features needed while sewing Inc Speed Dec Speed Stitcher Control Window shows the choices when the machine is sewing Inc Speed will increase the motor speed by 5 every time it is pressed Dec Speed will decrease the motor speed by 5 every time it is pressed Quick Pause will stop the sewing h
84. people who prefer to hand tie knots and bury threads change the Controller Definition form to uncheck tieoffs and check Bobbin Stitch and Stop at Jump Stitch Now CS will stop and you can leave longer thread tails to hand tie and bury 3 5 1 16 Fill Pattern Fill is a special feature that uses 1 or more repeats of a pattern and 1 or more boundaries to create a new pattern that stitches a background filler It will stitch the background patterns without stitching beyond the defined boundaries The sample steps below refer to an applique but it can be used with any part of the quilt that should not be stitched on Fill Inside is very useful for stitching a background design behind an applique There is one boundary along the block perimeter and one boundary around the applique The background pattern can have 1 or more repeats as needed to fill the block The patterns are selected and modified to provide a customized fit for that block and applique without any jump stitches and or tie off stitches Instead the pattern follows the boundaries stitching along that path until it reaches the next sequential piece of the background pattern Center medallion E2E pattern chosen Resequence the sewing with applique heart for the background order to minimize connecting stitch lines was changed to Rpt 1 Rpt 2 Rpt 4 Rpt 3 reversed reversed Create two boundaries Use multiple repeats if They should not touch needed to fi
85. press the Flip Chan button To flip it back again repeat the 2 button sequence If Radiating Lines is checked CS increases the current angle by the number of Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 169 Page 170 Getting Started with CreativeStudio degrees shown in Flip Angle To increase the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first then press the Flip Chan button Repeat this 2 button sequence to increase it again It will go up to 90 degrees and return back to 0 degrees Change to Need is used to check or choose the Needle Position option making the Lower Left button do a half stitch instead of a full single stitch Exit To exit baste mode press and hold the Shift button and press the Exit button Using the mouse and clicking the X in the upper right corner works too 2 Press Start on keypad when ready to sew and the button label changes to Stop The dark blue button means the stitcher is running When the stitcher is running the keypad buttons have Angle 0 i Neede Pos 2 additional functions ane spi B1 0 J C Redate PU Record Chan 1 Paani a OFF Lock sp B1 0 4 1 rosae 90 Single Chan i Stitch Inc SPI qet Shift Notice that the two buttons on the left have changed in meaning Inc SPI means Increase the stitch size Dec SPI means dec
86. quickly and easily Instead of moving patterns onto the Preview area and then stitching them on the quilt this feature will draw on the Preview area and then stitch it on the quilt The sewable designs are all positioned using the mouse instead of the sewing head These designs can be used with other patterns or independently The sewable drawing choices are arcs curves lines and patterns Use BOHSOSS ELIE File Edit View Draw Tools Help Pattern Anchor Set Sew Order Draw creas J Alt B Arc Alt A Curve Alt C P2P Line Alt L F8 i P2P Pattern Alt P Draw Freehand Alt F Each has a shortcut and each remains active until it is turned off using th Escape key or the same shortcut key sequence Like other Draw modes the cursor becomes a crosshair when one of the modes is active When in Draw Mode the Status Bar displays which feature is active new Meadla ON G E Zoom 100 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Three Point Arc on CAD eel ON A E Z00m 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Multi Pointed Curve on CAD Timiand ON G E Z00m 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Multi Pointed Line on CAD Thanda ON CS E Zoom 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw Freehand on CAD aiad ON E Zoom 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a P2P Pattern on CAD Fi TIP Keyboard shortcuts for the Draw command are toggles they will turn a feature on and off When one of the Draw mode features is active the cursor becomes a crosshair
87. quilt group name Each tab has its own preview area Planning the Quilting Quilt Groups Quilt Group Grid 71 3 2 2 Quilt Group Grid Having a grid helps with the positioning of the quilting patterns Having a crosshair to show where the sewing head is currently placed helps to synchronize the those images with the actual quilt View Grid Choosing to show a grid will change the look of the preview area It will look like graph paper with very fine lines and it is helpful when planning pattern positioning Some of the Draw features using Gridpoint Snaps is will automatically Display Grid means the background gridlines appear display the grid File Edit Draw Tools Help g Click View Choose View Grid A background grid now appears Once the View Grid has been selected it remains visible until it is deselected Grid Size Grid size is the distance between the grid lines If precise pattern placement is important the grid size might be set very small quarter inch or less but if the pattern is very large scale the grid size might be better at one inch or more Grid size can be changed anytime during the project Choose the distance between the grid lines that helps you plan the designs effectively Changing the Grid Size can make visual adjustments easier _ eF E i T M GridSettings 5 x gt A DOLINIE E GridSettings O y 5 3 j Giid Size finches 25
88. revert back to the original purpose Chan Lock locks the head so it moves along one fixed angle Shift Will display additional functions see below OK either button identifies the points Stop indicates the end of the P2P pattern sequence If more points are clicked after pressing Stop they will be detached from the first segment by a jump stitch This is like turning the needle off and moving to the next click to resume Additional Functions Press the Shift button to see additional functions Hip Angle C Radat x Angle gt Flip Angle 3 0 C Radiate 30 Flip y Chan Shift Stop Exit Pressing the shift button will display additional functions light blue buttons These can be initiated by using a 2 button sequence Flip Chan Lock Changes the current angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature If Radiate is not checked the Flip angle will replace the current angle To flip the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first then press the Flip Chan button To flip it back again repeat the 2 button sequence If Radiating Lines is checked CS increases the current angle by the number of degrees shown in Flip Angle To increase the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first the
89. source remain When files are moved from one place source to another destination the original files are deleted The previous section described how to copy files from a Removable Media to a folder on the Statler computer Copying files from the home computer to the Statler Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 23 Page 24 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 1 2 3 computer works exactly the same but it takes two steps The first step is to copy or move files from the home computer to the removable media and the second is to copy or move the files from the removable media to the Statler computer Easy Downloading new versions of the software The Statler Stitcher is a stand alone system which means it should NOT be connected to the internet or have any other graphics software loaded on the computer This guarantees that the CS software can run at peak performance and anti virus software is not needed Screen Savers should NOT be used either The first time CreativeStudio is installed it must be done from a CD because it is big see the Installation Guide section After the initial installation however you can download new files from the Gammill Statler website Use a different computer your home computer to access the internet when downloading files All software upgrades are announced on the Gammill website and on several internet discussion groups Access to the Technical
90. still try to resize the pattern Click OK to clear the Sizing Error box Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 2 Blocks Stitch Partial Patterns using Trim Outside CS tries to move a pattern into an odd shaped boundary Lise the Resizing Handles to change the size and position of the pattern to find the best fit Steps to follow Trim Inside Ti Specify Trim Outside This is one of the choices presented when clicking on the black arrow to the right of the Trim icon 2 Click on the Trim icon CS will prompt for a Trim boundary Two boundaries lines show One from the Trim function and one from the initial boundary definition Selected Patern WWicth 2 26 Selected Patern Height 2 22 Freeze Aspect on Selected Patern Rotatic 0 79 Everything outside the Trim Stitches Per toch boundary has been removed Only 185 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 185 Page 186 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Design It Yourself Steps 2 amp 3 above could have been done using the Draw command Draw Trim s choice These Draw Options don t include step by step orompts but perform the same function DIY Al Reposition the pattern image Click on the pattern s to select if needed Use the resizing handles to re size rotate and reposition the pattern so it aligns to the Trim boundary Sa
91. the Properties box Most corner patterns need to retain their original shape so Freeze aspect ON might be a good idea 1 Highlight the corner pattern first Press amp hold Ctrl key while selecting the border pattern Pattern Details for the border pattern are displayed in the Properties box Preview Pattern p Click on the Corner pattern first Press and hold the Ctrl key and click on the Border pattern next amp Designed Pattern Properties f Pattern Name 1237d Pretty Posies Bi Stitches Per Inch 12 Pattern Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 Pattern Width 15 01 Pattern Height 5 f Freeze Aspect ina Notes ow Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 3 Borders Corners using Border_Corner 2 Click on the Border_Corner icon x CS prompts for the border boundaries Click Outer border first UL UR LR LL corners 193 UL upper left Outer Border UR upper right LL lower left LR lower right 53 Border Corner Settings Border Settings 0 0 25 True e lower edge Is near the belly bar UpperLeft LShaped UL upper left Outer Border UR upper right LL lower left LR lower right B Border Corner Settings Inner Border amp Border Settings UL upper left UR upper right LL lower left LR lower right 0 25 True ae atA The lower edge is near the belly bar Type LShaped 3 Edit the Border Corner settings choosing
92. the computer you are using Quilting commands are can be initiated with a mouse stylus touch and even the keypad mounted to the sewing head The term click can refer to any of these methods Therefore step by step instructions are guidelines not rigid processes The power of this system is in its flexibility For example there are several ways to create a boundary on the main screen It can be defined using the keypad on the sewing head or using the mouse on the screen or using a touchscreen stylus or your finger if you have a touchscreen monitor Some commands have keyboard shortcuts Use the tools and methods you prefer All quilting processes are initiated from the Main Screen shown here Title Bar g Cd 7 File Edit View Draw Tools Help o r ARa a DA Tool Bars l ITAA OADD r eLA k Leea Project kanane The Tool Bar Icons can be split into 3 groups 1 Stitching Icons which control the machine head 2 Design Icons the tools used to create new quilting patterns 3 Right Click Icons the tools used to modify existing patterns 65 43 Properties Project Properties sst lt sS Details Proci Name My Quit Project Siiches Per inch 12 Stachung Speer he Stitches Per inch jich 7 Maga 025 Preview Area Project Name Enter the Project Name Status Bar eed 65 SI Needle ON 00m x0 YO The top section has all the tools and commands needed Title Bar 2 Command Bar 22 Tool Ba
93. the computer screen with the quilt top The start and end points of the last row quilted often are the best choices and they will be used in this example but it could be any two points that you like Choose points that are easy to see and click on precisely A sharp point is a good choice a point along a gradual curve is not l Highlight the next row s and toggle them as Unsewn They will turn black 2 Highlight any pattern on the screen and Right Click 8 Choose Relocate and Choose Shift All to 2 Points e Follow the Instructions that appear on the screen a Rotate 90 degrees Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically Mirror Rubber Stamp The startpoint will be the 5 Circular Array i first Known Point on the Echo Pattern CAD Preview Area Apply Pattern Nodes x Reverse Start End WH Order Join Convert Fill Toggle Pattern Sewn Delete ES az aL Change 1 next row s The neat X o ROS ELA EEA EAO Al Follow the Instructions on the screen telling you to click on the corresponding points on the quilt These two points will be close to the pickup roller because you have rolled the quilt Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Repeat Pattern Pantographs 4 5 3 When the screen says this You do this Click Yes when machine head is at a EE ae the FIRST point on the QUILT No to to the firs
94. the method of spacing the rows properly every time the quilt is rolled There are three choices Place Two Pins means CS will pick the registration points and you need to mark them with pins or a marker Use Start Point and End Point means CS will use the start and end point of the previous row as the registration points EndOfSet means CS will use the last stitch of the previous row as the registration point This is the easiest so it is the default choice Maintain Aspect means CS will try to keep the adjusted pattern ratio length height the same as the original pattern This can t always be done however because the pattern dimensions may not share common factors with the quilt dimensions For quilters who dont do math this just means it won t fit without a little stretching Tip When using Start Point and End Point or End of Set be sure the last stitch of the pattern is at the bottom of the pattern so it is accessible after rolling the quilt 4 Look at the image in the preview area W Y SIW YQ What you see is what you quilt so if you don t like it change it now NEI A ee a a at a ea P E Ma I le REE E Start ofthe frst Tr AZ ahd eter By Meh era row be spo er eyes Py ESAE PE NE m1 nd i 7 A EFR Fil E T F oN Gate 4 ee ee 4 s pi Toi i ee a P A i ap 1 E A r 3 A aE rs i A mA at eu E R z ai Lp aa oaks EF ay aa z wit Ea EF ee Left Registration Be E par ao onli a ee ale a len a
95. the type and orientation that best fits the corner pattern 4 CS moves the corner pattern into the preview area COPFOP FOE POPS D CS resizes the border and corner patterns Placing them in the boundary allowing the margins N an a teg x E n E S O a 5 When CS knows what the quilt length is the size of the side patterns can be calculated and patterns placed Plus CS knows the proper stitching sequence to minimize the number of starts and stops Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 193 Page 194 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Border Corner Settings Border Settings Quilt Length Margin Connect True a Corner Type Orientation UpperLeft Type LShaped CS shows only the repeats for the side borders that will fit within the boundaries on the screen lt is a good idea to write down the actual size of the border patterns across the top and along the sides In this example there is a difference of almost 1 4 If the side borders were stitched using the measurements from the top border the side borders could be off by several inches Notice the difference in the sizes of the border pattern Selected Pattern Properties Stitches Per Inch 12 Pattern Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 fo Selected Pattern Widi 2 58 SSD Pattern Speed Selected Pattern Heignt_7 04 guid Tie Stitches Perinc
96. to Boundary aoe Pattern to Outline Pattern to Curve e E Stitchout F2 Boundary to Pattern i Image Attributes Boundary to Trim Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary EA Convert Trim to boundary or pattern requires right clicking an open space in the Preview area Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 261 Page 262 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Right click any open space on the Preview area Select the trim being changed Choose Convert to see the options Virtual Stitchout F2 vai Choose Trim to Pattern or Trim to Boundary Y Image Attributes Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary O Fill Inside is a special feature that uses boundaries and patterns to create a new pattern that stitches in the background The background fill pattern is modified to fit inside the block but not stitch over the oval frame The resulting pattern can be used multiple times Choose a background filler pattern Define the boundary of the applique Shown here as the blue oval frame around the basket Select the background pattern and move it away from the boundaries to see the new iaa modified background pattern WY T y DS Define the boundary of the quilit block shown in red along a boundary but don t completely y Surround it 2j
97. top and bottom of the pattern control the height Move the cursor over the top or bottom wedge and press down on the left button the center of the wedge turns darker purple or orange Hold the left mouse button down and move the mouse to resize the pattern Center Selection Mode Orange Wedges on the top or bottom change the height only not the width Edge Selection Mode Purple Wedges on the top or bottom change the height only not the width Original shape Original shape Is always the center The anchor ts the purple wedqe on the opposite side Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Single Blocks 91 Stretch Selection Mode Gray Wedges on top bottom j change just the height ONLY Dragging the Dragging the if you drag the handle straight top wedge top wedge up up or down vertical up and to and to the lett the right will Original shape Will stretch the alsa stretch pattern up amp the pattern lett up and right Resize Pattern Proportionately With the exception of the Stretch Pattern Anchor the square handles at the four corners will change both dimensions proportionately also known as Freeze Aspect Move the cursor over one of the corner squares and press down on the left button the center of the square turns darker purple or orange Hold the left mouse button down and resize the pattern Edge Selection Mode Center S
98. ways to relocate a pattern and all of them use 1 or 2 Known Points These are points that can be precisely identified on the screen using the mouse and on the quilt using the machine head Relocate has no impact on any of the sewing functions except on Edge to Edge Automatic using the E2E icon which needs to control all the patterns and the positioning When the Relocate feature is chosen for an Edge to Edge using the E2E icon a dialog box appears with a warning explaining that the E2E process will be modified from E2E automatic to E2E Repeat Patterns This is not a problem in fact Relocate works very well for E2E Repeat Patterns When using any of the Relocate options it is always a good idea to use the crosshair or the boundary feature to confirm that the patterns moved as expected If they did not you can use the relocate tool again Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 133 Page 134 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 19 1 Shift Selected Shift Selected to 1 point will relocate the selected pattern s only It uses one point called the Known Point In our example the block on the right shows the Original placement of the pattern The block on the left shows the new placement Here are the steps to realign a pattern to the new block placement Next on the screen Select all the patterns to be relocated Right Click the selection Click Relocate Choose
99. window C Add Quilt Group 70 will create a new tab prompt for a name for the tab and create a preview area for the new quilt group tab Some CS functions automatically create a new quilt group Remove Quilt Group 7s will delete the current tab CS will ask for confirmation before deleting the tab because it can t be retrieved Undo Last Operation will undo the last command CS remembers most of the operations and their sequence so Undo commands can be repeated multiple times Export Pattern to CSQ will combine the selected pattern s and export them to a pattern file with the csq file extension If the project has any encrypted patterns all the exported designs will also be encrypted with csqx file extension e Virtual Stitchout Will provide a preview of the stitching path for all unsewn patterns on the screen Any time there is a break in the stitching path CS will sound an audible bell sound Property Window Properties aka settings are the details that define how and what the sewing head will stitch These details may apply to a project s yellow frame a pattern s or a selected pattern s Magenta trame The frame around the details area is color coded to help convey which details are being displayed Of 8200 PhS gt GORA goHuses sre ok ee a alba Properties n F Stitching speed Tie Stitches Per Ir sais Per I
100. 103 Page 104 Getting Started with CreativeStudio To export an image click or tap on the command File and then Export Image di v This PC Local Disk C StatlerStitcher v Images New folder Create a new folder for your exported 6 pt Star JPG Bearpaw ct 2jpg PERO na OS Bi o r bms X oe Double Nine DresdenJPG DWR 2 PatchJPG NEETI TRE P O s n ad D i a Give the file a descriptive name Save as type Image Files jpg lt is helpful to create a folder to hold the images you export This keeps them together until they are used It is always a good idea to give descriptive file names Here is an example of four designs being auditioned All four were exported individually then combined side by side in a different software program Each of the images was exported to a jpg From there they can be moved and shared with the customer 3 5 Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation 105 Quilt Pattern Creation lt is a good idea to become familiar with the basic operation of CS before beginning to create your own original patterns If you are a novice quilter you will LOVE the ability to synchronize the designs on the computer screen with your quilt top The Preview Area Grid and the Crosshairs will make this even easier lf you are an experienced CS quilter you are going to LOVE the the ability to create your own designs CS comes with h
101. 11 Audition design over image 101 Auto Laser 164 Auto Restart 228 Auto Toggle As Unsewn 164 Automatic resize 82 B Back 228 Back 7 stitches 228 230 Background fill pattern 121 130 221 background filler pattern 122 Background filler patterns 225 Background fillers 200 221 Background pattern 128 Backgrounds 200 221 Baseline 85 86 149 177 200 215 Baseline for boundary 85 Baste How To 168 Baste Icon 42 Baste settings Angle 168 Channel Lock 168 Flip Angle 168 Needle Position 168 Radiating Lines 168 Record 168 Shift 168 Single Stitch 168 Start 168 Stitches Per Inch 168 Basting 168 Belts Disengaged belts 160 Engaged Belts 160 Belts disengaged 170 Black pattern image 228 230 Block boundary 225 Block Perimeter boundary 121 Blue Filter 101 Blue Square handles 88 146 Bobbin pull up on keypad 61 Bobbin Pullup 96 200 212 215 Bobbin refill 230 Bobbin Stitch 164 Border 246 Border Corner Icon 41 190 Border Corner settings 54 190 Border Settings Connect 54 Margin 54 Quilt Length 54 Border corner 246 Borders 190 Boundaries 82 Index 273 Boundary delete 133 Boundary Icon 39 85 177 221 225 Boundary points Left registration mark 200 215 Lower Left Corner of E2E 200 215 Lower Right Corner of E2E 200 215 Right registration mark 200 215 Boundary to Pattern About 124 Boundary to Trim About 124 Buttons Channel lock 173 OK 173 Shift 173 Stop 173 C Cables 10 CAD scree
102. 2E 4 Enter the quilt length in the E2E Settings area and CS will display the patterns Here are examples of different combinations of the Ride Into The Sunset patterns Only Pattern 1 was chosen Patterns sequence is 1 3 s ite gt mare Mae ae Ta a ae a KF a SS A Sy Wi eae CES 5 a g ji Sik i z5 zZ S i f A Ans Ly S33 AAA r e 7 iN BG oe 3e C ty mo re FP Nao 5 ee ST Pl aP ale Sina le TF AAN Patterns sequence is 1 3 5 Patterns sequence is 13 56 SNL PAN or ar eur ee Pa ray z To ro PE A eI SEEN E S A eo ae mw ee lf JAR 2 7 2 Ss eral 4 yey ey oe Sf Set el ee Aes SY EN Se Jet Oe Ais amp Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 219 Page 220 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Save the project e7 Follow the same steps as defined in the previous sections to stitch them Begin at Step 5 of Pantographs using Edge To Edge This will guide you through the steps of quilting each row and advancing the quilt until done Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds Background Fillers using Trim Inside 221 4 5 5 Background Fillers using Trim Inside Applique blocks are good examples of the need to stitch the background down allowing the applique to pop The background pattern is usually a dense filler pattern The Tr
103. 3 4 Point To Point Patterns Point To Point is a unique process that allows quilting patterns to be placed precisely The process will prompt for a series of points and then stitch one repeat between each consecutive pair of points This process delivers a very custom result The P2P patterns are continuous and have a few restrictions They must have the start point on the left and the end point on the right The start and end must be on the same horizontal line when it is designed not when it is used If any of these restrictions are not met CS will display an error message a b Pattern Error Please select a valid P2P pattern P2P feature needs patterns that meet certain criteria or else this message appears oriris p F 7 pman a ii i m They can be stitched with the Freeze Aspect s setting ON or OFF for very different results cup Point ToPoint PTT Freeze Aspect lf f OFF y y e Y de len Freeze I N j Aspect F p ON Clicks are In the example above Clicks were made at varying intervals 6 3 6 3 6 The top row shows the resulting pattern when the Freeze Aspect is OFF The bottom row shows the results when the Freeze Aspect is ON These hearts were stitched along one straight line but they didn t have to be lt is possible to concatonate P2P patterns for a unique combination Select the first Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001
104. 4 OP s EL Grid Size finches 1d i wo x Lo _corcet_ 3 he Click View Choose Grid Size Type in the size in inches The background grid now changes size Zoom allows you to see both micro and macro views of patterns You can zoom in close and see the tiny details of a pattern and you can zoom out and see the big picture When choosing the scale of E2E designs it is important to see what the pattern would look like in full size Click on the word Zoom on the status bar at the bottom of the screen and the magnification changes to 100 which is how your designs will stitch out full size Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 71 Page 72 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 2 3 Speed 65 SPI 12 Needle ON G E Zoom 25 Click on Zoom to see the grid at 100 Click on Zoom Reset icon to adjust the grid to 100 Because there are so many computer monitor TV variations that can be used as a screen CS can calibrate the grid size for you using the Zoom Reset icon also on the Status bar This can be done easily using a 1 Square paper template or ruler First be sure the Grid is visible Next hold the template or ruler on the screen and zoom in and out until the screen grid is exactly the same as the 1 template Then click on this icon and that perspective will be saved as your 100 Now when clicking on the word Zoom the scree
105. 43 Tie Stitches Ea Selected Pattern Width Wattarnn Hap Tip Record mode can be used without the belts being engaged The belts need to be engaged when synchronizing the motor encoders with the auxiliary encoders as well as when stitching the newly recorded pattern Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 161 Page 162 Getting Started with CreativeStudio CS automatically creates a pattern gives it a name and saves it to a special folder called C Patterns Recorded The format for the pattern name is C Patterns Recorded yyyyMondd_hhmmss csq where yyyy the year Mon alpha abbreviation of the month dd the day hh the hour mm the minute ss the second csq is the file type needed by CS When a recorded pattern is sure to be used again it is a good idea to Export the file giving it a descriptive name and putting it in your My Patterns folder Press Shift and Exit to exit the Regulated Sewing feature Quick Reference Recordz Part IV 164 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use The quilting process generally includes four phases and uses a variety of techniques 1 Baste the quilt layers to stabilize them 2 Stitch the blocks or whatever is chosen for the center 3 Stitch the borders corners and sashings 4 Finish by doing any background filler stitching The sequ
106. 5 depending on the fabrics batting and quilting density Prep Step 2 Load the quilt and baste the outer edges Steps to follow 1 Add the patterns Using the Add Pattern icon find and select the patterns adding them to the project If any pattern needs to appear more than once in the quilting sequence it needs to be added more than once 2 Select the patterns in order by holding the control key down and then clicking on each pattern in the sequence they are to appear You will be able to scroll up and down the list of patterns without breaking the sequence This sequence is very important as you will see Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Concatenating Patterns 219 Project Information i ie kel lig a Ly S amp S Previews Pattern 4 Patterns that are Included more than once must be added more than once Add as many patterns as you would like to concatonate together The sequence of selecting patterns is the same as the sequence of stitching them 3 Click the E2E icon and follow the prompts to define the boundary Click Upper Left corner of E2E Baseli ne determi nes square up angle Define a boundary around the first area e to be quilted Click Upper Right corner of E2E Click Lower Right corner of E2E E21 Boundary Selection Click Lower Left comer of E
107. 5 Draw Boundary Alt B 149 Draw Boundary on CAD 43 44 Draw cursor 153 Draw Curve 264 Draw Curve on CAD 43 45 Draw Freehand on CAD 43 45 Draw Line on CAD 43 45 Draw Measure 30 AtM 145 Draw Measure icon 93 159 Draw Mode 43 Draw on touchscreen 157 Draw Options 30 105 145 264 Draw P2P Line 264 Draw P2P Pattern 264 Draw P2P Pattern on CAD 43 45 Draw Pattern on CAD 45 Draw Sewable 264 Alt A Draw Arc 145 Alt C Draw Curve 145 Alt L Draw P2P Line 145 Alt P Draw P2P Pattern 145 Draw Sewable Arc 30 Draw Sewable Curve 30 Draw Sewable P2P Line 30 Draw Sewable P2P Pattern 30 Draw Sewable Arc 153 Draw Sewable Curve 155 Draw Sewable P2P Line 156 Draw Sewable P2P Pattern 157 Draw Shortcuts 153 Draw Trim 30 127 264 AtT 145 Draw Trim Icon 151 221 Draw Trim Inside 151 Draw Trim on CAD 43 44 Drill Down 18 duplicate pattern 109 110 Es E button 63 E2E 200 215 250 E2E alternating 250 E2E Alternating Minus 200 215 E2E Alternating Plus 200 215 E2E Automatic 142 200 E2E ConcatenateConstraints 218 E2E concatonating 250 E2E Continue Icon 40 200 215 E2E Icon 200 E2E patterns 74 E2E Primary settings 5 7 E2E Relocate 214 E2E settings 209 E2E Setup 54 E2E size 58 E2E Variable Settings 58 Echo inside 112 Echo outside 112 Echo copies 112 Echo icon 112 Echo Pattern 46 Echo Pattern Icon 46 Echo spacing 112 Echo Stitch About 112 Edge anchor 88 146 Edge to Edge 200 250 Edge To Edge Icon 41 215 Edit Co
108. 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 123 Page 124 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 Right click the pattern Choose Convert Pattern to Outline An outline is a stitchable pattern that is derived from the original pattern Pattern to Curve This choice is useful when using one pattern to create a derivative pattern Patterns can only be divided at the Endpoint nodes If the original pattern needs to be divided at a place where there is no endpoint node this is a good method adding nodes to the pattern eae To see the The pattern can only Choose Convert P2T The result in Node nodes be divided at Pattern to Curve Mode looks like this attern bein P g Choose Endpoint nodes using either method and can be divided pink changed Node Mode using the icon or F7 anywhere PAR AE av Ge 1 Move the pattern to the Preview Area any method 2 Choose Node Modes to see if the nodes exist where you need them 3 If not Choose Convert Pattern to Curve 4 Choose Node Mode again to see that many nodes have been added Note Once a pattern has been converted to a curve it can not be adjusted using the blue Arc Nodes only the pink endpoint nodes f Tip The process of Converting a pattern to a curve takes time and resources To avoid the wait it is best to subdivide the pattern first into segments Convert only the segments where a Divide is necessary
109. 7 Maintain Aspect 54 Make next Left Click a Right Click 43 Manual Stop 230 Manual stops 228 Margin 95 Margins 164 Marqee 88 Measure function 196 Measure Ilcon 41 93 Measure on CAD 159 Measure with mouse on CAD 43 Measurement transfer 93 Measuring Binding space 190 Margins 190 Min SPI 164 Minimize to a button 64 Minus Row on top 96 Mirror About 109 Mirror combines the copies 109 Mirror Ilcon 46 Mirror Pattern 258 Mirror Pattern Icon 46 Mode button 38 61 Modify Pattern Convert incon 106 Fill Inside icon 106 Fill Outside icon 106 Monitor Computer monitor 10 Display screen 10 Motor speed 63 Mouse 10 Mouse Buttons 14 Mouse Roller 14 Move files 20 Multiple Trim Inside boundaries 221 My Quilt Project 29 My Quilt Project default name 67 N Navigate 18 Navigate Pattern files 82 93 Navigating Click 14 Cursor 14 Double Click 14 Drag 14 Hovering 14 Panning 14 Right Click 14 Scroll 14 Scroll bars 14 Scrolling 14 Zoom 14 Zooming 14 Needle 164 Needle Off 160 Needle position 242 Needle positioner 170 Needle status 63 Nesting patterns 200 212 221 Next Click Right Click Icon 44 No Sew lines 140 Node Mode 75 88 140 Node Mode About 116 Node Mode Icon 47 Node Mode pink 118 Nodes 75 Nodes Icon 46 47 O Object 12 Offset 96 Offset from Point 180 Oil Stitcher 232 Oil Stitcher Routine 233 Open Pattern 82 93 Operating system 10 Orange handles 88 146 Index 279 Order Jo
110. 8 173 Side border sections 195 Side borders 190 195 Single block 244 Single Block Patterns Circular 75 Rectangular 75 Square 75 Index 283 Single Block Patterns Triangular 75 Single Blocks How To 82 Single Stitch 170 Single Stitch button 61 Size Settings Pattern Height 54 200 212 215 Pattern Width 54 200 212 215 Repeats and Rows 54 200 212 215 Spacing 54 200 212 215 Total Height 212 Total Width 212 Snaps 149 SND 168 173 Software Versionnumber 34 Spacing 96 Spacing Horizontal 180 Spacing Vertical 180 Speed 63 164 Speed change 63 SPEED changes 116 Speed reset 63 SPI 95 164 SPI stitches perinch 63 SPI changes 116 Stabilize the quilt 168 173 Stand Alone Mode 164 StartandEnd 214 Start Button 18 Start End Width 96 180 Start end marks 140 Startpoint 200 212 215 Status Bar 27 Status Barmessage 153 Stitch In the Ditch SID 168 173 Stitch Near the Ditch SND 168 173 Stitch partial patterns 184 Stitch Points 164 Stitch regulator 42 170 Stitch text fonts 270 Stitcher Settings 232 Auto Goggle Unsewn 232 Auto Laser 232 Aux Pulses Per Inch 232 Bobbin Stitch 232 Code Version 232 Competetive Tieoffs 232 Corner Option 232 laser Control 232 Margins 232 Max Arc Accel 232 Max Arc Speed 232 Max Corner Angle 232 Min Arc Speed 232 Min Corner Angle 232 Min Corner Speed 232 Min SPI 232 Needle 232 P2P Speed 232 P2P Type 232 Pulses Per Inch 232 Reference Point 232 Reg Stitc
111. A p a g SJ wal ia Notice the lower edge e Blue li The excess c i ue line is the b an be trimmed edge of the quilt lf the pattern extends past the blue boundary line adjust or trim now Save the project 7 14 Click Quilt The machine moves to the start of the pattern takes a single stitch and prompts you to pull up the bobbin so do that Press OK on the keypad when ready The first row of the new section now begins 15 At the end of the last row CS prompts you to cut the bobbin thread and click OK Copyright 2015 Gammill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc 5 8 Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref P2P Line 253 Quick Ref P2P Line Feature Point To Point Line vo Point to point describes a CS process where a series of connected line segments are positioned and stitched The quilter clicks the points and CS stitches a perfect line between each contiguous pair Each point is identified by moving the sewing head to each point in order and pressing the OK button Steps to follow 1 Choose P2P Line Click on the black arrow to the right of the icon Click on the P2P icon A dialog box appears with options Press Shift button to see these additional options X Angi aie o a Leta Flip Chan OK Stop eat Settings Angle This is the current angle that will be used when the Chan
112. An hourglass will appear while CS creates the echo pattern Be Patient because it might take time The larger the Echo pattern the longer the process takes Inside Echo The process of creating an inside echo requires two unique steps 1 To select the pattern click in the center of the area you want echoed 2 Be sure the spacing is a negative number When you select the pattern be sure to click P INSIDE the area you want echoed Inside Echo spacing must be a negative number Type Number of echoes ees b Echo Spacing 0 25 Number of Echoes Reverse Start End Order Join 3 Place Echo Pattern gt Convert Click on the words Place Echo Pattern to complete this process Echo needs enough extra space so it won t cross over itself creating an enclosed area Here is an example of an outside Echo getting trapped If this happens just try different spacing or a simpler pattern This warning does not appear for inside echoes because they are intended to be enclosed Error processing Echo echo become trapped try increasing or decreasing Echo Spacing Echo only works on one pattern at a time so if you need to echo a border area group the border patterns together first Echo copies can be divided so if the border area needs to be done in 2 or more sections the overlapping parts can be divided and deleted Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 Cre
113. Change with up down arrows or use mouse amp keyboard Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 1 Basting Securing the Quilt using Baste 169 Needle Pos If checked the sewing head works like the Gammill Plus machines allowing a half stitch to be taken instead of a full single stitch Press the button once and the needle goes down amp stays there Press again to bring the needle back up If it is down when stitching starts it goes back down when it stops Remember The left handle button on the sewing head will also do a single stitch or half stitch Flip Angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature It will either replace the current angle or add to it depending on the Radiate setting If Radiate is not checked this angle will replace the current angle otherwise it adds to it Radiate Works with Flip Angle for creating radiating line designs Buttons There are 6 buttons shown on the screen which correspond to the 6 button keypad on the sewing head Additional options are accessible using the Shift button A Two Button Selection Sequence will display additional options If using the touchscreen just touch the Shift key and the additional buttons appear as light blue buttons so touch the blue button you need If the second blue button is not pressed in a few seconds it will revert back to its original purpose If using the keypad on the sewing head press and hold th
114. Click on the text pattern and resize it to fit the space Tip Each letter in a text block is stitched individually If you want to hand tie all threads and bury them yourself instead of using tieoff stitches change the settings in the configuration form to de select tieoffs select Stop at Jump Stitch and select Bobbin Stitch Now CS will stop and prompt for a bobbin pull up instead of doing tieoff stitches M Save the Project 8 Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head will move to the Start of the first letter CS stitches all letters continuously dragging the thread between them and only stops for the bobbin pull up at the end of the phrase pattern Remember to click OK because it completes this process Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Restart 271 5 16 Quick Ref Restart Feature Restart Restarts are needed for a variety of reasons Either the thread break sensor stops the machine or the machine is stopped by the quilter or an obstacle 1A Thread Break If the machine stopped because it detected a thread break the pop up box offers an Auto Restart option so press that button The machine head moves to where CS detected the thread break 1B Manual Stop If the machine was stopped for any other reason click the Restart Quilting Ico
115. Count Stitch Counter is the cumulative number of stitches for this project Pattern Details Cyan Frame Designed Pattern Properties are framed with a cyan line They display settings that apply to the pattern selected in the pattern list Designed Pattern Properties are framed in cyan to match the cyan highlighting in the Pattern list Encrypted patterns will be highlighted in cyan when selected and when not selected the pattern image will still be highlighted but in a light blue not cyan Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 51 Page 52 Getting Started with CreativeStudio a oan Wy gE NAND Quitt Group aene Pattern Details Pattern choices are i i i ASS gt il highlighted in button daisy 1 border a cyan n 5 D button daisy 1 W T a Patt 4 Designed Pattern Properties eo 3 F a em Pattern Name button daisy 2 i j Ie properties Stitches Per Inch 12 A as designed Pattem Speed 65 General Stitcher Settings shown here are inherited fr roject s def ings eae Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 erited from the project s default settings Tie Stitches 7 N cyan Pattern Width 8 46 Pattern Height 9 58 Freeze Aspect On Designer Notes Margin Changing the Designed Pattern Properties General Stitcher Settings for this pattern have values that are inherited from the project settings so which were
116. CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 137 Page 138 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 20 Combine Patterns Combine Pattern will group together all the selected patterns so they can be used as a single pattern for the duration of the project If the patterns are positioned to sew in one continuous line like repeated patterns in a border there will not be a jump stitch between the selected patterns This is very handy for sashings and border areas If the patterns are not continuous there will be tieoffs or a prompt for the bobbin pull up sequence at each jump stitch Select all the Right click the selection patterns to be to show the dialog box ea combined A Echo Pattern Apply Pattern Or tap the Combine icon on the right Choose Combine A Export Pattern Options Select the patterns in stitching sequence Right click the group Choose Combine Group Caution Once patterns are combined they can not be uncombined in a way that restores the individual patterns They can be divided into pattern segments but not back into the original patterns The Undo command Ctrl Z is the only way to uncombine TIP Patterns will stitch out in the order they were selected so be careful to select patterns in the proper stitching order before grouping them Use F2 Virtual Stitchout t
117. E Variable Settings E Size Settings Pattern Width 25 13 Select Between ConnectStartAndE Stop at End of Ri On The Variable Settings refer to the quilting process Quilt Length Total Length of the Quilt Primary Settings refer to the quilting space Quilt Length is to the total length of the space to be quilted Measure the space and then subtract the margin amount twice top amp bottom Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 57 Page 58 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Size Settings refer to the quilt pattern chosen highlighted in the Project Information box Pattern Width is the width of one pattern Pattern Height is the height of one pattern Repeats and Rows will be calculated by CS based on the pattern size and the quilt space Length and width Changes to the number of repeats and rows will adjust the pattern size to fit the quilt space Spacing allows the rows and columns to be nested if needed The spacing measurements are positive if extra space is needed between rows or repeats Spacing measurements are negative if space is removed between the rows or repeats Variable Settings refer to the quilting process and the stitching preferences select Between Blocks tells CS what to do between patterns The patterns can be connected no stop between them or individual CS stops does tieoffs and bobbin pullups Stop at End of Row tells CS to sto
118. Feature Point To Point Line Point to point describes a CS process where a series of connected line segments are positioned and stitched Remember Dot To Dot coloring books The same concept applies The quilter supplies the dots and CS stitches a perfect line between each contiguous pair Each dot is identified by moving the sewing head to each point in order and pressing the OK button The spot where the needle would enter the fabric is the Dot or point Assumptions The quilt is loaded bobbin is full machine is threaded bobbins wound the speakers are on and the belts are engaged Tip When the seam allowance is pressed toward one side it becomes higher thicker than the other side Doing SID or SND on the lower side of the seam allows the stitching to sink down and disappear too Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 173 Page 174 Getting Started with CreativeStudio steps to follow 1 Choose P2P Line ine Pattern This is one of the choices presented when clicking on the black arrow to the right of the P2P icon 2 Click on the P2P icon ro A dialog box appears with options Settings Mn i z Gide ate 0 4 ine T Buttons Press OK to identify each point Stop Press Stop to create a Jump Stitch A dialog box appears with Settings and Buttons Settings Angle This is the current angle that will be used when Chan
119. Layout Work Area Property Window 53 2 5 2 3 size changes So if one of the dimensions is changed CS will change the other automatically to keep the ratio the same OFF means CS will allow the ratio to be distorted Designer Notes may have notes from the designer but can be modified to include your notes about this pattern Margin is the closest distance between the stitch lines and the boundary lines Selected Pattern Details Magenta Frame are framed with a magenta hot pink line These details apply to the pattern selected in the preview area not the one highlighted in the pattern list The magenta color was chosen to match the highlighting in the Preview area Project Information A x Quilt Group ld lee Sa Selected Pattern Details oy button daisy 2 V D button daisy 1 A ey D Selected Pattern i image is colored magenta Selected Pattern details are framed in magenta Selected Pattern Details msa E General Settings Stitches Per Inch 10 Pattern Speed 50 General Stitcher Settings Tie Stitches Per Inch 23 shown here will be used when the selected Tie Stitches 4 pattern is stitched Selected Pattern Widtl 3 75 LL Selected Pattern Heig 3 69 General Pattern Settings a Freeze Aspect Off apply to the pattern highlighted in the Selected Pattern Rota 2 Preview area Ee ee itches Per I Pe Changing the Selected Pattern Details
120. Notes Tip Record the design multiple times if needed Choose the best and delete the rest It is a good idea to rename the chosen pattern file if it will be kept for future use Press Shift to see additional keypad choices and Exit to exit the Regulated Sewing feature Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc I F Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 269 Page 270 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 5 15 Quick Ref Text Patterns Feature Creating Text Patterns Steps to follow Right Click in an open area of the preview area Click on Text Property in the dialog box that appears Click in the text box and type your message Each message is a pattern that does NOT do word wrap but the text patterns can be divided to simulate word wrap 1 Right Click in the area where you want your text to begin and a dialog box appears r T TTT 2 Click on Text Property and a text box appears Text Property 3 Type your text here Rename Quilt Group Convert gt Place Text _ i virtual Stitchout F2 4 Click Place Text when done Click on Place Text when done and the Font dialog box appears Choose the font style you like See the Sample box for a preview Click OK the text pattern is positioned Resize as needed
121. P v v a Speed 65 SPI 12 Neede ON G E Zoom gt xo yo lf your computer screen doesn t show all the icons as seen above lower resolution monitors can t fit them all look for the small arrow at the far right side of the tool bar Click on the arrow to see the additional icons YOO sIsI FL j l Each of the features in all 3 categories can be initiated by using the mouse to click the icon or touching the icon if you have a touch screen computer The screen also labels each icon Main Screen Layout Tool Strip 39 2 4 1 File Edit View Draw Tools Help Another method is to highlight the icon Do this by pressing the MODE button on the If you are not sure what the Icon does let the mouse keypad and highlighting the icon s hover over it and a Tool Tip will appear The name of each icon will appear at the top Each icon in the top toolstrip Stitching and Design categories also has a Tool Tip which will be displayed if the mouse hovers over the icon The name of each function is also displayed in the title bar Stitching Icons Stitching Icons initiate ieee that use the sewing head Each of the features can be initiated by using the mouse to click the icon or touching the icon if you have a touch screen computer or pressing the Mode button on the keypad until the icon is highlighted and then pressing Select on the keypad Each time the Mode button is pressed the next fe
122. PM File folder Projects di Patterns Statler Stitcher DXF 2 18 2013 2 36 PM File folder di Patterns Statler Stitcher JPG 2 18 2013 2 36 PM File folder di Patterns Statler Stitcher SKF 2 18 2013 2 36 PM File folder Patterns _ Stick Aphabet 2 18 2013 2 36PM File folder ad Traditional Alphabet 2 18 2013 2 36 PM File folder i v abstract daisy border qli 3 8 2006 9 00 PM QLI File Desktop _ alternating 1 qli _ american eagle 1 qli i _ american eagle world 1 qli Documents _ american eagle world qli _ american eagle qli A _ angel with box qli This PC Bj angel qli __ apple core block 1 qli a bh de eal 5 27 2006 12 58PM QLI File a ile Click on a file name to i see the image ilz 3 8 2006 9 04 21BL200 Gol Once the first file is selected the keyboard 16 navigation buttons are activated The down arrow will move down one file at a time The Up arrow moves up one at atime Using the mouse to scroll 4 is sometimes faster if you don t need to look at each pattern file Click on the scroll bar up arrow to scroll up one file at a time Click on the scroll bar down arrow to scroll down one file at a time Grab amp drag the scroll bar slider to scroll to a different part of the folder Click on the scroll bar ABOVE the slider to move back 1 screen about 15 files Click on the scroll bar BELOW the slider to move up 1 screen about 15 files Use the mouse and spec
123. Preview area Draw Draw Turn on or off the Endpoint Snap when using Draw mode on Preview area Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 17 Page 18 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 1 2 1 2 1 Computer Skills The Statler Stitcher CreativeStudio manuals assume that the quilter has been exposed to computer systems and is familiar with basic computer skills and terms However since many computer systems are similar but different a brief overview of those computer skills is included here One of the most powerful virtues of a computer is its flexibilty Unfortunately that can also be a detriment because there are several ways to do the same thing and that can cause confusion The methods used in this text are NOT the only way to perform certain tasks There are faster methods so if anyone is using a different technique but gets the same results that is just fine Explore Folders Folders and files are stored on a computer much the same as they would be stored in an office By arranging them in a hierarchical structure folders and files can be stored and retrieved easily The term Path is used to describe how to find them Example C Patterns Patterns Statler Stitcher Angel qli 1 This PC is like the office 2 Local Disk C Drive is one of the file cabinets 3 Patterns is one of the drawers in the cabinet 4 Patterns Statler Stitcher is a folde
124. Program Files x86 Projects Delete J StatlerStitcher Rename J Users Properties J Windows MYJUMPDRIVE H FilesFromStatler WB FilesToStatler Expand n My_PersonalPatterns Open in new window Right click the destination folder E Patiems for Statler Touch Share with You could also drag the atterns Tor statier Iouc q and choose Paste Include in library selected files from the gt Patterns Recorded Pin to Start source over to the destination folder Perflogs Siento gt J Program Files gt Program Files x86 Delete Rename New Properties Tip Copying or moving can also be done by dragging the group of files to the destination If the source and destination are in the same path the files are moved If they are in different paths they are copied Rename Files The new files in this example have names that are more like product codes than pattern file names so change them to something you can recognize Again File Explorer makes this easy Open with Send to gt Cut Copy Create shortcut P 2016_Fancy_Floral_Blk_1 pat Delete Rename Right click the file name and choose Rename The filename will be hightlighted so just type the new name in and press Enter to save it Managing Recorded Files One of the outstanding features of CreativeStudio is the ability to use the stitcher to create an original design by recordings
125. S is so flexible now these are no longer needed Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 141 3 5 1 23 Right Click Preview Area Right Clicking an open space on the Preview Area will present even more design choices 3 5 1 23 1 Text Property Text Patterns can be made using standard Windows fonts Text patterns let you personalize your quilts with logos dates names or greetings Ihe text can be typed placed sized and stitched This feature is done in the preview area in an open Space not on an existing pattern Steps to follow 1 Right Click in an open area of the preview area It is a good idea to have defined a reference boundary So you can size the text to fit the space on the quilt In our example we are using the top border 2 Click on Text Property in the dialog box that appears 3 Click in the text box and type your message The text box looks small but will handle long phrases CS will treat each phrase as a pattern If your phrase needs two or more lines you could create one pattern and divide it but it is easier to create 2 or more separate text patterns 1 Right Click in the area where you want your text to begin and a dialog box appears aa Cd Glick on Text Property and a text box appears 3 Type your text here Rename Quilt Group TMATITLIL LIL Convert Place Text 2 Virtual Stitchout F 4 Click Place Text when done
126. Sr LI ent Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds Background Fillers using Trim Inside 223 6 Click Stop when done and CS will erase everything inside the trim boundary leaving the filler pattern in the background Zoom in closely and look for any unnecessary pattern fragments in the background These are easily removed with the mouse by using the Draw Trim s method which allows additional trimming of the pattern in the Preview Area Tip If tieoff stitches are being used make them tiny and use the competitive Tieoffs For people who prefer to hand tie knots and bury threads change the Controller Definition form to uncheck tieoffs and check Bobbin Stitch and Stop at Jump Stitch Now CS will stop and you can leave longer thread tails to hand tie and bury Project Information nse mS A liege V Ge m Preview Pattern Repeat Pattern Setup q x Reference Point Location Reference Point UpperLeftCorner Offset from Point 0 Horiz 0 Yert Pattern Details Lock Pattern as Off Freeze Aspect Off Pattern Width 9 90 Pattern Height 9 5 Individual Patterr 0 Repeat Settings Repeats and Ro 3 Repeats 2 Rows Total Width 29 70 Total Height 18 50 Start End control Off Spacing 0 Horiz 0 5 Vert Square Up Quilt 0 ae Select Between ConnectStartAndEr Continue with additional Trims as needed When done trimming the appl
127. Steps to follow 1 Click on the Boundary icon and follow the prompts to define the boundary of the background area If the project were to fill the background of an appliqued block this would be the outer edges of the block 2 Move the background filler F pansi in Use Pattern to Boundary i or Repeat Patterns H depending on how many repeats are needed to fill the area This example shows repeat patterns nested vertically by 5 There is a gap on one side border and an overlap on the other which need to be adjusted Select patterns together and resize to fill the space Outer edges can be trimmed too 3 Group the patterns together before adjusting the size and position If the pattern doesn t fit exactly let it extend past the outer boundary and trim the excess 4 Choose Trim Inside and Click on the Trim icon CS will prompt for a boundary Use as many points as needed to define the boundary of the applique Ta Closeup of the Fish ss aga applique after it was mae ES trimmed Z Trim Inside Sold Trim Outside i Click Trim Point 94 f 5 Click Stop when done and CS will erase everything inside the boundary leaving the filler pattern in the background Save the project often Continue with additional Trims as needed 6 Click on Start_Quilting and CS moves the sewing head to the start of the pattern and prompts for pulling up the bobbin thread Click OK when ready to quilt If
128. Stop button is pressed The process can begin stitching at exactly the spot where the stitching stopped great if you needed to press the Stop button or it can be adjusted to restart at any other point great if the bobbin ran out and the thread break sensor didn t detect a break immediately It is possible to define the restart point using the sewing head and the quilt top or the mouse and the computer screen Regulated Sewing Icon 2 There are several choices for stitching with the stitch regulator Original Plus Smooth Recording patterns while using the Stitch regulator is possible with any of the choices To choose a mode click on the arrow to the right of the icon and a drop down box appears with the following Click her to denies the choices Original ao to the original stitch regulator action which did not keep the needle running around the corner Plus is designed to keep the needle running at points or corners This guarantees a sharp point like the Gammill Plus machine Smooth has a different power curve needle up down speed for people who don t pause at points but do slow down going into the point and coming out of it gt Constant Speed Icon When constant sewing is started the needle Starts stitching and it is up to the quilter to move the sewing head smoothly and consistently The quilter s motion determines the stitch length not the sewing head This function is preferred by some when
129. T E A T 67 2 Quilt Groups EN E E I N E N AE E E I E NE TA E A ieee E 69 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 3 Page CreativeStudio Creating a Quilt Group sala Aad antaae a a E 70 Quilt Group Grid seca gee c baad E E E E E a E T 71 Renaming a Quilt Group stead see EEA NENIE E ESE ean TE EE E AE ET A T 72 Removing a Quilt Group E E E a E E T 73 3 Quilt PatternSseserreerrsererenrenensennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnununnnnannnnanonnanonnanannnnannnnannnnannnnnnnnnnnnnenn nne 74 About Quilt Patterns oeeeereerrereerrrerrererrerenrssrneenesnnneonnesnneonnnnnnnennnnennnnennunenunnernnnennnnernnnennnennns 75 Single Block Patterns ASEPE EPE AE A EAEE AE EEEE EEEE TEE EAA EEEE EEEE EE AEREE EE ERTE AT 75 Continuous Patterns crete et teet et tteteetnetaneneneneneneananensneneananenanennnensanensnnneaeseatanensseneananensnenenens 76 Point TO Point Patterns vr eet etree ttt te tenet tena neneneneneneneeeneneneneneeanananannanansnsnneeeeeeseeeeeees 77 4 Quilt Pattern Setup and Ml ale eee aaa eee 79 Selecting Patterns cece tettteteteneneeeeeneneneneneneneneneaeassenenssananananenenenananeneneneseseseneneseneneneananananananananans 80 Single Blocks abun aa Oe eed uUe ow etea A a reaa wal enue Stee a aeaea aree ee a ana Aa Eee cet wena cence nnamadeeteee 82 Step 1 Choose pattern a Mite inee UACaMaluE A A na ab mee GaemmneR Gag A A asa eau ne ee nesue mere oae te ATAT 82 Step 2 Define Boundary Seca eters ae gece oc ae E
130. TUN vW AEB DELS H gt a aG z rT 2 Copy the new fonts from the source computer to a thumb drive Highlight the fonts and copy them Click on Folders button to find the thumb drive Navigate to the destination folder 1s on the thumbdrive Introduction Computer Skills Add New Text Fonts 25 Click Edit command Click Paste When done Safely Remove the Hardware eject the thumbdrive File Edt View Favortes Tools Help O Arial TrueType ARIAL TIF Arial Black TrueType ariblk TTF O drial Bold TrueType ARIALED TTA O Arial Bold Italic TrueType ARIALBI TTF Arial Italic TrueType ARIALL TTF 203K 8 4 2004 Bank Gothic Light BT Tru bgothi tt 35K 11 30 19 OR Banik Gothic Medium BT T bgothm ttf thane 36K 11 30 18 Ear sae navigating to the destination thumb drive Find and select the fonts you would like to copy x T Christmas Cheer Izua Tip Scan the thumb drive with up to date Antivirus software before you move it to your Statler It is wise to do this EVERY time you move media between computers This protects your investment in your Statler Stitcher 3 Install the new fonts from the thumb drive Insert the thumb drive into the Statler computer Click Start button Click Settings Click Control Panel Double Click Fonts folder Click on File Command Choose Install New Font dit View Favortes To
131. Toggle Sewn 258 Toggle Sewn About 132 Toggle Sewn Icon 46 47 Toggle Unsewn 47 180 258 Toggle Unsewn About 132 Toggle Unsewn Icon 46 Tool Bar 27 Tool Strip 38 Tooltip 38 Tool Tips 12 Tools 232 233 Tools Command Calibrate All 32 Calibrate Stitcher Motor 32 Oil Stitcher 32 Set Origin 32 Technical Support 32 Total Height 96 Total Stitch Count 164 Total Width 96 Trace sewing path 144 Transfer measurements Trim delete 133 Trim temporary change 127 Trim boundary 121 184 200 Trim Ilcon 41 184 221 Trim Icon Choices 41 Trim Inside 256 Trim Inside About 127 Trim Outside 184 257 Trim outside About 127 Trim Skip Length 127 164 Trim to Boundary About 126 Trim to Pattern About 126 Turning the quilt 190 Baste the edges 195 Mark center points 195 Two button selection sequence Two button sequence 170 173 Change to Needle Position 168 Exit 168 Needle Position button 170 OK 196 Shift 196 Single Stitch button 170 Start 168 Start button 170 Stop 196 Stop button 170 94 159 168 170 173 196 U Undo 29 209 Undo command 49 Undo Icon 49 Unusual block shapes 187 Use This Point 228 230 User Settable 232 a Variable Settings Alternating 200 Alternating Type 215 Connect Between Blocks 200 Index Variable Settings Continue Method 215 Maintain Aspect 54 200 212 215 Select Alternating Type 54 212 Select Between Blocks 54 212 215 Select Registration 54 200 212 Stop
132. User Manual Rev 00 11 Page 12 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Terminology Terminology Be sure you understand the following terms and concepts because they are used throughout the manual Power Up means to turn on the Controller red switch first then green Stitcher and then turn on the computer CPU Be sure the monitor and the speakers are on also It takes a minute but the Desktop screen will appear on the monitor Power down means to turn everything off Don t just turn off the power Exit gracefully by saving your work save the project exiting CS click on the exit X shut down the computer click on the Start button choose Shutdown and then turning off the power to the monitor speakers and controller green switch first then red Click usually refers to using the computer mouse to choose an object on the screen by pressing the left mouse button quickly If the object is a command button this executes the command If it is a pattern or boundary it selects it Clicking on any of the quilting icons will initiate that technique The term click can also mean pressing a button on the keypad on the sewing head or it can mean touching an icon if you have touch screen capabilities Tap is functionally equivalent to click if using a touchscreen monitor Tapping a command button will execute the command Tapping a pattern or boundary will select it Tapping any of the
133. Ye CREATIVESTUDIO 6 0 MANUAL GAMMILL QUILTING SYSTEMS 1432 GIBSON STREET WEST PLAINS MO 65775 1 800 659 8224 GAMMILL COM Publish Date January 2015 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 1 Page CreativeStudio User Manual CreativeStudio is a registered trademark of Gammill Inc This manual is proprietary and is not for resale or distribution It is strictly prohibited from being copied or reproduced in multiple printed form and or forwarded electronically without prior written consent and approval of Gammiill Inc A single print copy of this manual PDF file may be made for personal use via home printer or printing supplier Multiple copies for classroom reprint use or resale unless otherwise approved by Gammiill Inc in written form are strictly prohibited and will be fully enforced CreativeStudio V6 0 Copyright 2015 Gammill Inc All Rights Reserved All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of t
134. able position and click OK OK Cancel OK Move to repeatable table position and Click OK is the very first step CreativeStudio asks you to do Most people push their machine to the upper right or upper left corner of the table This spot is always repeatable In CS everything is relative to the origin that is CS views the sewing area to be one big grid and it identifies points on the grid with X Y coordinates relative to the origin Why is this important Because it enables CS to be restarted with minimal adjustments after CS has been shut down This is explained in detail in the section on Relocate Patterns hs Project Names CS creates a project s every time the software is used By default the project is named My Quilt Project AS soon as you save the project file the new file name will appear as your project name Saving a project file is easy Just click File click Save Project As and the Save As dialog box appears CS has set up a special folder called Projects but you can use a different path if desired Change the path 18 if needed and click SAVE File Edit View Draw Tools Help l New Project Ctri N For new projects Click File Click Save Project As Save Project Ctri S lt z Quilt Group Border Corner 2 Quilt Gre w a Import Image Size J Export Image J Dell 9 13 2013 3 48PM File folder f 43 Exit CreativeSt Je Drivers
135. aeacuauenavenebuwauddacuundddaakmacdacdaue cureuacucxsudeddedaeusseidacwmeeduwnasacendcoewe 225 6 oC be ete eee eee or ne eer eter ener ree en eee eee ee rece eer eer 228 Thread Break Restarts a wava tes uewouddtaueaddeceumaunsud es ueduavann cuawewsavdacwadddacnwnddadvangcuncunsucuneusddddnavesd daanesddceuasaunsursene 228 Manual Stops and Restarts E A A E T E cueaecuheneaeaes 230 7 Utility FLUINI CTIOIIG eset tenet terete aeaaaee aeaa aaaea aAA anai eaaa Anaea 232 Technical Support EE EEE AE NI A E E A E 232 Set Origin a E a A a A E 233 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 5 Page CreativeStudio Part V O ON OO oO FP W DN mmm b ek O oo A Q N O Oil Stitcher Routine ee eereeerrreeerreererrererreressrnrressnnresnnnnennnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnennnnneennnnnnennna 233 Calibrate Aff eeeeeereeeserreeerensnsresnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnunnnnnnnnnunnnnnnunnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennn nenen nnnnn nnn 234 Calibrate Siite ho Ce ee 234 Galibrate Power Neotel oy gaereca cane eeeeen a E A N E E 234 C librateReCOrG ea AR cere E ree eee ERA 236 Quick Reference Sheets 239 Quick Ref ICONS Shopttuts e eseseeeeseseneeersereenrnnnnunnuunnunnunnunnnunnunnuunnunnunnnnnen 239 Quick Ref Regulated EEEE EEIE E A AA ELE EE E A AE EEE 242 Quick Ref Single UCU ee eacactn ess cnscattam ce cnticrcnenettenidamantec ances 244 Quick Ref Borders and Corner
136. and choose Measure or use the Alt M shortcut This uses the mouse and screen to take measurements of the items boundaries and patterns you have moved to the preview area These are real measurements but they are measuring approximations of the quilt not the real quilt block measurements File Edit View Tools Help y Pattern Anchor Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Draw Sewable Measure Alt M CS is ready to make as many measurements as needed just keep clicking a series of two points start amp end Width 0 00 Length 0 00 This example shows Endpoint Snaps ON When done Press Esc key or click on the X box 3 5 2 6 1 Transfer Measurements CS remembers the four numbers width height length angle from the last measurement made and will transfer them for you This transfer feature is one of the many special Right Click shortcuts E General Settings Pattern Name lional block 1 4 Then left click the measurement in the Stitches Per Inch 3 Pattern Speed 3 Right click on the Transfer Box oe or Inch DESTINATION field to the source field and it le olienes Kerinci display the transfer box will be transferred Tie Stitches Pattern Width eisai i Pattern Height Pattern Name lional block 1 1 Measure the space Height 6 31 Freeze Aspect ser Stitthes Per Inch 10 7 Pattern Speed 50 Margin 0 25 idth W
137. and the quilt size 4 Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 2 Repeats 2 Rows Total Width 32 77 Total Height 21 92 Start End Width On Spacing 0 Horiz 1 0 Vert Quilt Angle 0 Connect ConnectStartAndEnd Alternating None Spacing Spacing between Repeats Horizontal and Rows Verti Pattern Location Point aligns the repeated patterns on the CAD to the quilt top Pattern Location uses the position of the sewing head to indicate where to place the repeated patterns Offsets are used if the repeated patterns need to be positioned some distance from the initial location point As an example the location point may be the upper left corner of the quilt but the repeated patterns are intended for an inner area which starts some distance away This distance is measured in two directions moving Horizontally and Vertically Individual Pattern Details refer to the pattern selected Reset to Designed means any all changes that were made to the selected pattern will be undone and the pattern reverts to the original dimensions as designed Freeze Aspect s ON means the ratio of Height Width remains the same when the size changes Width is the width of one pattern Height is the height of one pattern Rotation is the number of degrees that each pattern is angled Repeat Settings show how many repeats and rows are needed to fill the space Repeats and Rows are variables Total Width and Total Height are variables also
138. ange the stitching direction Click or tap the number in ascending sequence to change the sewing order 1s Measure with mouse on CAD Click or tap this icon and see the measurement box appear at the bottom right corner of the preview area Use either your mouse or finger to tap the item on the screen once at the beginning and once at the end of the area being measured and the measurements will be calculated This includes absolute height vertical absolute width horizontal length diagonal and degrees of rotation slope of the diagonal Tap the upper right X to close the measurement box or tap this icon again Make Next Left Click a Right Click for use with a touch screen In previous versions of CS many options were listed in the Right Click dialog box These still work for people who choose to use the mouse For people who prefer touch screen technology the Right Click dialog box can be found by touching this icon first then the screen pattern or open space and it will appear Draw Boundary on CAD drawing a boundary on the screen Click or tap this icon to begin Draw Boundary Mode Then tap the screen at each boundary point Touch and hold anywhere on the screen and CS will complete the boundary The first 2 touches define the baseline which CS uses for pattern positioning The last touch completes the boundary but that last touch is not included in the boundary Multiple boundaries can be made while in
139. as rotated 45 to fit the space To move the patterns into the preview area Repeat Patterns i was used notice the reference point mark in the upper left corner of the block The patterns are easy to individually reposition inside the block If this composite pattern is going to be used repeatedly in this project it may be a good idea to group the four patterns making it one pattern To do this select the group right click them and choose Combine Patterns 1z If it is worth saving for other projects use Export iss Example 2 Sometimes the patterns need to overlap to provide consistent density The individual patterns are harder to identify when they overlap too oe Cw OD 40 Pea E Fattern to Boundary I a ad i ll u 7 ah S EN p o A was used 4 times Ae WO Ae Each time the pattern Rapes Patten ete o T 2 Gg B y was rotated and 5B Reference Point Location ch a a A ne Relerence Pomi UpperLettGomer at pa EE rey T gt repositioned E Ofsettrom Poin 0 Horiz 0 Vert a Ta 5 Aj F 5 AD B Pattern Details ah jae He f Rasai Panam bo Dee On PA ore a et J Free Apad Of CaS PB a Pattern wigih qh el i _ og Faham Height 9 6 gt i Indnaduel Patter O ait r a e E Rensa Satie gal m Multiple copies of the pattern were placed by defining the boundary first then using Pattern to Boundary four times Each pattern was moved into the boundary then selected repositioned resized and rotated to fit one
140. ately quilts won t ever be that perfect so this is the time to create reference boundaries lt is a fact that borders and blocks are rarely square so by creating a reference boundary around them you will see an image on the screen which enables you to adjust the pattern to fit the real quilt as defined by the reference boundary In the following example the reference boundary shows the border space the inside corner location and the stitch line of the patterns already stitched in the corner The reference shows us the border patterns need to be moved up so they don t stitch on the seamline Quilt Group Edge to Edge border Reference boundary is irregular outlining the carner pattern stitch line Reference boundary Shows inner comer The quilting process causes shrinkage so it is wise to create reference boundaries as you work not all at once It is also worth noting that reference boundaries can will be used every time the quilt is rolled because that can cause the layers to shift Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Import Creates a Design Group 101 3 4 4 Import Creates a Design Group Images of quilt blocks can be imported into a project CS will create a new quilt group for each imported image called a Design Group To import an image click or tap on the command File and then Import Image C File Edit View Draw Tools New Project Ctri N amp Open Project Ct
141. athers stitched in a different color The Designer Node will force a pause in the Stitching which includes the message to Change Thread Color Pattern After DN Designer Node added Hold the cursor over the selected node Right click to get the DN Dialog Box and type the command 1 Choose the pattern and place it on the Preview area If any changes need to be done to the pattern do them first 2 Select the pattern Click the Node Mode icon or press F7 3 Zoom in and find the place where the Pause needs to be inserted 4 Hover over that point Right click to get the Designer Node dialog box Caution Be careful not to choose Divide 5 Type the word PAUSE in all capital letters followed by a short message 6 Press Enter The Designer Node a little red dot appears on the pattern Deselect the pattern and the nodes disappear except for the red dot When the pattern is stitched and the node is encountered the following message will appear on the screen When finished changing the thread press OK and the stitching will continue to the end or the next Designer Node PAUSE Change Thread Color Bobbin Cut The second Designer Node keyword is SPEED This keyword is followed by a number which is actually a percentage change SPEED 50 changes the stitching speed to 50 of the original pattern speed SPEED 100 changes the stitching speed to its original pattern speed SPEED 125 increases the original patter
142. ativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 113 Page 114 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 7 Apply Pattern Apply Pattern means to use one pattern as a path and a second pattern as a repeated design that will be stitched along that path Choose a path pattern that is simple and choose a P2P pattern 77 for the repeated design Resize the patterns as needed The Path pattern should fit the quilt soace The P2P size should be small but not less than 0 09 inches oa p2pdiamon 4 Designed Pattern Properties Pattern Name heart Stitches Per Inch 12 Pattern Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 Pattern Width 7 08 4 Designed Pattern Properties Pattern Height Pattern Name p2pdiamond Freeze Aspect On Stitches Per Inch 12 Pattern Speed Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Designer Notes Margin Designer Notes Margin Have both patterns selected Highlight the P2P pattern in the pattern list and select the Path pattern on the Preview Area Choose Apply Pattern using the icons or the dialog boxes Be sure the P2P pattern Preview Pattern is highlighted in the Choose Apply Pattern ae pattern list from the options list heart ei S Zz J In the Preview Area Right click the Path Pattern i to select it 3 Toggle Pattern Sewn Delete g A Relocate B Export Pattern Options Multiple repeats of the P2P pattern are placed along the Path
143. attern step 4 Choose a file type To CSQ this is a file format only CS can use csq is the actual file type used for non encrypted patterns csqx is the substituted file tyoe used for encrypted patterns To DXF this is a file format that some drawing programs can use but only works for non encrypted patterns In most situations dxf files must be modified before they can be reopened in CS Tip Use the csq or csqx format whenever possible instead of dxf because the csq format is more efficient and the stitched designs have smoother curves When exporting patterns it is helpful to give the pattern a descriptive name and to save it if it may be useful in the future Derivative patterns should be named amp saved in the same folders as the originals so they are easy to find 139 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 139 Page 140 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 22 Options Options refer to how patterns are displayed or stitched There are certain choices that a pattern designer can use that affect how the pattern is displayed on the screen or how it is stitched out These choices can make it easy to use the pattern as it was originally designed but might not be helpful in derivative patterns So CS allows the quilter to choose which options to keep remove as needed Apply Pattern Nodes F7 Reverse Start End Options define how
144. attern anchor Edge Choose pattern anchor Center Choose pattern anchor Endpoint Choose pattern anchor Stretch Double click a selected pattern to rotate through the choices Draw Begin or end Draw Boundary mode on Preview area Click v the Boundary boundary points RightY to end Esc or Alt B or second Righty to exit Draw Boundary mode Begin or end Draw Trim mode on Preview area Click v the trim boundary RightY to end Esc or Alt T or second RightY to exit Draw Trim mode Draw Begin or end Draw Sewable Arc on Preview area Click y 3 points beginning Arc top of arc ending Esc or Alt A or second Righty to exit Draw Arc mode Draw Begin or end Draw Sewable Curve on Preview area Click curve midpoints Curve Righty to end Esc or Alt C or second Righty to exit Draw Curve mode Draw Begin or end Draw P2P Line on Preview area Click v line transition points P2P Line Righty to end Esc or Alt L or second Righty to exit Draw P2P Line mode Draw Begin or end Draw P2P Pattern on Preview area Click v pattern ending P2P points Righty to end Pattern Esc or Alt P or second Righty to exit Draw P2P Pattern mode Draw Alt F Begin or end Draw Sewable Freehand on Preview area Use the mouse or Freehand touchscreen to create a sewable design Alt M_ Click any 2 points on Preview area measurements are displayed Esc to exit Measure Turn on or off the Gridpoint Snap when using Draw mode on
145. attern is modified it can be exported and used in the current project as well as in any future project Convert Pattern Convert will change the characteristics of patterns boundaries and trims This saves time by eliminating the need to define objects multiple times Convert Pattern Options Select the pattern or Tap the Convert Icon and Convert Choices being changed appear P2T Pattern to Trim p2g Pattern to Boundary P20 Pattern to Outline Choose Convert and p i attern to Curve choices appear P2C gt Pattern to Trim Pattern to Boundary Pattern to Outline gt Pattern to Curve B2P Boundary to Pattern p2tT Boundary to Trim Boundary to Pattern Boundary to Trim Trim to Pattern Trim to Pattern T2B Trim to Boundary D lt CP HD NE IS Trim to Boundary Select any pattern or pattern segment in the Preview Area and choose Convert and more choices are displayed Notice that some choices are grayed out in the dialog box This means that the choice is not available for the item selected Pattern to Trim This choice is useful when a pattern has been chosen and Stitched and there is another pattern to stitch in the background behind the original pattern Why is this useful A background pattern can be trimmed to fit around the Heart without stitching over it In the following example the heart pattern is stitched in the block and a background filler pattern wi
146. atterns isrotmm Os Meander pattern is project Inform ation E BRA Oy d the background filler This is what the Preview Patten J pattern looks like j Repeat Patterns i err before being filled Click OK to set Reference Point Spee rs Sues Repeat Pattern Setup a fa to place the reference point B Reference Point Location Reference Fo owenii Comer 18 Offsetfrom Point ORG mAs Pattern Details Reset Pattern to O O Poore Asso Change size and E Stop atts i settings 5 m i o m Pi 0 Vert The crosshair shows the Reference Point will be the Lower Left Corner Square Up Quit A 0 Select Between bl ConnectStartAndE a Reference Point Position Point location to place pattem Speed 50 SPI 12 Zoom 56 G E Idle Repeat_Patterns X 5 812 Y 17 751 r Use Repeat Patterns s to fill the block boundary Choose the Reference Point lower left corner in this example Position the machine head at the lower left corner of the block see crosshair Change the Pattern Details to get the quilting density set Change the Repeat Settings to choose the number of repeats and rows Adjust Total Width and Total Height if needed Click OK button to move the patterns onto the preview area 6 Fill the Background Select all the background patterns together Select all patterns Right Click selected patterns Adjust the pat
147. atterns and determine the right pattern scale When the patterns are chosen and previewed change the name of this tab to Preview or something similar so you remember that you previewed your patterns Then save the project with a descriptive file name so all the details are readily available when it is time to complete this quilt 2 6 Main Screen Layout Keypad Window Keypad Window The Keypad Window shows an image of the six buttons on the sewing head keypad Using the keypad reduces the number of times you must walk to the computer and select an option To view the keypad image click on View then click on Keypad Window and the image will appear in the lower right corner of the CAD screen Repeat this to remove the keypad image the image toggles on and off Viewing the keypad window is one of the preferences each person can choose when setting their stitching defaults s using the controller definition form Eees File Edit CView gt Draw Tools Help Quilt Group Border Corner 2 Quite Bobbin Select Cut Pattern Single Mode button daisy 2 BD button daisy 1 border Sy hutton daisy 1 Keypad Buttons can be used instead of the mouse in certain situations Each button can have multiple meanings depending on the task being performed The following defaults are the most common Bobbin Cut will initiate the bobbin pull up sequence Select
148. ature icon is highlighted To highlight the previous feature icon press and hold the Stop button and press Mode several of the icons have options incorporated into the icon These icons have small black arrows next to the icon Clicking on the arrow will display the options Your choices will remain active until you change them even when switching projects or shutting down and restarting CS Several Icons have options Click on the arrow to see and choose an option Boundary Icon Clicking on this icon will initiate a series of prompts asking for the points that define the bounded area the boundary anchor point and its baseline Boundaries may have as few as 3 points triangle or may have hundreds unlimited actually of points outlining almost any shape Pressing the Stop key will end the boundary definition and connect the last point with the first Understanding pattern boundaries and reference boundaries is essential because boundaries are used for pattern placement positioning and references for many CS features Note There is a similar Draw Boundary 149 unction that uses the mouse to identify points on the screen instead of using the sewing head Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 39 Page 40 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Pattern to Boundary Icon 1 This icon will move the selected pattern into the selected boundary The pattern is
149. ault method Use Start Point and End Point means CS will use the start and end point of the previous row as the registration points Due to variations in patterns Place Two Pins is the safest Maintain Aspect means CS will try to keep the adjusted pattern ratio length height the same as the original pattern This can t always be done however because the pattern dimensions may not share common factors with the quilt dimensions For quilters who don t do math this just means it won t fit without a little stretching 4 Look at the image in the preview area W Y SIW YQ What you see is what you quilt so if you don t like it change it now Notice how CS creates a E2E Setup Waco side Trim boundaries Patien Widi T E i is E a automatically B hepeats and Hows 9 Repeats 15 Rows E _ E Spacing 0 Horiz 0 Vert a Settings al Connect ConnectStartandEnd Pihema None L A RATES sa p warns l Maintain Aspect On z 9 Repeats 15 Rows m A Before and After EE bt ball changing the Alternating Comat __ ConnectStartAndEnd A Spuon CS also changes the registration points The Registration points have been calculated and marked The pattern rows have been alternated and the excess on the sides has been trimmed automatically Save the project s7 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 217 Page 218 Getting Started w
150. blers or typing a number Project Properties Project Name Stitches Per Inch 12 Stitching Speed 50 Tie Stitches Per Inch 23 Tie Stitches 4 Margin 0 Project Notes amp Customer Stitch Count Stitch count accumulates Margin all the als taken for Default margin for project Spacing betwe this project stitches per Inch SPI setting will apply to all the patterns selected for the project stitching Speed is measured as a percentage of maximum motor speed 50 means 50 of the maximum speed Tie Stitches Per Inch is the size of the stitches taken when doing tieoffs Tie Stitches is the number of stitches taken when doing tieoffs Margin is the distance between the stitch lines and the boundary lines at the closest point Project Notes can contain any text you wish to save Click on the Project Notes field add your text in the memo area Click OK when done and it will be saved in the project Customer In this area customer specific information can be kept 5 Project Properties Project Name Daisy Designs Stitches Per Inch 12 Stitching Speed 50 Tie Stitches Per Inch 23 i non Project Properties Click on the Project Nach in Stitches z to expand the Stitches Per Inch ee Not Customer Stitching Speed de aati ne Customer Information Tie Stitches Per Inch Area Tie Stitches Margin Project Customer Name Address1 Address2 City State Zip Code Phone Number FAX Number Email Stitch
151. block 2 Use Pattern_to_ Boundary ss a and Freeze Aspect ON to preserve the proportions of the focus pattern Before After Before The crosshair is pointing at the block s center seam intersection Move the focus pattern into the boundary Use Crosshairs to check alignment with seams After Pattern was adjusted aligning the pattern to the block seams Check the positioning of the focus pattern If needed adjust the positioning of the block so it aligns with any key seamlines 3 Click on Quilt icon and stitch the focus pattern It turns red 4 Convert the stitched pattern to a boundary Right Click the isa boundary i Delete J j T Pattern Uns r Rubber Stamp yA gt a gps f a Click on Convert Ti Choose Pattern to Boundary 225 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 225 Page 226 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Right click the focus pattern and choose Convert or click the Convert icon By pre Choose Pattern to Boundary PTB The boundary is blue In the picture above the outer boundary is selected so it is red 5 Choose amp move in the background filler Choose the filler pattern and change the settings if needed to get an appropriate quilting density Edt View Draw Tools Help Repeat_P
152. ch is stitched first and the final product is made into a wholecloth quilt wallhanging tote bag placemat or other home decor item Planning the Quilting Quilt Patterns 75 3 3 1 Derivative patterns consist of portions of another pattern The CS design capabilities make it easy to modify patterns and export the derivative to be used in other projects About Quilt Patterns Patterns can be combined and they can be split into pieces Here are the terms and definitions that will help explain how this works Segments All patterns are made up of segments which are straight lines or curves Continuous patterns are made up of connected segments If the segments get separated the gap is called a Jump Stitch When a pattern is divided into segments the individual segments are technically complete patterns with Start points End points segments and nodes Nodes are specific points in a pattern The beginning and ending of each segment is a node Two contiguous segments share a node the ending node of the first segment is the beginning node of the next segment When a pattern is divided it is at a node Node Mode F7 displays the pieces of each pattern showing all nodes e Endpoint Nodes are pink squares and are used when dividing or combining pattern segments e Arc nodes are blue squares and they are used to reshape the pattern segments e Designer Nodes are special cases These can change the patt
153. con Tip The default project name is My Quilt Project Although it is possible to add patterns to this and save it it is not advisable So always provide your own project names Consider using a naming convention that somehow identifies the quilt perhaps by customer date style event or some other combination of methods Edit Command CS provides the ability to undo or redo the previous command so if a command step is made by mistake it can be immediately corrected This does not apply to numeric measurement changes just adjustments on the Preview area CS Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 29 Page 30 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 2 3 2 2 4 remembers the recent commands called the stack performed in the current quilt group so if you backup too far Redo will Undo the Undo or go forward again View Draw Tools Help Store Undo A Undo Ctri z Redo Ctri Y store Undo will store the current state this is for the techie people Undo will reverse the previous command Redo will re execute the previous command View Command CS can include or exclude certain windows which contain some of the operating details File Edit View Draw Tools Help Keypad Window ae View Crosshair View Grid i Grid Size View Keypad Window means to display an image of the keypad mounted to your sewing hea
154. creen as many times as needed to get as close as needed Items in the Preview Area appear larger but the stitchable pattern size hasn t changed Zoom Out for use with a touch screen Tap the icon and then swipe the screen as many times as needed to get as far away as needed Items in the Preview Area appear smaller but the stitchable size hasn t changed Pan Patterns for use with a touch screen Tap the icon and then swipe the screen dragging your finger across the screen The images on the screen are repositioned in the direction you choose Cycle Pattern Anchor Type changes the anchor type Select a pattern by clicking or tapping it Selected patterns appear as magenta color on the Preview Area They also have handles around them which determine how the pattern will change when it is resized Each type of handle is a different color size and this icon lets you cycle through the types until you find the pattern anchor you need Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 43 Page 44 Getting Started with CreativeStudio a a Ti Set Sewing Order Click or tap this icon and all of the patterns on the Preview Area will be labeled with colored numbers at the beginning of the pattern and arrows at the end of the pattern Each pattern has a matching color for the sequence number and the direction arrow so you can associate the two together Click or tap the arrow to ch
155. d It will appear in the lower right corner of the Preview area View Crosshair means to show the needle position of the sewing head on the computer screen in the preview area Like on a graph the needle position has X and Y co ordinates To make it easy to find this position on the screen these appear as horizontal X and vertical Y translucent blue lines The intersection of the two lines is the crosshair which is the needle position START MEMA View Grid Choosing to display a grid will change the look of the preview area It cS This Crosshair eee can look like graph paper with very fine lines and it is helpful when drawing and shows the position planning pattern positioning of needle View Grid Size Choose the distance between the grid lines that helps you plan the designs effectively If precise pattern placement is important the grid size might be set to a quarter inch 0 25 but if the pattern is very large scale the grid size might be better at one inch or more Draw Command In addition to the hundreds of patterns in CS it is also possible to use the mouse to create boundaries create new patterns and to modify existing patterns Complete Main Screen Layout Command Bar Draw Command details and examples are given in the section on quilt pattern editing File Edit View Draw Tools Help gt Pattern Anchor 2 Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Draw Sewable
156. d Ctrl or Ctl and a letter are the most common combinations some examples of keyboard shortcuts are below Litt i fDel Delete key Note the check mark Vv is short for click or tap F2 fo Virtual Stitchout 123 Create a new project Open an existing project Cirl E Selects each pattern in order regardless of how many are stacked on each other Esc Escape key p Shift Keys iA NJ Ctrl and Alt keys Control amp Alternate Selects each trim in order regardless of how many there are Delete the highlighted text or object Navigate through the quilt groups T k lt Alt Ctrl Nudge selected patterns Alt the arrows will nudge the pattern with the handles showing Ctrl the arrows hides the handles Selects each boundary in order regardless of how many are stacked on each other Introduction Technology Basics Keyboard Shortcuts 17 Feature Specific Shortcuts Feature KeySeq What it will do Measure RightY Transfer a measurement Measure first Hover over destination field then Righty the destination field then click the number to transfer Draw Set Set Sew Order mode On Preview area click arrow to change direction click Sew number boxes in preferred sequence F8 again or Right to save changes Order Esc to exit without changes Draw Patt F7 Node Mode show the nodes of the selected pattern Choose p
157. d certain climates may require this to be done more frequently See Utility Functions z2 for complete details Calibrate All 2 Calibrating guarantees stitching accuracy This is required when CS is first installed after loading new software versions or performing any significant technical maintenance This calibrates the Stitcher Motor the Power Assist and the Record function see Utility Functions 2 Current Session Settings The following settings are inherited from the default settings Changes made here apply only to the current session Power Assist ON or OFF This feature enables the machine head to move more easily by adding a little motor power This compensates for the weight of the machine and is adjustable to suit each individual Laser ON or OFF The laser light is automatically turned on during certain functions but it can be turned on or off manually If CS needs the laser light on it will turn it on automatically Needle ON or OFF The needle can be turned OFF when a pattern is being checked for proper positioning By turning the needle off and the laser light on CS can move through the pattern and the light shows where the stitch line would appear This is like a rehearsal Once the path is correct turn the needle ON and use the Restart function to repeat the motions and stitch it out stitch in Points OFF or ON When the Stitch in Points is set ON the sewing head will take an extra stitch
158. d edit Margin is the distance between the pattern and the boundary line It is not recognized in Repeat Patterns or in E2E It is intended only for the Pattern To Boundary function Save the project 7 Step4 Repeat Details Step 4 Click on Repeat Patterns icon CS asks for a reference point and it displays a box on the left which contains the settings for quilting repeat patterns You can either decide for yourself how many repeats and rows you need or you can provide the measurements of the total size and CS will do the calculations for you Pattern Location Points help position the repeated patterns on the quilt top Pattern Location is a specific point on the quilt that is used for placing patterns Offset is used if the repeated patterns need to be positioned some distance from the initial pattern location reference point As an example the reference point may be the upper left corner of the quilt but the repeated patterns are intended for an inner area which starts some distance away This distance is measured in two directions moving Horizontally and Vertically Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Repeat Patterns 97 Pattern Location aligns the pattern to the quilt based on the physical Repeat Pattern Setup ZB location of the sewing head 4 Pattern Location Point Pattern Location LowerLeftCorner Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert s Individual Pattern Details Re
159. d of commands To scroll up roll forward on the mouse roller away from you To scroll back roll backwards toward you If using a touch screen monitor swipe up to scroll back and swipe down to scroll forward Zoom means to change the size of an object on the screen by getting closer zoom in or farther away zoom out Zooming generally applies to images instead of text not always Zooming can often be done using the mouse roller instead of commands Roll it forward to zoom in and backward to zoom out Zooming is used in the preview areas Panning generally applies to the screen images instead of text It means to move Introduction Technology Basics Navigating the image on the screen in any direction without changing the size scale or proportion Press and hold the mouse roller wheel and move the mouse The cursor shape becomes a hand Notice the pink cuff on the hand icon Nice work Matt Panning will be used in CreativeStudio in the preview areas Hovering means to hold the cursor over an icon or other object for a couple seconds and see if a little box appears called a tool tip that gives the name ora short description of that object Selecting files means to choose Usually this will also highlight the object When working with files a single click will select a file Double clicks open the file To select more than one file at a time use the control key Cirl Click on the first
160. d to the last stitch of the previous row amp Press OK CS remembers where the lower edge was so you don t need to click those points Note Be careful to click on the last stitch of the pattern If extra single stitches were manually done at the end of the row they don t count 77 Use the crosshair and do the following checks Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 207 Page 208 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 1 Move the machine head back as far as it will go against the pick up roller Now look at the screen Do any of the black patterns extend above the crosshair line If so use the Edit Undo command Ctrl z to backup prior to clicking E2E Continue By doing this you can roll back the quilt so it is positioned properly and start back at step 9 Move the machine to the The crosshair lines show the upper left corner against machine will hit the pick up roller the pickup roller eevee fe fone ate 3 5 fone a Qe Oyo eS PS aoe aN a lg ers A 3 edd ASe oh al ix f a c PATA oh ENG Crosshair lines show this will stitch off of the edge ofthe quilt 2 Check the other three edges of the quilting space Move the machine head to the left margin the right margin and forward to the belly bar Check the screen comparing the black pattern position and the crosshair line If the pattern lines extend past the crosshair the pattern can be trimmed or r
161. der to Border 76 Corners 76 Edge to Edge 76 Pantograph 76 Sashing 76 Specialty 76 Control Points 212 214 Controller Mod 10 Power Switches red and green 10 Controller Definition 232 Controller Mod 34 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 273 Page 274 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Controller serial number 74 Controller Serial numbers 34 Convert 143 Convert Pattern to Boundary How To 122 Convert Pattern to Curve HowTo 124 Convert Pattern to Outline HowTo 123 Convert Pattern to Trim How To 121 Convert Boundary to Pattern 225 Convert Boundary to Pattern HowTo 124 Convert Boundary to Trim How To 125 Convert Curve 124 Convert outline 123 Convert Pattern 47 122 124 258 Convert Pattern Icon 46 Convert Pattern to Boundary 225 Convert Trim 126 Convert Trim to Boundary How To 126 Convert Trim to Pattern HowTo 126 Copy files 20 Copy measurements 93 Copy pattern 46 Corner 246 Corner orientation 54 190 Corner type Angled corner 190 Corner Orientation 54 Corner Type 54 Lshaped 190 Square corner 190 Square oriented corner 190 Corners 190 Create New Patterns Apply Pattern icon 106 Circular Array Icon 106 Combine Patterns icon 106 Echo Pattern icon 106 icon 106 Rubber Stamp Pattern icon 106 Creating custom patterns 187 Crosshair 30 71 230 Crosshair check 214 Crosshatch 156 Current Session Setting Shortcuts Laser 32 Needle O
162. dit View Draw Help Controller Definition amp lt Diagnostics Diagnostic Tests are very valuable troubleshooting techniques Use only when instructed by an authorized technician The remaining items in the Tech Support tab are there if troubleshooting is warranted This should only be done when following the instructions of an authorized Gammill Statler technician Set Origin Every time the software is started CS will ask for an origin point The origin is an anchor for the system and all movement is defined relative to that anchor Most graphics software uses one of three origin points Machine origin some repeatable reliable place like an upper corner absolute origin a fixed point like the center and relative origin which changes by the block or project Precision Stitch used a relative origin CS uses the machine origin Because the origin point can be relocated CS projects can be shared re used or restarted Set Desgin Move head to UR of stand amp press ORK UR means Upper Right corner CS has the ability to set a specific origin point as well as relocate the origin using Control points This allows projects to be started and stopped and adjusted as needed It also means that projects can be created for a whole quilt and the project can be sold shared to others just like a single pattern is sold shared Oil Stitcher Routine This is a special routine that can be
163. dozens The first point is considered the anchor The lower left corner of the pattern will always be aligned to the first point clicked Baseline The first two points define the baseline which determines the pattern rotation Pressing Stop completes the boundary CS will connect the first and last points enclosing the area Choose the baseline and click the points in a counter clockwise direction Patterns are aligned to the baseline as shown 1 2 3 Once a boundary is defined it can not be changed It can however be deleted and a new boundary defined It can also be converted to a different form To delete a boundary first make sure no patterns are selected Then select the boundary the boundary turns red and press the Delete key on the keyboard This works for patterns and trim boundaries also How to define a boundary using the sewing head 1 Click or tap the Boundary icon or press the Mode button on the keypad until the boundary icon is highlighted and then press the Select button on the keypad to initiate the feature CS will begin to prompt for points that define the bounded area 2 Move the sewing head to the first point and press OK on the keypad 3 Continue clicking points sequentially until the boundary is defined 4 Press Stop on the keypad when done and CS will join the last click point with the first enclosing the area Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual R
164. dpoint Snaps force a selected pattern or boundary to align with the beginning or ending point of another pattern To activate the endpoint snap click the E button in the status bar or press the E key on the keyboard Do the same to de activate A pink dot appears on the screen showing where the closest endpoint would be CS Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 151 3 5 2 4 makes a Snapping sound as the cursor moves across the screen from one endpoint to the next CS makes a popping sound when the point is actually clicked When using some of the more advanced features to create new patterns endpoint Snaps are very useful especially when connecting different patterns or pattern segments Endpoint Snap The Selected Pattern will force these 2 patterns is anchored at the to connect when the Endpoints selected pattern is moved close Draw Trim Draw Trim Trims are a special type of boundary that mark an area on the screen and on the quilt where no quilting should happen It makes the patterns appear to have parts removed This is a temporary change to the copy of the pattern s on the screen It does not permanently affect the originals it just prevents the trimmed portion of the pattern from stitching out Patterns can be trimmed using the touch screen Icons or by using the mouse First choose which type of trim to use The following shows how a continuous pattern 7 was tri
165. dvantage of the instruction Suggestions for enhancements to the software and the User Manual can be sent to enhancements statlerstitcher com Again thank you for choosing CreativeStudio from Statler Stitcher a division of Gamumiill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 9 Page 10 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 1 1 Technology Basics This manual was written for people who are comfortable using a computer with a mouse and keyboard that is running Micosoft Windows The Windows 7 and Windows 8 operating systems were used when this manual was written As a refresher we have listed some of the basic concepts used Equipment The Statler Stitcher system is a fully integrated computerized quilting system It includes everything needed to stitch digital patterns with amazing accuracy and ease As technology evolves Statler incorporates the advancements but tries very hard to maintain support for older models Computer CPU is the main processing unit This looks like many other computers and has all the Statler Stitcher software already loaded on it Don t add any other software to this computer especially any printers or internet access software The software has been loaded for optimal performance and any other software packages will inhibit the responsiveness There is a special key that is required by the Statler Stitcher software called a dongle
166. e Stop nee OK Quilt as much as possible When done Select the last row quilted Right Click for Relocate options For the patterns that cant be quilted toggle them sewn 6 Roll the quilt Choose 2 control points easy to find on the screen and quilt to use for alignment This example uses the start and end points of the previously sewn row but they could be any 2 points Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Panto using Repeats 249 This will realign All patterns Click Yes to proceed then Mouse Click 2 control points on CAD No to en Export Pattern End point will be Control Point 2 select the last row quilted Right Click these patterns e Choose Relocate and Choose Shift All to 2 Points e A dialog box appears giving instructions e Click Yes button to remove the dialog box e Use the mouse to click 2 Control Points on the screen Another dialog box appears with more instructions Click er when machine head is Click Tae when machine head is at the FIRST point on the QUILT at the SECOND point on the QUILT No No to cancel For our example the first Known Point on the quilt is the startpoint For our example the second Known of the last row T Point on the quilt is the endpoint of the last row 7 Now you will identify the two corresponding control points o
167. e Quilt Which CS Feature To use ess generally includes four phases and uses a variety Qhtegiur t x Stabibze therr Stabibze them uit rs cond stitch the blocks or whatever is chosen for the center hire 1 the borders comers and sashings Fourth finish by doing any background filler stitching d Click on any level in the Table of Contents and see the ane Mastin descriptive text on the right The Table of Contents provides a convenient way to scan the content of the manual quickly The table of contents can be expanded to display all levels or compressed Main Screen Layout Command Bar Help Command 35 to show just the major sections Any time a title is highlighted in the table of contents on the left the text associated with that title appears on the right Help Using the Index Access the Help system via the Index Function 1 Started with Creativestudio loj x SO amp amp His Back Home Pret Options Conteris Index Search Favores Project Information 5 Start to type the topic ol Projects collect and hold the information needed to do a whole quilt Technicals name CS will take you but thinking of them as a notebook or as a folder is s ometimes easier Every pi wide ailas The file name and a thumbnail si ee are included Th to that spot in the Informatio can be ever present or can be doc ie d by clicking on the pust index li
168. e a wa starih FOR f i Ooo a Patterns with Irregular In this example the quilting aE Mes edges nest well but may will extend 2 inches past so mi need to be oversized to the left edge i i P gt _avoid big gaps Steps to follow 1 Click the E2E icon CS prompts you to click the four corners of the first boundary Make this as large as possible to minimize the number of times the quilt must be rolled CS also will create a new Quilt Group named Edge to Edge If this quilt group name is already taken it will prompt you to type in a new unique name even Span Lef comer of EZE Baseline determines sguare up angle ek Lower Right comer ot EZE Click Lower Left comer of E2E Define a boundary Cer around the first area to be quilted The first two clicks define the baseline just like the boundary of a block If there is any slope in this baseline the patterns will be rotated according This is called the Square up Angle Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 201 Page 202 Getting Started with CreativeStudio I Tip When basting the top edge of the quilt use the Horizontal Channel Lock to keep the baste line perfectly straight and square Then use this as a guide for the E2E baseline first two clicks 2 Enter the quilt length in the E2E Settings area Increase the actual measu
169. e inside this boundary Use as E DCAC LNG many repeats as needed KIO OAN ADTA IAO N a rad Fae wae JA BADER ATINA ASE Cm A Y CORN OANT GAD Click here to display the choices vy Trim Inside 3 Choose Trim Inside a 4 Begin to click points around the applique press Stop when done Click Trim Point 10 Continue to click points all around the applique Click Stop when done CS will hide everything inside the trim boundary leaving the filler pattern in the background Zoom in closely and look for any unnecessary pattern fragments in the background Some of these may not be stitched because of a default setting in the Controller Definitions 2 Trim Skip Length 0 5 The larger segments are easily removed with the mouse by using the Draw Trim s method which allows additional trimming of the pattern in the Preview Area Trim Outside is another option for a trim boundary It will remove all pattern images outside of the trim boundary Consequently there can only be one trim outside per quilt group There is no limit of trim inside boundaries for a quilt group Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 127 Page 128 Getting Started with CreativeStudio If Trim Outside had been selected this would be the result i Tip If tieoff stitches are being used make them tiny and use the competitive Tieoffs For
170. e point to the next clicking OK on each one The machine makes a popping sound every time the OK button is pressed This sound confirms that the point has been registered The lines connecting the points also appears in the preview area of the screen after each click 4 Press Shift and Exit to complete the line segments It is always a good idea to check the images in the preview area before stitching Crooked Seam Enlarged view Straight Seam line rc j K Click Points Actual Seam line rT Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 175 Page 176 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Tip P2P Line is an accurate way to follow a seam When the seam has a curve in it the P2P click points can be very close together following the curve of the seam If it is straight the click points can be further apart 5 Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head will move to the Start of the pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread Tip P2P Line has its own motor speed control found in the configuration form It is a good idea to stitch P2P Line very slowly the default value is 10 motor speed but this can be increased or decreased while stitching using the keypad SPI and tieoff setting are inherited from the project 6 Press OK when ready to quilt Before Stitching During Stitching a Quick Pause Pull up bobb
171. e projects Draw Options allow patterns to be created from scratch or from other existing patterns using the mouse Start with a clean screen or start with an existing pattern and modify it to suit the quilt Draw capabilities include the ability to create boundaries and measure them Define your own geometric designs using arcs curves and lines You can draw them on the screen using a background grid for accuracy and stitch them out Even P2P patterns can be drawn on the screen previewed to see if the results are appealing Check your newly created patterns using F2 Virtual Stitchout which identifies breaks in the stitching path that would result in jump stitches Record Options allow the quilter to create a pattern by recording the motions of the sewing head Not only will it record free motion quilting but it can be used to trace things like designs in the fabrics used to make the quilt Imagine being able to create a completely new quilting design that mimics the fabric design Now that is custom Text Options allow standard Windows fonts to be used as templates for creating new patterns Now it is possible to easily personalize a quilt with a monogram a date an occasion or a name Each line of text is an individual pattern Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 105 Page 106 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 instead of each letter which
172. e prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process Quick Reference Restart 27 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 231 Page 232 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 7 Utility Functions Utility Functions are used in many different techniques They are very important but not used on a regular basis File Edit View Draw Tools Help Set Origin Oil Stitcher Utility Functions are these choices Calibrate All listed under TOOLS in the PowerAssist OFF command bar Laser OFF Needle ON Stitch In Points OFF Thread Break Detect ON Tie Offs OFF 4 7 1 Technical Support There are many mechanical electrical and numeric default settings that are required to run CS The defaults are the initial values that are set every time CS starts up Many of these values can be changed as needed is during the quilting session Others are considered Restricted Areas and should not be modified without the help and guidance of the Statler Stitcher Technical Support staff The user controlled values are described in the following text To find the defaults you can change File Edit View Draw Help Technical Support meee Stitcher Settings and P SetOrigin l Controller Definition gt Galil Settings ae be
173. e screen Just like boundaries created using the Boundary Icon 3s the first point is the anchor the first 2 points define the baseline Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 265 Page 266 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Click as many points as needed to define the space Press Escape to cancel the current boundary if needed Right Click anywhere in the preview area to complete the boundary CS will join the last click with the first enclosing the area The point identified by the Right click is NOT one of the boundary points To exit from the Draw Boundary mode press Esc or Alt B again Alt T Draw Trim Click Draw and choose Draw Trim Start clicking trim points on the preview area of the screen CS assumes you know the process and does not display instructions on the screen Click as many points as needed to define the area to be trimmed Press Escape to cancel the current boundary if needed Right Click anywhere in the preview area to complete the boundary CS will join the last click with the first enclosing the area The point identified by the Right click is NOT one of the boundary points As soon as you complete the trim boundary the results appear in the preview area Used sewing head to trim around an applique T Used the mouse to f N umf Y3 trim the rest Use as many trims as needed to complete the task Trims can overlap and
174. e screen with the quilt Relocating the Project Origin or Relocate ALL to 1 or 2 points will force the process to be changed to E2E using Repeat Patterns not the standard E2E Pantographs can be done Using Relocate ALL converts this Quilt group from E2E to Repeat using E2E or using Repeat Patterns Do you wish to finish Patterns your E2E by using Relocate instead of E2E Continue Press Yes or No When using E2E Repeat you can select all the patterns in one row and export them as a csq file This newly created pattern appears in your pattern list and you can use it as many times as needed to finish your quilt You will need to draw a boundary around the last completed row being sure to follow the contour of the bottom edge Using that boundary as a guide place the new csq patterns on the screen and position them together manually If the newly created patterns extend past the bottom edge of your quilt you can use the Trim function or the Fill Inside function to avoid stitching off the bottom edge of the quilt When all else fails On occasion it seems easier to start over than to try and figure out what happened and take steps to correct it When that happens you can recreate the E2E process but you need to know a few measurements in order to match the pattern size To recall the E2E Automatic settings right click an open Space on the preview area Edge to Edge Settings X guilt Widt
175. e software license E FOLLOWING TERM AMD CONDMOGNS IF L i o AL DT THOS LINSE NT YO Pik i Jesi eal pim Feu the pearthasee LEd Soeur Lice brcma tn cae Jalir E etre las potters peapa thes Licences map mios papii a ol backup aa leng aa all epg ened other peopmedany soad are a beckon copy Tem Than Agrenmans in affecta unii tamanted tiem f tuning the sepia pet eo hreref te Lera Lx may al may tema ef Liem Lice demic mi deo oe ae are a Paredes le Upc iraa off the Age Softer in Lerenpor sie anane of Lhaa Like all proprietary software companies Statler Stitcher has certain terms you agree to when you buy and install the CreativeStudio software Basically it says that Statler has done its due diligence in providing a world class software program and that the user you promise not to do anything illegal with it How s that for simple 2 3 Main Screen Layout Function Keys 37 Function Keys Function Keys are shortcuts for features that would require several clicks using the mouse and the Main Screen Es Escap C e key F1 Help s4 No matter where you are in the CreativeStudio Screens you can just press the F1 Help Key and you will be presented with the Help system that is integrated into the software F2 Virtual Stitchout When modifying or creating a new pattern it is advisable to check the sewing path before saving exporting the pattern F2
176. e to click OK During Stitching Pull up bobbin thread then click OK Bobbin Cut Single Stitch op on At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because It completes this process i Tip It is possible to re stitch a pattern that is in the preview area After a pattern is stitched it turns red and is tagged as sewn To re use this pattern it needs to be tagged as unsewn To do this right click on the pattern choose the toggle as unsewn reposition the pattern if needed and click on Quilt icon to stitch it again 4 3 4 Stitch Partial Patterns using Trim Outside Block patterns can be customized to fit areas by trimming away part of the block For example square blocks can be trimmed to fit side setting triangles or any other odd shaped block _ Trim Inside Trim Outside Feature Trim Pattern Outside Assumptions This assumes that the following preparation steps have been completed Prep Step 1 Define the boundary Highlight it if needed it turns red Prep Step 2 Highlight the pattern to be used it turns cyan Prep Step 3 Click on Pattern into Boundary icon When the boundary is odd shaped CS may have trouble automatically resizing the pattern to fit the space It will generate a warning message but will
177. e upper right button Shift while pressing the second button When you release the keypad Shift button the others will revert back to their original color and purpose Record Off means the motions are not being recorded The Record function iso is explained in depth in a later section Chan Lock on off locks the sewing head so it stitches a straight line at one angle This requires that the belts be engaged Shift Press this once and additional keypad functions appear amp stay for a couple seconds This is for reference only each blue button requires a 2 button sequence Single Stitch press this to take a full single stitch If the Needle Position box is checked this button is labeled Needle Position and pressing it takes a half Stitch Start starts the stitching process and STOP ends it Tip Wondering when why you will ever use these buttons and settings in Baste Mode You probably won t use them here but you will need them in Regulated sewing Mode To maintain consistency the settings and buttons for Baste and Regulated modes are the same Shift Key Additional Functions Flip Chan Lock Changes the current angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature If Radiate is not checked the Flip angle will replace the current angle To flip the angle using the keypad press and hold the shift button and press the Flip Chan button If using the touchscreen press the Shift button first then
178. e user manual The CreativeStudio help system was written for quilters by a professional quilter and explains each feature in a quilting context This help system is not written with any one technology computer or monitor in mind Quilting commands can be initiated with a mouse stylus touch and even the keypad mounted to the sewing head The term click might refer to using the mouse stylus fingertip or pressing a button on the keypad Therefore step by step instructions are guidelines not rigid processes The power of this system is in its flexibility The key features of CreativeStudio are presented in the same way they might be executed Baste Blocks Borders Backgrounds Utility features Restart Defaults etc are toward the end of the manual An extensive index was created to help people search for topics of interest Links have been used in the Help system and are denoted by keywords displayed in cyan and underlined If using the electronic format clicking on one of the links will take you directly to that place in the electronic format that explains the keyword in more detail If using the printed format a document icon is printed just following the link This icon contains a number which is the page number containing the keyword explanation Color has been used to differentiate certain details that apply to different patterns and processes It is highly recommended that this manual be printed in color to take full a
179. ea Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref P2P Pattern 255 Check it before stitching Proj en Boundaries help with ea scale and placement SS a Pattern Details p2pflowe ax A K J General Settings a Patem Nam Scale is poor because the il Sttenes Per pattern is distorted too much Pattem Sped Tie Stitches Per Inch 30 Hea Plan the point path to minimize starts stops Tie Stitches review before stitching and madity if needed LJA a 4 Proportion Yy and _ H Balance are Pattem Height 1 Freeze Aspect Off 0 6 Pattem Width 3 97 Margin 5 Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head moves to the Start of the pattern and CS prompts for the bobbin pull up Press OK when ready to quilt At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK Be sure to click OK because it completes this process Design It Yourself It is possible to use the P2P Pattern feature using the lt a mouse and working directly in the preview area on the screen See Draw P2P DIY Patterns Copyright 2015 Gammill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 255 Page 256 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 5 10 Quick Ref Trim Inside Feature Trim Pattern Inside
180. ead immediately and remember where it is so it can resume This button is replaced by Quick Start which resumes the stitching exactly where it stopped Stop will stop the sewing head immediately Press Stop again to terminate the current stitching Use the Restart feature to continue the line of stitching 2 Main Screen Layout Status Bar 63 Status Bar The Status Bar displays the current status of the operation being performed Speed 65 SPI 12 Needle ON G E Zoom 25 X 3 17 Y 0 61 Beginning at the left some current settings are shown Speed is expressed as a percent of the maximum motor speed SPI refers to the stitches per inch for the pattern being stitched Needle Status is ON or OFF The buttons labeled G and E refer to Gridpoint s or Endpoints Snaps When manipulating patterns these Snap buttons assure accurate alignment Zoom percent describes how large the designs are on the CAD screen compared to what they will be when stitched Zoom Set icon will allow you to calibrate your screen image so the 100 is true X and Y co ordinates define the position of the sewing head The Status Bar contains shortcuts for changing some settings 3 Click here and the 4 Click here and the Gridpoint Snap will change Endpoint Snap will change If the button is depressed it If the button is depressed it is ON otherwise OFF is ON otherwise OFF
181. ecial project file 7 types and using special exported pattern file types Removable Media is a device that holds computer files and can be moved from one computer to another It makes copying files from one computer to another very easy Thumb Drive is another name for removable media UR is an abbreviation for Upper Right Similarly UL is upper left LL is lower left LR is lower right These abbreviations are used often when defining boundaries a concept to be explained soon Tip These are tips that explain how to use the software to resolve real life quilting issues After all this is about quilting Design It Yourself These are tips for experienced CS quilters who appreciate keyboard shortcuts and want to do their own pattern designing using the extensive CreativeStudio capabilities DEY Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 13 Page 14 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Navigating Navigating can be done with a mouse a touch screen monitor a keyboard or the keypad on the stitcher but most of it is done using the mouse or touchscreen Click 12 means to quickly press and let go of the left mouse button Double click 12 means to click twice in rapid succession Double clicking on a file will open it Double clicking on a folder will open it too displaying the contents of that folder Right click means to qu
182. ed CS shows the Perform measurements dialog box 1 Move the stitcher to the start of the line and press OK 2 Move the stitcher to the end of the line and press OK again The measurement is displayed immediately In fact the sewing head measures dynamically just click the start point and move the machine The numbers change as you move the machine and don t stop measuring until you click the end point Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 93 Page 94 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Width Height Width Height i 0 00 0 00 0 00 6 31 Length Angle Length Angle 0 00 0 00 6 31 270 00 Height 6 31 1 Click the Start Point ae 2 Click the End Point Remember to measure in the same direction that the pattern will be sewn The measure function calculates the angle automatically so use that angle as the squaring angle 8 Width Height ree 0 00 0 00 Width 6 31 Length Angle 0 00 0 00 Angle is 0 degrees Height 0 00 Angle Measuring the block diagonally will give the height width length and the angle of the diagonal Width Height 0 00 0 00 Width 6 31 7 Length Angle Width Height 0 00 0 00 6 31 6 31 Length Angle 8 92 315 01 On Carwet Angle is 315 degrees It is important to understand how the angle rotations are defined CS measures the angles by rotating counterclockwi
183. ed patterns I Perflogs JL Patterns by Karen Farn gt J Program Files JL Patterns by Kim Diamond gt Program Files x86 JL Patterns by Legacy By default this Projects J Patterns by Linda tAalaski 2 18 2013 2 36 Pis folder contains your gt WL StatlerStitcher JL Patterns by L 2 18 2013 2267 salts p J Users J Patterng Scroll down to find the 2014 2 8 gt A Window WL Patterns fo Statler Patterns 013 2 48 J vC RED cab Jaf Patterns fo 013 1 52 p gt OS J Pattes State 2 18 2013 2 36 Patterns Statler Stitcher Drill down 14 and back up using clicks and the icons The drill down path 1s is shown at the top Searching Folders and Files The Search function is used to find specific files and folders On the right side of the screen is the Search dialog box If we want a pattern of a daisy we might begin by searching for a pattern file with the word daisy in the name There could be other daisy pattern files that don t use the word daisy in the name but this is a good place to start Click in the Search dialog box and type the word Tell the system where to start looking by selecting 12 the correct folder name from the list on the left 10 15 2013 2 12 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 19 Page 20 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 1 2 2 La Oe ll Search Tools daisy Search Results in Patterns Home Share View Search
184. ede Pos X Aip Angle spi 12 00 4 r res 90 Record Chan OFF Lock Angle 0 i NeedePos X Rip Angle spi 12 00 4 Resa Record Flip OFF a osn Single Change s Stitch e toNeed Start Ext Additional Functions These functions light blue buttons are initiated by using a 2 button sequence press and hold the Shift button and then press the second button Flip Chan Lock Changes the current angle If Radiating Lines is not checked this will change the current angle to whatever the Flip Angle is set at To flip the angle press and hold the shift button on the keypad and press the Chan Lock button To flip it back again repeat the 2 button sequence If Radiating Lines is checked CS increases the current angle by the number of degrees shown in Flip Angle To increase the angle press and hold the shift button on the keypad and press the Chan Lock button Repeat to increase it again It will go up to 90 degrees and return back to 0 degrees Shift used to display additional functions light blue buttons and to execute them Change to Need Pos is used to check or choose the Needle Position option making the Lower Left button change to Needle Position Press and hold the Shift button and press Change To Need Pos button Repeat the 2 button sequence to return to Single Stitch Start starts the stitching process and STOP ends tt Exit To exit regulated mode press and hold the Shi
185. election Mode Purple Squares on Grange squares on any of the corners any of the corners will change the size will change the size proportionately proportionately Original shape Original shape a The anchor is Cr always the center The Endpoint Pattern Anchor doesn t have handles at the four corners but by moving either of the blue boxes at the beginning or end of the pattern the opposite endpoint stays anchored and the pattern changes size proportionately Endpoint Pattern Anchors will not appear on block patterns because the start and end points are the same Double clicking a block pattern to cycle through the pattern anchor choices will skip Endpoint Anchors End Selection Mode Original shape Moving the endpoint 1 Blue Squares at the start or end of a pattern will change the size proportionately To move the entire pattern using Endpoint Pattern anchors press and hold the Ctrl key or the Alt key and use the keyboard arrows If nudging the pattern is too slow use one of the other pattern anchor choices The Stretch Pattern Anchor has handles at the four corners but they do not move the pattern proportionately Instead they stretch that corner of the pattern allowing a pattern to fit an imperfectly pieced block very nicely Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 91 Page 92 Getting Started with CreativeStudio The gray s
186. en the boundary and a pattern Trim Skip Length The smallest size pattern segment that will still be stitched after a pattern is trimmed Laser Control Check means you control the laser Auto Laser Check means CS controls the laser and will turn it on off automatically Bobbin Stitch Check means CS will help bring all the threads to the top of the quilt by stopping at each Start and End taking a single stitch and prompting the quilter to pull up the bobbin thread This is normally on checked and the manual has been written as if it were always on Unchecking this will make the sewing happen non stop dragging the thread as needed Needle Check means the needle is on and will stitch as expected Turning the needle off is a great feature if the stitch placement needs to be verified before it is stitched Stitch Points Check means CS will take an extra stitch in every point of a pattern This produces very sharp distinct points View Keypad Check means an shaded image of the stitcher keypad will be displayed on the screen every time CS is started This box is for convenience only and can be closed at any time Stop at Jump Stitch Check means CS will stop at any pattern segment that has a pause or no sew line segment of any kind These can occur in patterns text patterns trimmed patterns etc People who choose to tie and bury the threads instead of using tieoffs need these
187. ence is suggested because it minimizes the risk of distorting the fabric and getting pleats or tucks Not all quilts need all phases and the phases aren t always done in this sequence each quilt is unique Each CS feature is described in detail in one of these four phases But first it is a good idea to modify your default settings and choose the settings that suit the quilt Set Stitching Defaults Set Stitching Defaults Every quilter develops preferences over time regarding the stitching settings These preferences are set and saved as system defaults but can be changed to reflect what is best for an individual quilt Anytime the CS software is updated the defaults need to be reset It is easy to do fos an Restore To factory settings sees To Previous settings Laser Control af Auto Laser ie Save and Close Bobbin Stitch y Needje at J If you are restoring the settings don t forget to save and close Tieoff SPI a3 wie ae Soe le Here is a complete list of settings and what you need to know about them File Edit View Draw Help Technical Support gt Controller Definition Form gt Sth Set Stitching Defaults a Controller Definition b d rf ois os aseq on your own perterences Cali Test System Pow 2 Connect to Stitcher Las Network Information Neede Contact Technical Support Stitch m POMS T Thread Break Dete Tie Offs ON Laser Cortrol
188. eps to follow The Record Mode is a subset of the Regulated Sewing feature a 5 Record Mode is available using any of the Stitch Regulated Sewing Choices y Original Plus 1 Choose a style of Regulated _Sewing Smooth Click on the small black arrow to the right of the Regulated Sewing icon to see the choices Original Plus and Smooth vary only in the speed of the needle moving up amp down 2 Click on the Regulated Sewing icon A Dialog box shows settings and buttons Setings Angle 0 Needle Pos x Rip Angle pa Seine ay ee Be mse Touch this button to 3 3 hed begin Record Mode Chan Shift Single start Stitch All the functions in Regulated Sewing work the same way when the Record mode is active Move the sewing head to the beginning of the item to be recorded Tip The machine does not need to be stitching to record a pattern It is the movement of the stitcher that is being captured not the movement of the needle If stitching while recording is desired just press the Start button after pressing the Record button Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Record Options 161 When CS records the encoders remember the machine movements Most people are watching the quilt needle area when moving the machine to record a pattern but it is also possible to watch the preview area when recording If you choose to do this it is wise to synchronize
189. er which is 1 Selected Trims sometimes called trim boundaries 2 Selected Patterns 3 Selected Boundaries Pattern pink if it is selected regardless of sewn status Pattern Red or black if not selected pink if it is selected Trim red if itis selected Boundary blue if not selected red if selected Boundary red if itis selected Trim tan if not selected red if selected Since nothing is selected nothing will be deleted Since all 3 are selected Trim is deleted first Pattern is deleted second Boundary is deleted last It is important to remember e Only 1 boundary can be selected at one time it will be red All other boundaries are not selected and will be blue e Only 1 trim can be selected at one time it will be red and nothing will be visible on the inside All other trims are not selected and will be tan e One or many patterns can be selected at one time they will be pink and have anchor handles around them All other patterns will be black if unsewn or red if sewn e Nothing will be deleted if nothing is selected e The delete command will delete selected items in order Relocate Relocate means correcting the alignment between pattern s shown on the screen preview area and where it will be stitched on the quilt Sometimes it is necessary to realign patterns especially when recovering from a problem There are four
190. ern It begins with a single design then repeats and rotates it for a completely different look CS only needs to know which pattern to use how many repeats are needed or how many degrees between each repeat and where the center should be placed Begin with a single pattern image in the preview area TIP Choose a design that is simple and will fill a circular space H evenly because dense quilting at the center can make the quilt pucker Rotate 90 degrees in a Select a pattern and be emai Right click it a Choose Circular Array Circular Array i Hi a EE i E Echo Pattern Apply Pattern Nodes F7 Reverse Start End Or select the pattern lt k a o p and tap or click the Covet Circular Array icon on Fill d z a the right side of the Y Toggle Pattern Sewn g Delete screen A Relocate al Export Pattern Options Click the pattern to select it Right click the pattern and choose Circular Array or tap the Circular Array Icon 1 Type the number of copies 2 Then click on the word Copies 3 Number of Copies 6 Rotate 90 degrees Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically Rubber Stamp fattern Apply Pattern Nodes Reverse Start End Order Join STAR F7 I Number of Copies 5 CS calculates the number of extra copies needed and the degrees of rotation for each 3 at Degrees 60
191. ern details height and width to reflect the scale you prefer Steps to follow 1 Click the E2E icon CS prompts you to click the four corners of the first boundary Make this as large as possible to minimize the number of times the quilt must be rolled Press Stop when done 2 Change settings SS Highlight the pattern Type the quilt length and the desired pattern size Eze Setup Quilt Length 0 Patenn Width 4 06 Patem Height 2 B Repeais and Rows 9 Repeats 16 Rows 0 Horiz 0 Vert CS determines the number of repeats and rows ConnectStartandEnd On Choose a pattern change the size for the scale needed input the total quilt length and choose the Alternating Type CS measured the width in step 1 and gets the length from the Primary Settings s7 It now has enough information to automatically calculate the number of repeats and rows required 3 Check the E2E Setup Details 5 These were described before but it is worth repeating Size Settings ss Pattern Width and Pattern Height may be different from what you started with Repeats and Rows have been set but can be changed if you do it in the setup mode which means don t close th close the E2E Setup box until you are sure adjustments are done Spacing refers to the amount of space between patterns both horizontally and vertically Adjust these numbers if needed to add or remove space between patterns especially bet
192. ern is angled Designer Notes available for your notes about this pattern Rotation Process Details Gray Frame Process Details appear in the Property Window and are framed in gray There are three processes that need additional details for the setup mode Repeat Patterns 1 Border Corner and Edge to Edge Separate quilt groups are created for each of them The settings are introduced here and will be explained in detail when used in context The Title Bar will always specify Which Details are being displayed The X will exit or close the details E2E Setup Primary Settings Quilt Length 66 1 The Repeat Pattern Setup controls the dimensions and placement of repeated patterns This process is used when multiple copies of a particular pattern are needed It contains the settings which determine which pattern will be used where the pattern will be stitched and how many times it is repeated Main Screen Layout Work Area Property Window 55 F Repeat Pattern Setup 4 Pattern Location Point Individual Pattern Details Pattern Location Startpoint Click or tap along the right refer to the selected Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert edge to display the dialog box pattern s Individual Pattern Details that allows changes to any all Reset to Designed Off of these settings Freeze Aspect Off Width 17 23 Repeat Settings will vary Height 11 46 depending on the pattern Rotation 0 size
193. ern speed change the SPI stitches per inch cause a pause issue a note Their presence is sometimes obvious because they are red dots instead of pink or blue squares Most quilters will not need to create Designer Nodes but they should be aware of them so they are described in detail in a later section Pattern with a separation Pattern shown in Node Mode 5i E Designer Nodes g hy a are red a Closeup of separation x Ba Line segment T Arc Nodes P are blue 3 3 2 Single Block Patterns Single Block Patterns come in different sizes and shapes Usually they have the same start and end point Here are some common block styles Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 75 Page 76 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 3 3 Shy allissa block 2 AN seh a aS allissa block 3 RA EF allissa block 4 KUA allissa tri AN i WS Allissa block 1 is very detailed with a square ish shape Is very dense good for larger blocks has symmetry Suggest Freeze Aspect ON Allissa block 2 is a simpler design with a square shape Is not dense could fit many sizes has symmetry Suggest Freeze Aspect ON Allissa block 3 is circular with more density on outer edges good for larger blocks has motion Direction of hearts conveys motion suggest freeze aspect ON Allissa block 4 is detailed w
194. es Height is the actual height in inches If the height is entered as a negative number the pattern is flipped upside down The Freeze Aspect is also turned off automatically Rotation is the number of degrees that each pattern is rotated This applies to each pattern individually not collectively Repeat Settings Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 1 Repeats 1 Rows determine how a Total Width 4 53 series of patterns Total Height 3 will be displayed Start End Width On Spacing 0 Horiz 0 Vert Quilt Angle 0 Connect ConnectStartAndEnd Alternating None Repeats and Rows is the number of repeats across or rows down desired Total Width is the width of all the repeats based on their placement as defined by the settings described below Total Height is the height of all the rows also based on their placement as defined by the settings described below If the height is entered as a negative number the patterns are flipped upside downand Freeze Aspect is turned off automatically Start End Width ON OFF means the total width height is measured between the start end points rather than the outer edges of the patterns Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 181 Page 182 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Repeat Pattern Setup z 4 Pattern Location Point Pattern Location Startpoint Total Width a 1 4 67 Offset 0 Horiz
195. es not delete any of the patterns selected for the project Just click on the quilt group tab so that tab or group becomes the active one and click on the RemoveQuiltGroup icon located at the top of the Project Information window CS will always ask if you are sure you want to remove a group File Edit View Draw Tools Help Remove Quilt Group Click or tap YES to delete f Tip It is always better to remove a group and start over rather than just deleting the patterns and boundaries inside the group Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 73 Page 3 3 74 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quilt Patterns Hundreds of digitized quilt patterns came with your Statler and thousands more are available for you to purchase The designers who sell their patterns decide how to protect their designs via copyright statements and some use encryption So don t be surprised if you are asked to provide your controller number when you purchase digitized patterns To find it click on Help s then click on About The controller serial number is displayed Encrypted patterns will only run on one machine so they can t be shared transferred duplicated or sold When you purchase patterns look at the file extension If they end with pat instead of qli then they are encrypted All patterns derived from an encrypted pattern will also be encrypted and have a file extensio
196. esized If you allow the pattern to stitch off the edge of the quilt be sure to secure the sides of the quilt so the hopping foot does not get caught by the edge of the fabric WYSIWYQ What you see is what you quilt so be sure you like it Save the project e7 72 Click Quilt The machine moves to the start of the pattern takes a single stitch and prompts you to pull up the bobbin so do that Press OK on the keypad when ready The first row of the new section now begins 73 At the end of the row CS normally stops and prompts you to cut the bobbin thread and click OK unless you have chosen not to stop at the end of each row IF you have room for another row The machine moves to the beginning of the next row and begins again Continue quilting until the entire current section is done 74 When done with the last row that will fit the current area CS will again prompt for marking registration points Repeat steps 7 14 until the last section when bottom edge of the quilt makes Its way up to the current quiltable space 75 Last Section adjustments are often necessary so the last time you roll the quilt and press continue the prompts are a little different Press Continue Click the Left registration mark as prompted Click the Right registration mark as prompted Select points along bottom of E2E This means click along the bottom edge of the quilt following the actual contour of the quilt even if the bo
197. etings 0 Repests end Ro J Repeats 2 Rowi Total Wichh 29 70 Total Hegh 16 50 Stat End contol OF Speang D Horiz 0 5 Vert Square Up Owt 0 Select Dewees ConnectStartAndEr a tle Pe oe ena T ae eT n lee Pe as a This example shows 3 repeats and 2 rows that were nested vertically by 5 There is a gap on one side border and an overlap on the other which need to be adjusted 28 3 Select all the patterns together before adjusting the size and position This prevents the individual patterns from becoming separated from the whole row If the pattern doesn t fit exactly let it extend past the outer boundary The excess can be trimmed off before stitching H ae a 2a Rolerence Poin Location Reteesce Port UpperetiConner patr E Otor irom Pera O Horie Vad ii D Paton Details B Rups Sotings E Aspects sed Ao 7 Aepents 2 Row Total Vc ai i Tzal Hirig 18 50 Stan End control ca Spodaj O Haria 0E We Saena Up Guk 0 Select Gewaan Connect inrlandEr s ee a S grme Click here to display the choices 4 Specify Trim Inside 5 Click on the Trim icon CS will prompt for a boundary Use as many points as needed to define the boundary of the applique Zoom in on the fish applique Use Alt T Draw Trim to remove after itis trimmed withthe Trim any unnecessary background segments Square Up Our 0 Select Between ConnectStartAndEr K ee SY TN
198. eup angle to be determined Relocate Project Origin is similar to shifting pattern s but it shifts the Point Of Origin 7 to force all the patterns to fit the quilt It uses the starting stitch of one pattern and all the other patterns are realigned automatically When an E2E pattern becomes mis aligned this is the procedure for synchronizing the quilt with the patterns in the preview area Options refer to how patterns are displayed or stitched Designers can put special notes and pauses in their patterns and quilters can choose to see them or not Marks are clearly labeled Marks are turned off Export Pattern Export Pattern gt Relocate Relocate gt Echo Pattern TTT Convert gt n _ Fill gt m Display Start End Marks 7 Display Start End Marks Display Designer Pause Marks Display Designer Pause Marks Fill gt gt gt Convert gt gt gt Remove Designer Pauses Remove Designer Pauses Remove No Sews Remove No Sews Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 263 Page 264 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 5 13 Quick Ref Draw Options Design It Yourself These Draw functions are the keyboard shortcuts referred to a in these DIY tips throughout this ma
199. ev 00 85 Page 86 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 4 2 3 Click Boundary Point 1 emery Setec a Click Boundary Point 2 Crick Sr eal Click Boundary Point 3 Point 3 a ourdary Selestin a Cox tl Click Boundary Point 4 i NN efont m Click Boundary Point 5 orin i Q gt Point2 I gt we Points 1 amp 2 define the Baseline Reference boundaries are used to verify or trace the position of an object like an applique a seamline or a previously sewn pattern Side borders are good examples of using reference boundaries especially when the patterns need to be resized to fit a specific space Closeup shows the reference boundary can identify the start or end points Reference boundaries follow the seamlines on both sides In the previous screen image a reference boundary has been drawn showing both side borders The remaining three flower patterns need to be sized to fill the space exactly There are reference marks pointing toward the stitches already finished There is a section that explains side borders l in full detail later but here it is used to show the value of creating a reference boundary Design It Yourself An alternative method of creating a boundary is to use the mouse or touch screen and define the boundary on the screen without using any PI specific points on the quilt top This is explained in detail in the Draw Opti
200. eze ASPect Is on Stretch Fit CS will reshape the pattern to fit the boundary if possible but the Stretch Fit option uses only 4 boundary points and they don t need to be at 90 angles When stretch is used the FA freeze aspect setting is turned off Pattern To Boundary Examples Stretch Fit ect is automatically turned o Squeeze CS will reshape the pattern to fit the boundary if possible regardless of how many boundary points there are Not all patterns work well with this method Really irregular boundaries can give some unpredictable results too Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 87 Page 88 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 4 2 4 Pattern To Boundary Examples Squeeze Fit In these examples with Squeeze Fit Freeze Aspect is ignored Exit Setup mode by closing the Settings dialog box or changing to a different quilt group tab The individual patterns can now be edited in the Preview area as needed Click on any image in the Preview area to edit It The Preview area is focused on the pattern most recently used aA To see all patterns and boundaries click View All icon Save the project Step 4 Adjust Pattern Step Adjusting resizing Patterns Click on the pattern within the preview area and resizing handles appear surrounding the pattern The size and rotation of this pattern is now displayed in the Selected Pattern Properties s a
201. ff 32 Needle On 32 Power Assist 32 Stitch in Points 32 Thread Break Detect 32 Tie offs Competitive 32 Tie Offs regular 32 Current operation 63 Current Session settings 58 Current settings 33 Cycle Anchor 43 Cycle Pattern Anchor Type 43 88 146 Cycle through the stack 110 D Dec Speed button 61 Decrease SPI 168 Default settings 58 Define boundary 85 Defining the boundary points 177 Delete About 133 Delete boundary 85 Delete hierarchy 133 Delete icon 46 47 Delete pattern icon 47 Deleting a boundary 85 Dense quilting 200 215 221 derivative pattern 123 Derivative patterns 20 74 139 Deselect patterns 88 Design boundary 225 Design density 75 Design group 101 Design Group created by Image Import 69 Design Icons 38 Designed Pattern Details 79 Designed Pattern Properties Pattern Name 51 Pattern Speed 51 Stitches Per Inch 51 Tie Stitches 51 Tie Stitches Per Inch 51 Designer node keywords 116 Designer Node Marks 140 Designer node Pause 75 Designer node Speed 75 Designer node SPI 75 Designer nodes 75 116 Designer Notes 95 destination field 159 Diagnostic test 233 Diagonal 93 Diagram the borders 190 Dialog Box Dropdown box 12 Index 975 Dialog Box Popup box 12 Display Grid 145 264 Divide About 118 Divide atnodes 116 Divide Pattern 258 Divide Shortcut Keyboard D 118 Dongle 10 dongle serialnumber 34 Download files 20 Draw Arc 264 Draw Arc on CAD 43 44 Draw Boundary 30 101 264 AtB 14
202. ft button and press the Exit button Using the mouse amp screen works too 3 Press Start on keypad when ready to sew and Stop on keypad to stop Dark blue buttons mean the stitcher is running Notice that the two buttons on the left have changed in meaning Inc SPI means Increase the Stitches per Inch Dec SPI is decrease stitches per inch 4 Press Shift and Exit on keypad when ready to exit regulated mode Copyright 2015 Gammill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 243 Page 5 3 244 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quick Ref Single Block Feature Single Block using Boundary and Pattern_to_ Boundary features Step 1 Define the Boundary Boundaries are used in many of the CS techniques They might be required by a technique such as defining the quilting surface of an E2E design or used as a convenient reference for guiding the placement of patterns Either way they synchronize the quilt top with the screen image Click on the Boundary icon to begin defining the boundary CS will prompt for points that define the area Point3 Press Stop to complete the boundary i About boundaries A bounded area must have at least 3 points a triangle and can have hundreds The first point is considered the anchor The lower left cor
203. g Baste a a a a a a a a a EEEE EErEE 168 Securing the Quilt using Regulated Sewing slau ou aSa aaa a aaa aa Sai aS ARa AARE 170 Stitch in the Ditch using Point to _Point Line E E E E E T T 173 3 Phase 2 BIOCKSe e sssersssssssessensonnennnounnunnunennnonnnnnnonnnunnunnnunnnnnnnneunnunnunnnnnennnnnnnnn nnen 177 Define the Block using Boundary e E 177 Stitch a Single Pattern using Pattern To Boundary EEE E 178 Stitch Multiple Patterns using Repeat Patterns E A A T O T 180 Stitch Partial Patterns using Trim Outside a cise A aula wea A aula ante E A 184 Stitch a Composite Pattern aeaa e a aa Aa E a ai aaa aia aaea 187 4 Phase 3 BopdefS ssssessrssssenrenseunennnuunnunnunnunnnunnunnunnnunnunnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn 190 Corners using Border _ Corner aee aa aa Eaa E ae Eaa aai EEr aaRE 190 Side Borders E E E A a E ee heist 195 Sashings using Point To Point Pattern DewciicaatuscwnactwacteuCaewuue A 196 5 Phase 4 Backgrounds TA AA AE P cama EAA A E E T EET 200 E2E Edge To Edge Pantographs A tunwawansnacumnosagesmeckaidecsuiicedacuieswteusuacaunuanecesbuanaerassuneudeuue 200 E2E Repeat Pattern Pantographs sid ante A E AA 212 FOE Repeat a 01 Ors esene CEEE CE CELEO CELE OEEEOOEEE EE EEEE EEEE O COLES a 214 E2E Alternating Patterns E E E E E E E A E A 215 E2E Concatenating Patterns E E E T 218 Background Fillers using Trim Inside eR Ene ean i tea A or eee eer a nee cre nme aA ear oe eon 221 Background Fillers using Fill suv adi dacauneveac
204. g Repeat Pattern feature in sashing areas is possible but each sashing strip needs to be measured and squared up individually The Point To Point technique using the right pattern makes quilting the sashings easy Line v Pattern Feature Point to Point Pattern Assumptions Quilt was measured a diagram is drawn the quilt top is loaded and stabilized machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project Block patterns have probably already been stitched and the sashing will be stitched around these blocks Prep Step 1 Optional Define Reference boundaries to check the P2P placement To do this click on the Boundary icon and CS prompts for the points that define the boundary Make as many as needed to check the placement Define Reference Boundaries to check the pattern placement ous cs sts REE EE Prep Step 2 Choose a pattern Select a pattern with the startpoint on the left the endpoint on the right and both points on the same horizontal line P2P patterns 77 must be designed to stitch from left to right It is possible to concatonate several P2P Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 3 Borders Sashings using Point_To_Point Pattern 197 patterns by chosing one then holding the control key down while choosing more Prep Step 3 Change pattern details s2 if needed Be aware of the pattern size proportion and any
205. g and the sensor stopping the machine the Restart Point probably needs to be moved Press PickNewPoint to release the sewing head so you can move it to a different spot The new point can be identified using the stitcher or the computer screen 3A Find the restart point using the sewing head Move the machine until the needle is just above the point where you want to continue stitching Press Use This Pt on the keypad CS moves to the closest stitch and waits for another response If it looks good Press Quilt and continue to sew If not try again by pressing Use This Pt until the right spot is found Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Restart Thread Break Restarts 229 Move head Click Use this Pt Quilt Move the sewing head to the restart point and click here To confirm that this is the right location Press Quilt 3B Find the restart point using the computer screen Look at the image on the screen and find the crosshair mark it is a long skinny blue plus sign Zoom in and out using the roller on the mouse Find the spot on the screen that corresponds to the correct restart point on the quilt and click that spot with the mouse The blue crosshair will move to this location on the screen and the stitcher will move to that location on the quilt Be very careful not to move the pattern on the screen and if it is moved by accident be
206. g box appears Click here to navigate up a level to see more folders d Caligraphy Alphabet RSIS _ Patterns Statler Stitcher DXF di Patterns Statler Stitcher JPG J Patterns Statler Stitcher SKF Click folders and files within Patterns J Stick Aphabet Patterns Statler Stitcher dP Traditional Alphabet E E Er _ abstract daisy border qli 3 8 2006 9 00 PM QLI File Desktop _ alternating 1 qli W2rf2006 12 58PM OLI File _ american eagle 1 qli 3 8 2006 9 01 PM QLI File d z american eagle world 1 qli 3 10 2006 4 40PM QLI File Documents _ american eagle world gli 3 8 2006 9 01 PM g _ american eagle qli 3 8 2006 9 01 PM G LA _ angel with box gli 3 8 2006 9 01 PI ma This PC _ angel gli 3 8 2006 9 01 PM _ apple core block 1 qli 3 8 208 _ apple core block gli pga _ baptist fan bottom row gli sentist fan corner gli Navigate the folders and files previewing and selecting patterns The current folder name is shown in the Look In selection In this example it is called Patterns Statler Stitcher Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Single Blocks 83 Double click on a folder name to open it The list of files in that folder will appear Click on any filename and a preview of that pattern file is displayed Look in J Pattems Statler Stitcher vl 2 amp m C Name Date modified Type A di Caligraphy Alphabet 2 18 2013 2 36
207. g the area The point identified by the Right click is NOT one of the boundary points When in Draw Boundary mode a message appears on the status bar and the cursor changes to a crosshair CS assumes there will be multiple boundaries so it stays active until you turn it off There are several ways to exit from Draw Boundary mode Press the Escape key on the keyboard Press Alt B on the keyboard Click on the Draw Command choose the Boundary option in the dialog box Press the Draw Boundary icon again Double Right click on the screen Draw Boundary Mode remains active Press Esc to exit edida ON G E Zoom 100 X 61 32 Y 3 3 Draw a Boundary on CAD ii TIP Ifthe Icon bar stays grayed out you are probably still in Draw Boundary mode The Status Bar will confirm this Press A t B or Esc to return to normal operation li I Fi 149 ae Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 149 Page 150 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 2 3 1 Using Snaps The term snap is used to describe a feature that forces a click point to a certain alignment CS offers two different types of snaps Gridpoint s and Endpoint These features can be turned on off by clicking on the G or E button in the status bar at the bottom of the screen They can also be turned on off by pressing the G or E letter on the keyboard The buttons
208. grees between each repeat and where the center should be placed Click to select the pattern Right click to show choices Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically Enter the number of copies and or the degrees of rotation Togga Pattern Sewn Click Place Array Center y Rubber Stamp o A S Siaa Divide tern x Center Placement Choose Circular array oo p The position of Start and End points determines if the patterns will stitch in a continuous line Echo Pattern means CS creates a new pattern that is an outline of the original The number of echoes and the spacing is easy Negative spacing will create inside echo patterns Outisde Echo Results Rotate 90 degrees z E 1 Right click the pattern Flip Horizontally A Flip Vertically Delete spo E Toggle Pattern Sewn Rubber Stamp Circular Array Choose the Echo Spacing Type the number desired Click on Place Echo Pattern asw Divide Pattern mi gt A Reverse Start End Export Pattern Relocate conver Fi Apply Pattern places multiple P2P patterns along another pattern s path Choose a simple pattern for the path and a P2P pattern to be applied OK to concatonate the P2P patterns to that path Be sure the P2P pattern is highlighted in the pattern list Choose Apply Pattern from the options list Preview Pattern heart y s gt
209. h 11 77224 Guil Length 40 Right click the Preview area Pattern Width 4 02 Click on E2E Settings Pattern Height 4 44 Repeats 3 Rows 9 Horizontal Spacing 0 Vertical Spacing 0 and write them down Between Blacks ConneckStark4ndEnd Stop at end of Rows On 4lernating Mone Registration PlaceTwoPins Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Edge_To_Edge Pantographs 211 Now you have enough information to start a new E2E Quilt group Some people prefer to begin back at the first row and others prefer to begin in the middle pretending that a middle row is actually the top of the quilt If you choose to do this be sure to adjust the quilt length accordingly Also be sure to verify the pattern placement by using the Crosshairs This will enable you to move the machine to various positions on the quilt top and then see if the crosshair on the screen is at the same spot Quick Reference E2E 20 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 211 Page 212 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 5 2 E2E Repeat Pattern Pantographs Background patterns pantographs can be stitched using the Repeat Pattern features The benefit is that Repeat Pattern is a more flexible feature allowing additional boundaries and patterns to be placed in the quilt group along with the background pattern The nice feature about E2E
210. h 43 Freeze Aspect On 1 Tie Stitches 7 Selected Patter Rotatic 90 05 FR Selected Pattern wats Designer Notes THISPATTERNISCO Ce Selected Pattern Heig EAN Freeze Aspect On Etg Selected Pattern Rotatic 0 08 Designer Notes THIS PATTERN IS COPYRIGH 5 Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head will move to the Start of the first pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread and choosing OK when ready to quilt Before Stitching Pull up bobbin thread then click OK Bobbin Cut inc Speed Single Dec B Speen Single Stop OK At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process The Border Corner process is repeated at the bottom edge CS will know from the boundaries that it is the bottom edge and will position the corners properly Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 3 Borders Side Borders 4 4 2 Side Borders Border patterns that are large open or non symmetrical can usually be done while the body of the quilt is being done A section or chunk of both side borders is Stitched every time the quilt top is rolled This is the most expedient method of doing the borders and it works well on most quilts if the size of the side border patterns is accurate TIP The Border Corner feature ca
211. h Regulator type 232 Reg Smoothing 232 Reg Type Stitch regulator 232 SAM controller 232 Sew Overlap 232 Speed 232 SPI 232 Stand Alone Mode 232 Stitch Count 232 Stitch Points 232 Stop at Jump Stitch 232 Thead Break 232 Tieoff SPI 232 Tieoff Stitches 232 Tieoffs 232 Total Stitch Count 232 Trace 232 Trim Skip Length 232 View Keypad 232 XYSpeed 232 Stitches Perinch 95 Stitching Icons 38 Stitching Sequence Toggle Sewn 190 Toggle Unsewn 190 Stop at End of Row 54 Stop at Jump Stitch 164 Stop button 61 Stretch anchor 88 146 Surge Protector 10 T Task Bar 18 64 Task Bar buttons 64 TB Delay 164 Tech Support Help 232 Technical Support 32 232 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 283 Page 284 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Terminology Click 12 Double Click 12 Highlight 12 select 12 Text About stitching words 141 Text Fonts 24 141 Text Options 105 141 Text Patterns 141 270 Text Property 141 Thread Break 42 164 228 Thread break sensor 164 228 Thumb Drive Jump Stich 10 Removable Disk Drive 10 Travel Drive 10 Tie stitches 95 Tie Stitches per Inch 95 Tieoff SPI 164 Tieoff Stitches 164 Tieoffs 126 128 Competitive Tieoffs 164 Fast Simple Tieoffs 164 No Tieoffs 164 Simple Tieoffs 164 Tie offs 184 Title Bar 27 Exit button 28 Filename 28 Fullscreen 28 Minimize button 28 Partial Screen 28 Resize button 28 Software 28
212. he image on the screen and find the crosshair mark it is a long skinny blue plus sign Zoom in and out using the roller on the mouse Find the spot on the screen that corresponds to the restart point on the quilt and click that spot with the mouse The blue crosshair will move to this location on the screen and the stitcher will move to that location on the quilt 4 When ready press Quilt and continue to sew Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 271 Page 272 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Index csq file extension 74 csqx file extension 74 pat file extension 74 vila 3 point arc 153 A Absolute height 93 Absolute length 93 Absolute width 93 Active Screen 64 Add New Text Fonts 105 Add pattern 48 Add Pattern Icon 48 82 Add Quilt Group icon 49 70 Add Text Fonts 24 Adjusting patterns 88 100 Adjustments 200 212 215 Advance and Continue Icon 40 Alternating type 96 Anchor point for boundary 85 Anchor Types 43 Angle of rotation 93 Applique background 200 221 applique boundary 121 128 130 Apply Icon 46 Apply Pattern 46 258 Apply Pattern About 114 Apply Pattern Icon 46 Apply Pattern limitations 114 Arc nodes 75 88 116 Array Number of copies 111 Array Pattern 46 Array rotation angle 1
213. he pattern and choose Rotate Rubber Sta mai NTN 9 Circular Array i j Echo Pattern Apply Pattern Nodes F7 Reverse Start End Order Join f Z 3 Convert Fill Toggle Pattern Sewn Delete Relocate A CJ Export Pattern Options P G aiae G2 PBK ON HOF WE ki Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 107 Page 108 Getting Started with CreativeStudio The default is 90 degrees but this can be changed to any number Hover over this choice to display the rotation field Type in the desired angle into the rotation field Rotate 90 d gt 20 oe eee C20 Move the cursor back amp the Flip Horizontally Degrees new rotation angle appears Flip Vertically With the mouse pointer hover over the Rotate xx degrees choice in the Options dialog box and an additional pop up box will appear Type in the degrees of rotation needed but don t press enter yet Move the cursor back to hover over the Rotate choice and the new rotation number will appear Click the Rotate choice and the pattern will be rotated The Options dialog box remains active so click Rotate as many times as needed When done click on an open area to release and close the Options dialog box 3 Every time you click this box the pattern is rotated again Rotate 20 degrees eal Flip Horizontal
214. hen any of the handles are moved the center remains anchored Endpoint F11 The re sizing handles are 2 blue squares at just the beginning and end of the pattern When one of the two handles is moved the other is anchored Stretch F12 The re sizing handles are gray When one handle is moved the opposite is fixed The handle being moved is not limited to one direction so pattern stretching is possible Node Mode F7 is a special view showing all the nodes F8 Set Sew Order Click on Draw command and choose Sew Sew Order or press F8 All the patterns in the preview area will be numbered boxes at the beginning of each pattern and will show a directional arrow at the end of each pattern The color of the pattern s number and directional arrow match so it is clear which arrow belongs to which pattern Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Draw Options 265 1 Move patterns to preview area 2 Press F8 oy ES FS Fes Garo RL NS Arrows show stitching direction i par T oo l AA DEO BE REP WH A 3 Click every pattern from Start to End BATS BN aR Ca a Aaa SS SQ Emi A aT RD A t CRS RESP RS ERS ENE E D S START l 4 Press F8 again 0 and the new sewing order is saved Start clicking on the number boxes in the order you want them to stitch The box background color changes temporarily to white and the arrows change to navy blue to indicate which patterns have
215. hese steps until all the rows for the current section are complete When CS finishes the last row that fits you will be prompted to cut the bobbin thread The continuation process varies depending on the Registration chosen If you don t recall which method was used Right Click an open space on the Preview Area Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Edge_To Edge Pantographs 205 Right click an open space in the Preview Area Text Property These are your E2E settings Rename Quilt Group Convert Edge to Edge Settings F2 Quilt Width 36 58058 Quilt Length 72 Virtual Stitchout Image Attributes ener rer Pattern Width 18 29 Pattern Height 12 Repeats 2 Rows 6 Horizontal Spacing 0 This is the Registration ete Spacey method you selected Between Blocks ConnectStart4ndEnd Stop at end of Rows On a Alernating Hone Registration PlaceTwoPins 7 Follow one of the steps listed below Za Registration End Of Set CS prompts you to Pull up bobbin thread and Click OK to complete stitching There are no additional prompts because this method uses the endpoint of the last row completed 7b Registration Place Two Pins CS prompts you to Pull up bobbin thread and Click OK Then the following 3 prompts appear 1 Click OK to move to the Right Registration Point OK to move to Left Registration Point J Click OK after y
216. his document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Contents 3 Table of Contents Foreword Part Introduction 9 1 Technology BAST Cerro a aa ea a a Eaa 10 Equipment E E E E E E A E E T 10 Terminology E A E ASIE E ES EEEE cadets EEE S E A E ET 12 Navigating E A E A T E T E A E T T T 14 Kevboard Shortcuts Bice theca fecal A a EE AENEA ETE ER ea a ee Od AEAEE ATERATEA AEE ENE 16 2 Computer SKIS aa A 18 Explore Folders Dilwale fee widen un iden EEEE EE E EIA EAE E T T E T 18 Explore Files E A E E E T E E A E AE R T 20 Add New Text Fonts cede EE PE E EEE A E A A E E A ET 24 Part Il Main Screen Layout 21 Tile Boag fevssseceteeeecetenssestaecensessnssestsaesnersnserannersneesceesssasssnieenserscensssnseenasevsnesenevenssrsneerensess 28 2 COMMANA Bap iieis iiaaaeaoe eaaa daaa aaa aaa anadas 29 File Command arar ranap aaa aaae aaa a eececeeauenadees cau veetcusweetccus aaaea a aaaea aaaea aa Kaanaa teat tumecsac Cemeusaateaeunecesktrs 29 Edit Command E E E E E E A E E E decvedassertuee wcaeeetanacmeemensienes sereuee 29 View Command E E a E A E AE T T 30 Draw Comma
217. hows on the screen until the second point is clicked With the mouse click as many times as needed 1 will not appear on the screen immediately but it is there 2 will show the location of 1 but does not begin to curve yet 3 will begin to show the curvature To exit from the Draw Curves mode press Escape or Alt C or right click the screen Click points 1 and 2 moving the cursor toward the third point Click points 1 2 and 3 The curve begins to show Curves can have many points Right click when done Altt C is the shortcut for drawing sewable curves Click points are numbered Using Sridpoint Snap lt is possible to get nice curves if you avoid placing 3 or more points in a line Notice how points 2 3 4 4 5 6 and 6 7 8 are all in a relatively straight line not Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 155 Page 156 Getting Started with CreativeStudio the best flow for quilting patterns 3 5 2 5 3 Draw P2P Line Draw P2P Lines The Draw sewable Line feature allows sewable lines to be drawn on the screen Use the mouse to identify points on the screen CS will stitch a Straight line between every sequential pair of points This is similar to Point to Point Line icon feature but it uses the mouse to place the clicks instead of the machine head Click on Draw Click on Draw Sewable Click o
218. hted and the correct boundary is selected 2 Click the Pattern to Boundary Icon Stretch When the pattern needs Standard to fit the boundary Choose Stretch 1 Click on the pattern to select it and click on the boundary to select it it will turn red Stitches Per inch Pattern Speed 50 Tie Stitches Per inch 23 Tie Stitches 4 Pattern Width 10 18 Pattern Height 10 54 Freeze Aspect on Margin 2 Click on Pattern Into Boundary icon and the pattern appears in the selected boundary Since stretch was chosen CS will turn off Freeze Aspect and try to stretch one of the dimensions to provide a better fit Squeeze fit method ie Be sure the correct pattern is highlighted and the correct boundary is selected Standard Stretch 4 Designed Pattern Properties Pattern Name feather flower Stitches Per Inch 12 Pattern Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 Pattern Width 10 18 Pattern Height 10 54 Freeze Aspect On Designer Notes Margin 2 Click on Pattern Into Boundary icon and the pattern appears in the selected boundary Since squeeze was chosen CS will turn off Freeze Aspect The pattern is reshaped to fit the boundary Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 179 Page 180 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 3 3 8 Regardless of the fit method click on the pattern in the p
219. ial icons to navigate folders Navigating Icons Go back to the last folder visited Go up one level Create New Folder Change View Options Lookin _ Pattems Statler Stitcher v amp To find a specific file begin to type in the name of that file in the FileName box A list of filenames appear in a drop down box showing the filenames that match that criterion If many files match there will be scroll bars in the drop down box that allow you to scroll through the list looking for the correct file Navigate using the filename ooo baptist Fan bottom row gli baptist fan corner qli baptist Fan middle row qli base ball 1 qli basket 1 qli basket 2 qli The more letters that are typed in the more specific the search criterion and fewer files are returned Click on the filename to select it and an image of the pattern will appear in the preview area Click the Open button to choose this pattern for your Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 83 Page 84 Getting Started with CreativeStudio project File name button daisy 1 border gli button daisy 1 x 2 qli button daisy 1 x 4 qli button daisy 1 qli button daisy 2 li Files of type A T butterfly 2 kaldascope gi Click on a file name to view the pattern image g Use the Shift or Control keys to choose multiple patterns at one time Limit of 9 files When the filenames a
220. ick points as needed to define the block boundary precisely When done defining the bounded 3 An image of the bounded area appears in the preview area The first two points define the baseline and the pattern will be squared up to this The square block boundary shown required 4 clicks to define it Pressing the Stop button completed and enclosed the area Create multiple boundaries at the same time if desired Tip The fewest number of clicks for a boundary is 3 which defines a triangle iH There is no upper limit to the number of clicks required to define a boundary and no limit to the number of boundaries Avoid concave boundaries the fit results are unpredictable 4 Click View All icons R to adjust the screen so that all boundaries can be seen Check it before continuing Add a background grid if desired Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 177 Page 178 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Reference boundaries are boundaries that mark points edges seamlines designs or any other reference used for pattern placement They might be used to contain a pattern or they might just be used to help when trying to place a pattern so it fits precisely Guilt Group Edge to Edge border Reference boundary is irregular outlining the carner pattern stitch line Reference boundary Shows inner camer lt Tip Reference boundaries are extremely
221. ickly press and let go of the right mouse button Right clicking some objects will make a dialog box appear The dialog box contains properties which are details or characteristics that describe the object Tap means to quickly tap the monitor touchscreen Tap amp Hold will often product the same results as a right click if there are additional commands accessible Drill down means to open folders starting from the top level working down one level at a time This can be done using double clicks or by clicking once on a special icon that appears in front of the folder name Examples in the next section Drag means to press the left button hold it down and move the mouse Positioning the cursor over something on the screen an object of some kind and dragging it will generally move it from one place to another Swipe means to drag your finger or stylus across the surface of the touch screen monitor Scroll generally applies to text rather than an image but not always It means to move the text on the screen so you can see what Is before or after it CreativeStudio uses scrolling to navigate dialog boxes If Scroll bars appear on the right edge of the screen or dialog box you can move up by clicking on the up arrow and down by clicking on the down arrow There is a bar between these two arrows which shows your relative position in the dialog box Scrolling can often be done using the mouse instea
222. idth E ws m Tie Stitches Perinch 23 Heigh 6 31in Y Tie Stitches 4 0 00 EEEE ETS a Pattern Height Length g 2 eae on Red x Angle 270 Pae AoD to end measuring Margin Be sure the destination field where you want the measurement to go is not selected To make the measurement with the sewing head use the Measure icon 9 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 159 Page 160 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Move the machine head to the start point and click OK Move the machine head to the end point and click OK Click the STOP button to stop measuring To make the measurement on the Preview Area use the Draw Measure icon Click or tap the start point on the Preview area Click or tap the end point on the Preview area Click or tap the X in the upper right corner of the dialog box to stop Right click on the Destination field don t left click it first and the Transfer box appears Click on any of the measurements and the number will be moved to the destination 3 5 3 Record Options Record is another remarkable feature of CS It is easy to create new designs by moving the sewing head and saving that motion as a new pattern This is similar to tracing a design and saving it as a new pattern It is easy to do because the belts do not have to be engaged to record the motions Remember that Power Assist makes the machine feel virtually weightless St
223. ill remind you to save your project file before it opens a new project or closes the software By clicking on the Yes button the Save As dialog box appears CS will try and help by using the Project Name as the File Name but change it and the path if desired Click SAVE to complete the process Tip Since a project is created for each quilt the project name and project file name could include the customer name quilt name or date for future reference 3 2 Planning the Quilting Quilt Groups 69 Quilt Groups lf a Quilt Project is like a notebook with tabbed dividers then Quilt Groups are the tabs holding all the information about an area of the quilt including the digital patterns boundaries and photo images Every project starts with one tab called Quilt Group1 by default Adding more is possible and each group added can be given a specific name or renamed us later CS counts the number of groups being used and will assign an incremental number to the tab if a unique name is not provided Each time a photo is imported it is placed in a new tab called Design Group The photo will not impact the stitching It is just there to help make design decisions since patterns can be positioned on top of the photo to check the fit Additional imports will add additional design groups to the project cso aes can have ore ial E Be customized cso aes default name Ly GE A AY Gui
224. im inside feature allows the background pattern to be positioned over the entire block boundary On top of that the boundary of the applique shape is defined and the boundary is trimmed away from the inside of the applique area so it won t be stitched over aj Trim Inside Trim Outside Feature Trim Pattern Inside Assumptions The quilt top is loaded and stabilized machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project In this example a large area will be quilted using a background filler pattern bubbles The quilt has some nautical creatures that are appliqued and will not be quilted with bubbles steps to follow 1 Click on the Boundary icon ss and follow the prompts to define the boundary of the background area If the project were to fill the background of an appliqued block this would be the outer boundary Click Boundary Point 1 Click Boundary Font 4 aes Click Boundary Paint 5 Se IT 2 Move the background filler pattern in Use Pattern_to_Boundary s i or Repeat Patterns is depending on how many repeats are needed to fill the area 7 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 221 Page 222 Getting Started with CreativeStudio ax D Reterence Point Location Reterence Port UpperLettComer M Ctset hom Poist O Moriz 0 Vert o Details soar S
225. in 47 258 Order Join About 120 Order Join Icon 46 Origin Point 67 233 Outer Border boundary 190 Outline pattern 123 Overlapping patterns 187 P P2P buttons Channel lock 196 P2P Concatonate 77 P2P concatonation 114 P2P Freeze Aspect impact 77 P2P Icon 196 P2P Line 253 P2P LineonCAD 45 P2P Line Speed 164 P2P Pattern 114 254 P2P pattern restrictions 77 P2P patterns 196 P2P Settings Angle 196 Array Mode 196 Flip Angle 196 P2P Type 164 Pan Patterns 43 Pantographs 200 215 Path 18 Pattern delete 133 Pattern Anchor 88 145 264 Center Anchor 30 Center anchor F10 146 Edge Anchor 30 Edge anchor F9 146 Endpoint Anchor 30 Endpoint anchor Fi1 146 Node Mode F7 146 Resizing handles 30 Stretch Anchor 30 Stretch Anchor F12 146 Pattern Color Black Unsewn 200 Red Sewn 200 Teal Won t fit 200 Pattern Deselecting 80 Pattern Design Options Export Pattern icon 106 Pattern Options 106 Relocate icon 106 Pattern details 88 95 Framed in Blue 51 Pattern Encryption 74 Pattern files 20 Pattern height 95 Pattern image color 228 230 Pattern Location Point 96 180 Offset 54 Pattern Location 54 Pattern path 114 Pattern Placement 190 Pattern Repeats 190 Pattern rotation 85 Pattern Rows 190 Pattern scale 200 212 215 Pattern Segment grouping 120 Pattern segments 75 116 Pattern Select all icon 80 Pattern Selection 80 Pattern Selection Ctrl click 80 Pattern Selection Marque click and drag 80 Pattern Selection
226. in every point it encounters This enhances some patterns by making the point more precise Thread Break Detect ON or OFF When the Thread Break detector is ON the sensor on the sewing head is enabled It is possible to change the sensitivity of this detector by changing the lag time before it registers see Controller Definition Form Tieoffs ON or OFF Tieoffs are the tiny stitches that are made at the beginning and the end of a pattern or a line of stitching They serve to knot the threads so the Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 33 Page 34 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Stitches will not easily come out e Regular tieoffs are made before the pattern is stitched Half of the tieoff stitches are made going forward the other half stitch backward so the machine ends up at the same spot before starting the pattern or after ending the pattern The result is a very secure but noticeable knot e Competitive tieoffs are usually much smaller and do not stitch over themselves or the pattern They are made going forward as the start of the pattern and at the end of the pattern They take the place of the first and last portion of the pattern The result is a secure almost invisible knot Tip Any changes you make to these settings will affect the current session only When you shut down the system and restart it the settings return to their default values
227. in thread then click OK After Stitching Be sure to click OK dithen click OK 2 Cut bobbin thread an Bobbin Cut Inc Speed Single Stitch m ec Speed Stop Start 7 At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process Single Stitch Quick Reference P2P Line as Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 2 Blocks 4 3 Phase 2 Blocks After stabilizing the quilt the blocks are stitched In custom quilting the blocks are often the dominant design being used The outline of each block is identified by a boundary and CS uses the boundary as a template for the sizing and positioning of the quilt patterns Both the boundary and the pattern image are previewed before being stitched 4 3 1 Define the Block using Boundary This is a process where the quilt block shape is traced with a series of points using the sewing head During this process CS displays an image of the boundary in the preview area of the screen Feature Boundary Assumptions Quilt is loaded and stabilized machine is threaded bobbins are wound belts are engaged and patterns have been chosen Steps to follow 1 Click on the Boundary icon 2 CS will prompt for the points that define the boundary Use as many cl
228. initiates a process that checks the path and boinks if there are breaks found This Virtual Stitchout does not require that pattern to actually be stitched out it is just simulated F3 available F4 available F5 Keypad Reset Most of the CreativeStudio features can be initiated using the keypad mounted on the sewing head The purpose of this is to expedite the quilting process When complicated features take time and the quilter attempts to exit that feature and try something else the keypad can get confused The safest way to handle this situation is for the keypad to stop responding To reset the keypad simply press F5 F6 available F7 Node Mode is The selected patterns are shown with nodes showing allowing the pattern to be modified using the mouse F8 Set Sewing Order us Displays all the patterns on the screen and labels each with a number stitching sequence and an arrow stitching direction F9 Edge Pattern Anchor 30 Changes the Pattern Selection Resizing Handles to Edge F10 Center Pattern Anchor 301 Change Pattern Selection Resizing Handles to Center F11 Endpoint Pattern Anchor so Change Pattern Selection Resizing Handles to Endpoint F12 Stretch Pattern Anchors Change Pattern Selection Resizing Handles to Stretch Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 37 Page 2 4 38 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Tool S
229. int and allow you to specify multiple repeats ss and or rows It does not require a boundary but usually a boundary is helpful when placing multiple patterns It is very similar to the Edge to edge feature but more flexible especially with composite design elements Border Corner Icon This function is very useful when joining corner patterns with border patterns because it allows the patterns corners first then borders to be selected placed and previewed before stitching This function also has the ability to compute the size of the patterns needed in the side borders Each pattern can be adjusted s to fit the space exactly Settings are saved as their own Border Corner Quilt Group Edge To Edge Icon x The Edge to Edge function initiates the pattern selection sizing positioning and the first row s of quilting The E2E function will prompt for the first boundary which is the first section to be quilted and the total quilt length It uses these dimensions to suggest the number of rows and repeats needed to complete the quilting Modifications are possible and CS will adjust the counts rows and repeats and the pattern proportion pattern length and height if needed to fit the total quilt Use Continue after rolling the quilt the first time l Trim Icon The Trim function uses boundaries to define a space and then will trim away the unwanted part of the quilting pattern These boundaries are
230. ique trim the outer edges if needed In this example the bottom edge fit well so only the top and sides were trimmed This is done using the same Trim Inside feature and creating a boundary around the outer edges as shown Be sure the boundary around the outer edge covers all of the background Tip Multiple Trim Inside boundaries are possible in one quilt group but only one Trim Outside so trim until the pattern is customized to fit the space even if it Lh takes multiple trims 8 Click on Start_Quilting and CS moves the sewing head to the start of the pattern and prompts for pulling up the bobbin thread Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 223 Page 224 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Before Stitching During Stitching After Stitching Be sure to click OK son TRO Pull up bobbin thread then click OK Bobbin Cut Single Stitch 7p on 9 Click OK when ready to quilt If multiple patterns were moved into the boundary they will stitch in the order they were moved At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process Optional final step After the background patterns are stitched some people like to do an outline stitch around
231. is enough room Project Information f Save the project s7 Now finish the quilt by using the Feature Edge To Edge Continue Feature Edge To Edge Continue T Edge To Edge Continue is a special feature that aligns pantograph rows together properly after the quilt has been rolled Assumptions This assumes the first section or more is done the registration points have been marked and the quilt has been rolled 9 Click EdgeToEdge_Continue The process for marking the boundary varies depending on registration marks 10a If you chose Registration End Of Set CS verifies that you have rolled the quilt and have the machine positioned over the last stitch of ne ices row completed This is the EndOfSet point CS will verify that you are Have you rolled your quilt and ready to positioned your Needle at the last oontinue sewn pattern s end point CS can tell how much the quilt has been rolled because it knows the XY coordinates of the current machine head position and it knows the XY coordinates of the endpoint of the last pattern sewn If the quilt has not been rolled enough you will get a warning message Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Edge_To_Edge Pantographs 207 When CS determines there is not enough room for the next You haven t rolled your quilt are you sure you have room for the next row row It assumes Y
232. is one of the style choices 2 Click on the P2P icon A dialog box appears with options Point to Point Choices Press Shift button to see these additional options Angle lo a pr 90 Flip Chan Rip Ange L e OK Stop Exit Settings Angle This is the current angle that will be used when the Channel Lock is turned on Flip Angle The change in the number of degrees used by the Channel Lock option Radiate Check this option to increase the angle by flip angle instead of replace it Buttons Chan Lock locks the head so it moves along one fixed angle Shift Press this to see additional options blue buttons The options appear for several seconds so press them before they revert back to the defaults If using the 6 button keypad press both the Shift and the second option Flip Chan or Exit at the same time Flip Chan or increase in Radiate mode changes the current angle OK either button selects the point based on the position of the needle Stop indicates the end of the P2P pattern sequence Exit will end the P2P mode 3 Define the path Move the machine head from one point to the next clicking OK on each one The machine makes a pop noise every time the OK button is pressed This sound confirms that the point has been registered The image appears in the preview area of the screen 4 Press Shift and Exit to complete the path The images appear in the preview ar
233. is possible to use the P2P Line feature using the mouse pry and working directly in the preview area on the screen Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 253 Page 5 9 254 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quick Ref P2P Pattern Feature Point To Point Pattern oO Point to point describes a CS process where a series of patterns are positioned and stitched The quilter clicks the points and CS stitches a pattern between each contiguous pair Each point is identified by moving the sewing head to a spot on the quilt top in order and pressing the OK button Prep Step 1 Optional Define boundaries to check the P2P placement Prep Step 2 Choose a pattern P2P patterns must stitch from left to right and can be concatonated Use the Cirl key to choose multiple patterns Prep Step 3 Change pattern details if needed Be aware of the pattern size proportion and any margins Use the Preview area to audition pattern size and placement if desired Prep Step 4 Plan the Point Layout before beginning Most patterns look the best when they maintain their original proportion Freeze aspect On but this means you need to have P2P intervals that also allow the pattern to fill the space Steps to follow 1 Choose P2P Pattern This
234. is the way CS controls the sizing and repositioning of the patterns automatically when the quilt is rolled With Repeat Patterns you do this yourself using Relocate iss explained in the next section Feature Repeat_Patterns for Pantographs Assumptions The machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project Prep Step 1 Measure the quilt length and width accurately before loading the uilt i Note There are three reasons to modify the total quilt length and width 1 If you are leaving a margin at the top and bottom be sure to reduce your total quilt length by this amount 2 If your pattern is deeply nested you may need to increase the total quilt length to allow the irregular edges to be trimmed off the top and bottom 3 It is a good idea to reduce the length a little to accommodate shrinkage caused by the quilting This could be from 1 to 5 depending on the fabrics batting and quilting density Prep Step 2 Load the quilt and baste the outer edges Prep Step 3 Choose a pattern and consider the scale Large scale open quilting results in a more supple quilt and small scale dense quilting is a bit stiffer Prep Step 4 Change the pattern details height and width to reflect the scale you prefer Steps to follow 1 Click Boundary icon and click on the UL UR LR LL corners Like E2E this shows how much area can be quilted at one time Quilt Groupi Edge to Edge Repeat EZE
235. ith CreativeStudio 4 5 4 5 Click Quilt The machine moves to the start of the first pattern takes a single stitch and prompts you to pull up the bobbin so do that Press OK on the keypad when ready The first row now begins Repeat the steps listed in the previous section to complete the quilt Be sure to trim the bottom edge to fit Quick Reference E2E z E2E Concatenating Patterns Edge To Edge patterns can be concatenated giving a very custom look These patterns must have been designed with identical structures the same start point end point size proportion and nesting shape for them to work together Feature Edge to Edge Concatenating Assumptions The machine is threaded bobbins wound the belts engaged and you have patterns that are designed to work together The Prep Steps here are a little different than a standard E2E but the stitching steps will be the same Prep Step 1 Measure the quilt length and width accurately before loading the quilt Note There are three reasons to modify the total quilt length and width 1 If you are leaving a margin at the top and bottom be sure to reduce your total quilt length by this amount 2 If your pattern is deeply nested you may need to increase the total quilt length to allow the irregular edges to be trimmed off the top and bottom 3 It is a good idea to reduce the length a little to accommodate shrinkage caused by the guilting This could be from 1 to
236. ith a rectangular shape somewhat open could fit many sizes has secondary design Multiple repeats might be interesting Allissa tri is a triangle with more density on outer edges has a center focus the density on the outer edges actually frames the heart Continuous Patterns Continuous Patterns also come in different sizes and shapes By definition the startpoint and the endpoint are not the same point but are on the same horizontal line Here are some ou continuous styles Border Corr ar Edge to Edge preview 1 A Notion To Sew is a pantograph pattern that can be repeated across and down the entire quilt Edge To Edge E2E Pantographs can also be used on the inside of the quilt from border to border sometimes called B2B The outer edges of this pattern are relatively linear making it a good candidate for B2B or even a very wide border 2 Spool of Thread with two spools is a border pattern It is continuous and is Planning the Quilting Quilt Patterns Continuous Patterns 77 designed to be repeated as many times as needed to span the border 3 Spool of thread with one spool is a corner pattern It is continuous and is designed to connect the stitch lines of the border patterns 4 Spool of Thread with three spools is a specialty border pattern This one has been designed to work with the corner making the transition into the corner appear more symmetrical 3
237. justing patterns ss As a refresher the pattern anchor determines how it will behave when it is being modified using the re sizing handles A pattern must be selected for the handles to appear The keyboard shortcuts are fastest Plus a special view Called Node Mode gt Edge F9 F9 ea Center F10 a EndPoint F11 Tools Help Pattern Anchor Edge FO er Re a Sonur F10 a EndPoint F1 et sew Uraer i EndPoint F11 Stretch F12 Stretch F142 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Ei V E Draw Sewable E Measure Alt M First select a pattern Next double click it to cycle Or Tap the Icon to cycle through through each type O iy Ge E gt f2 0 S P C L EE The Pattern Anchor choices are Edge F9 The re sizing handles are purple When one handle is moved the opposite edge or corner remains fixed or anchored Center F10 The re sizing handles are orange When any of the handles are moved the center remains anchored Endpoint F11 The re sizing handles are 2 blue squares at just the beginning and end of the pattern When one of the two handles is moved the other is anchored Endpoint anchors do not apply to block patterns Stretch F12 The re sizing handles are gray When any handle is moved the opposite handle is anchored in place The Stretch Pattern Anchor is special because it allows portions of the pattern to be stretched This essentia
238. k on the P2P icon ro X An le Flip Angle 9 0 Z C Radiate 90 Press Shift and Exit to end Press OK to identify each point Press Stop to create a Jump Stitch A dialog box appears with Settings and Buttons Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 197 Page 198 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Settings Angle This is the current angle that will be used when Channel Lock is turned on Flip Angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature It will either replace the current angle or add to it depending on the Radiate setting If Radiate is not checked this angle will replace the current angle otherwise it adds to it Radiate Works with Flip Angle for creating radiating line designs Buttons There are 6 buttons shown on the screen which correspond to the 6 button keypad on the sewing head Additional options are accessible using the Shift button A Two Button Selection Sequence will display additional options If using the touchscreen just touch the Shift key and the additional buttons appear as light blue buttons so touch the blue button you need If the second blue button is not pressed in a few seconds it will revert back to its original purpose If using the keypad on the sewing head press and hold the upper right button Shift while pressing the second button When you release the Shift button the others will
239. kground patterns pantographs are stitched using the Repeat Pattern features to control the size and positioning It uses Relocate for alignment after rolling the quilt Assumptions The machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project Prep Step 1 Measure the quilt length and width accurately before loading the quilt Prep Step 2 Load the quilt and baste the outer edges Prep Step 3 Choose a pattern and set the scale Prep Step 4 Change the pattern details height and width to reflect the scale you prefer Steps to follow 1 Click Boundary icon and click on the UL UR LR LL corners to show quilting space E Click on Repeat_Patterns icon sii Change the Repeat Settings following these steps Turn Freeze Aspect On Enter Total Width Turn Freeze Aspect Off Enter Total Height Set Reference Point Upper Left Corner move machine to UL corner 4 Click OK An image of your entire quilt appears in the Preview area This method for doing pantographs does not monitor how much area can be quilted at one time so you need to do it by toggling rows of patterns as sewn or unsewn a Change Repeat Settings LLAIS and Click OK 7 to Edge Repeat Et Click OK to set Reference Point Pa 1 Ind otati 0 BR ER s 4 Repea To 4 Controls To 57 Ste d On Sp 0 Horiz 0 Vert Square Up gle 0 Select Between bl ock ConnectStartAndEnd e Select Altemating Tyce n
240. king on the shortcut icon on the right Set Sew Order s F8 By default CS will stitch patterns in the same order that they are moved on to the preview area screen This command allows changes to be made to the sewing order It also allows the stitching direction to be reversed Draw Boundary Alt B Boundaries are created for general reference and for receiving and resizing patterns They can be defined using icons and the sewing head to identify the actual shape of a quilt block This command draws boundaries on the screen using the mouse The size of a boundary can automatically resize a pattern to fit the space 31 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 31 Page 32 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 2 5 Draw Trimis Alt T This is a special type of boundary used to remove or trim away some part of the pattern s showing on the screen Trim boundaries can be defined using icons and the sewing head to identify the actual shape of a quilt block but this command draws trims on the screen using the mouse The Trim icon s displays the choices Trim Inside 2 or Trim Outside which determines what part of the pattern will be concealed and not quilted This is a temporary change to the copy of the pattern s on the screen It does not permanently affect the originals it just prevents the trimmed portion of the pattern from stitchi
241. l to stop measuring 3 Right click on the Destination field The Transfer box appears 4 Click on one of the measurements to move the number to the destination field To measure the image of the quilt click on the Draw Measure icon or click the commands Draw Measure or use the Alt M keyboard shortcut This uses the screen to take measurements of the items boundaries and patterns you have moved to the preview area These are approximations and not the real quilt block measurements 1 Measure using the mouse Click starting point Click ending point Measurements are shown at the bottom Click Red X of the screen to stop measuring CS is ready to make as many measurements as needed just keep clicking start amp end points Press Esc or click on the Red X on the dialog box when done measuring Save the project Step3 Pattern Details Step 3 Change the Pattern Details s to reflect your measurements before moving patterns into the preview area Click on the pattern to be used The pattern image and filename are highlighted in cyan and the details below are framed in cyan If you make your changes now the new values will be used every time this pattern is used in the current project from this point forward The new values will not affect any patterns that are already in the preview area CAD screen Nor do they change the original pattern in the Patterns folder Gam
242. lculates the border pattern sizes for you Just be sure to use the size from one of the patterns along the side of the quilt not the top or bottom Essentially the top border and corners are done first the quilt is rolled and sections of the borders are done using reference boundaries to mark the border areas and to help align the new patterns with the previously quilted patterns se FI confirm alignment SyF Chunks of side Closeup view shows the border are quilted Reference boundary with each roll can also identify start or end points Reference boundaries follow the seam lines on both sides lt is wise to include some side border pieces even when doing the bottom border As you can see from the picture not all quilts are square or straight and positioning corners is easier if side border pieces are included Yes this was areal customer quilt Border patterns that are very detailed or contain pattern segments that are backtracked double stitched might look better if the quilt is reloaded sideways This is a personal preference Patterns that are very complicated or detailed cables or feathers are good examples don t hide size variations well so do the main part of the quilt first including the four corners top and bottom borders and turn the quilt Turning the Quilt When it is really important to get the perfect fit turning the quilt to do the side borders makes sense The four corners and top bo
243. list Click or tap the P2P Pattern icon to begin Draw Pattern Mode s Click or tap the screen identifying a series of points and the pattern will be drawn between each pair of contiguous points To exit Draw Mode tap this icon again press the Escape key or touch and hold some point on the screen until a little black box appears temporarily then release Help Icon is context sensitive help Just in case you have forgotten something you can click on the Help the cursor turns into a question mark which can be moved to the item in question By clicking again a dialog box will appear that will briefly explain the icon Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 45 Page 46 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 4 3 Right Click Icons Right Click Icons are shortcuts for the functions available using the mouse right click Tap or click the icon to begin the function Rotate Pattern Combine Patterns l a Flip Pattern Horiz AR Reverse Start End J Flip Pattern Vertical W Order Join Ty Mirror Pattern 3 Convert Pattern F Rubber Stamp Pattern J Fill inside Circular Array S Fill Outside ZB Echo Pattern Y Toggle Sewn State amp Apply Pattern Y Toggle Unsewn State E Nodes x Delete Selected a Rotate Pattern First select the pattern s to rotate Then tap or click the icon and the pattern will rotate 90 Click here for more details
244. list of project icons e id Virtual Stitchout Key Sequences F2 to initiate or to speed up or_ to slow down Esc tostop The blue cyan dot will trace the path of the unsewn pattern s and boink at the end of the pattern tracing OR if there is a break in the path A boink sound happens at the end of the pattern which is not a cause for concern To stop the Virtual Stitchout process press the Esc escape key To change the speed of this process press the or key to increase the speed and the or _ key to decrease it A boink sound happens when maximum speed has been reached Note In normal typing the sign requires using the shift key and the sign does not For our purposes either key sequence will work This applies to and _ also Only patterns that are unsewn will be checked So if there are many patterns on the CAD Preview Area but only a few need to be checked toggle the other patterns as sewn first Then start the Virtual Stitchout and the unsewn pattern s will be checked Remember to change back the sewn status if needed Designer Pauses and No Sew Lines are not considered breaks in the sewing path Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 3 5 2 Draw Options Draw Options A remarkable feature of CS is the ability to draw patterns from scratch Each Draw feature is done on screen File Edit View Tools Help Patter
245. ll be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread the last time and click OK Be sure to click OK because it completes this process Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc 9 9 Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Borders Quick Ref Borders Feature Borders Repeat Pattern without corner patterns Steps to follow for borders 1 Measure the top border height first and determine the height of the pattern Maximum border size less margins 2 Measure the top border width next using the border seamline as the baseline Be sure to measure in the direction you will be stitching because the measure process will also determine the square up angle of the border Write down these numbers on the diagram for use later 3 Boundaries are optional but very helpful because they will show in the preview area any curvature in the seamlines Reference boundaries can also trace the edge of a pattern so the border pattern can be positioned precisely around the corners Quilt Group Edge to Edge border RGSS GSS GSS GS EE PABBA DEPED Quilt Group Edge to Edge border Use the reference boundaries to help position patterns precisely 4 Click on the pattern to be used This highlights it cyan in the Project Info area 5 Click on Repeat Patterns icon edit the pattern details and choose a Reference point Move the machine
246. ll be stitched behind it 1 Draw a boundary around the perimeter of the quilt block 2 Place the heart pattern in the boundary resize if needed and stitch 3 Select the heart pattern Choose Convert Pattern to Trim Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 121 Page 122 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Choose Convert Pattern to Trim using either method Select the pattern being changed Rotate 90 degrees oO Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically Mirror Rubber Stamp Circular Array 5 Echo Pattern Apply Pattern P2C gt O Nodes B2T i gt Pattern to Boundary er 3 Pattern to Outline T2P E PiN gt Pattern to Curve Boundary to Pattern T2B Boundary to Trim Trim to Patter Tri n to Bot ary 4 Place the background filler ren 5 it in the block boundary Notice how the area inside the heart does not show as part of the stitching CS will stitch up to but not over the heart Quilt pattern has not been changed it just won t stitch in the trim boundary When the stitch line reaches the trim boundary it stops Tieoff stitches are taken if desired and CS does a jump stitch moves to the next stitchable part of the pattern to resume stitching the background Note The starts stops may or may not include tieoff stitches People who do competitive quilting often u
247. ll the space Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 129 To begin 1 Define a boundary around the quilt block 2 Define a boundary around the applique 3 Choose a background pattern and resize it to fit the block Resequence the sewing order if needed This minimizes the number of extra stitching lines needed when connecting one repeat to the next Position the background pattern over the 2 Select the patterns Choose the boundaries and boundary Fill Inside Icon T ARREN J START x oy T A y s p l YES aia l d a or Right Click the selected patterns and choose Fill HO Rb a aa N Inside FT R rae Start End Ger Join Toggle Group Sewn Toggle Group Uncewn Delete 4 Relocate Combine Group Expert Pattern Options 4 Move the background pattern over the block boundaries 5 Select the background patterns 6 Choose Fill Inside and Be Patient CS is creating a new pattern that stays within the boundaries defined Be Patient But if you need to cancel press and hold the ESCAPE key for a few seconds To view the new pattern move it away from the boundaries as shown Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 129 Page 130 Getting Started with CreativeStudio When the pattern is moved from the boundary the stitching path is Notice how the end of The Result clear t
248. lly warps the pattern and sometimes that is needed when seam lines are not accurate When all the little nodes appear the pattern is in node mode and can be manipulated one node at a time This takes longer but allows the pattern to be adjusted to fit the space perfectly The nodes are pink endpoint nodes and blue arc nodes lf working with a touch screen the Cycle Pattern Anchor Type Icon will cycle through each anchor type in order Set Sew Order Set Sew Order By default CS will stitch patterns in the same order that they are moved on to the preview area The Set Sew Order feature is used to check and change the pattern stitching sequence This feature also allows the pattern stitching direction to be checked and changed if needed The following example shows how corner patterns will stitch first if they are placed first and repeat patterns follow Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 147 This can cause unnecessary tieoffs so resequencing the sew order allows repeat patterns to be sewn continuously Click on Draw Click on Set Sew Order Tools Helg Or Press F8 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Alt M g All the patterns on the Preview Area are labeled with their stitching sequence and the direction When this mode is initiated all patterns on the Preview Area are labeled regardless of their sewing status Sewn or unsewn All the patte
249. lso allows additional adjustments making it feel right Calibrate Power Assist allows you to adjust the weight of the machine until you can control the movements comfortably You will be prompted to move the machine to the middle front It will move by itself during calibration r Step 1 Ran on StartUp Click to rerun Auto Calibrate Auto Calibrate Setup for calibrating the Calibrate Stitcher Motor Power Assist r Step 2 Tum on Power Assist Test Power Assist Click Test Power Assist move head Left amp Right Back amp Front if the head moves too freely or is jittery reduce the value below If the head is stiff to move increase the value below Calibrate Power Assist which is a 4 step Calibrate Record process To calibrate Power Assist move stitcher to the middle front Be sure head is free to move OK to start m Step 3 Manually Adjust values as needed m Left Right Value 21 OK Cancel OK m Back Front Value 7 J 10 Clicking OK runs the first AE a step Auto Calibrate m Step 4 Activating Power Assist The Power Assist dialog box and remains on the screen until it is closed step 1 Click Auto Calibrate Clicking OK starts this step The sewing head will move about 12 inches front to back and side to side CS suggests some default settings Step 2 and Step 3 CS has turned off PA so click Test Power As
250. lt Group Border Comer 2 Qui It Group 3 Design Group 4 ModernSampler Quilt Group 6 samyeccnee aroun Design Soups TER A contain photos Bve CSTD rat LI CS assigns numbers if unique names are not given y a Fi Repeat Pattern Setup 3 C L 4 4 Pattern Location Point i LES Pattern Location Startpoint Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert 4 Individual Pattern Details SA Reset to Designed Off Ay Freeze Aspect Off 3 g oR a ie Width 17 23 RW Height 11 46 OS Rotation 0 gt Repeat Settings S Repeats and Rows 2 Repeats 2 Rows pare CS will create a new quilt group automatically for certain techniques like Edge To Edge 2 and Borders Corners Individual quilt groups can also be created for different sections of the quilt like the center medallion or side triangles borders or sashings etc Each quilt group has a tab which appears above the preview area l of the screen Total Width 32 77 Total Height 21 92 Start End Width On Spacing 0 Horiz 1 0 Vert In the following example there are three quilt groups 1 Quilt Group in this example two patterns were selected sized and displayed The purpose of auditioning two or more patterns is to see if they look good together and to set the scale density of quilting This view on the Preview area can be exported i and shared with customers if desired Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 Creati
251. lter to see an image of what is going to be stitched and fine tune the details if needed lt is important that the Setup changes be done first and the Edit changes done last Flipping between the two modes can undo Edit mode changes Color coding is used to distinguish between the two modes Setup steps are highlighted in cyan throughout the user manual and the Quick Reference Cards Edit steps are highlighted in Magenta The choice of highlight colors is not accidental The colors cyan and magenta were chosen because they relate back to color coding of the details in the Property Window Cyan is used for Designed Pattern Details settings which is done in Magenta is used for Selected Pattern details which is done in To facilitate pattern setup and edit it is strongly suggested that you use the grid on the CAD screen and use the Crosshair to show the current position of the sewing head These were mentioned earlier but it is worth more detail now The Setup and Edit steps are described in detail here in the same sequence that would be typical for starting a new project To demonstrate how these modes work together we will show the steps for doing a single block and repeated blocks The purpose of this is to familiarize you with some of the basic functions and explain the process and how to navigate through it This is just a simple example Design It Yourself Throughout the manual there will be DIY tips that look like this
252. ltiple Curves can be made while in this Mode To exit Draw Curve Mode tap this icon again press the Escape key or touch and hold some point on the screen until a little black box appears temporarily then release Draw Line on CAD for drawing a line or series of lines on the screen Click or tap this icon first to begin Draw Line Mode Touch the screen identifying a series of points and a P2P line will be drawn that connects the points The line is a sewable pattern that appears on the Preview Area Multiple Lines can be made while in this Mode To exit Draw Line Mode tap this icon again press the Escape key or touch and hold some point on the screen until a little black box appears temporarily then release Draw Freehand on CAD for drawing freehand on the screen Click or tap this icon first to begin Draw Freehand Modes Using either your finger or the mouse trace a design on the screen freehand The design is a sewable pattern that appears on the Preview Area Multiple drawings can be made while in this Mode To exit Draw Freehand Mode tap this icon again press the Escape key or touch and hold some point on the screen until a little black box appears temporarily then release Draw P2P Pattern on CAD for moving a series of patterns to the screen Be sure a P2P pattern 77l is included in your project Select it and adjust the size and aspect ratio Freeze Aspect as need It should be highlighted in the pattern
253. ly Flip vertically Delete Toggle Pattern Sewn f 099e Patte J a ca z a TIP To rotate the pattern clockwise enter a negative rotation angle To nudge the angle rotation just a bit enter a tiny number like 05 and click Rotate 3 5 1 2 Flip Horizontal or Vertcial Flip Horizontally or Vertically flips the pattern to change the orientation Select the pattern Then Tap the Flip H icon or Flip V icon on the right side of the screen Rotate 90 degrees Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically i or Right click the pattern Echo Pattel and choose Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical 8 3 gt h Reverse Start End Order Join Convert Fill Toggle Pattern Sewn Delete 7 al Relocate A H Export Pattern Options Px Orra k Flip Horizontally replaces the original design with a mirror image as if the mirror Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 109 is held at the right or left side of the selected pattern s Flip Vertically replaces the original design with a mirror image as if the mirror is held at the top or bottom of the selected pattern s Flip results in a mirror image Reposition Options not a rotation continued Rotate 90 degrees Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically 3 5 1 3 Mirror Mirror creates a new pattern which is an exact replica of the original except for the o
254. makes quilting soooo much easier Add Text Fonts z described in Utility Functions explains how to install new fonts The internet has hundreds of free fonts many of which have themes decorations designs figures etc and although they won t all stitch out smoothly it is worth a try There seems to be no limit to the number of free fonts available on the internet even the simple pictures included in the Wingdings font will work Right Click Options Right Click Options can transform quilting patterns for a truly custom design There are several ways to access them depending on your computer screen resolution and your own preferences Here are the choices 1 Right Clicking a pattern in the Preview Area 2 Click on the icon listed on the right side 3 Touch and hold a spot on the Preview area until a rectangle appears Release and the Right Click Options appear These are very important and many work together making the quilting process much easier accurate and more creative Right Click a Pattern OR use the to choose a function Right Click icons on Reposition E ares S the right side of the Pattern Flip Horizontally screen Options Flip Vertically Mirror Rubber Stamp TORN MAN Circular Array Patterns Echo Pattern Apply Pattern stitching Reverse Start End Click Icon bar path Order Join Is grayed out right click on Modify Convert any open Fae Fill space in the Change Toggle Group Sewn oe ee Stitching Toggle
255. margins Measure the size of the sashing strips and choose a pattern size that fills the space but stays contained in the sashing Use the Preview area to audition the size and placement of the patterns if desired Project Information 0000 Quik Group Demo Details Sashings Ce Ire es Wk x T Pattern Dets E General Settings Patiem Mame p2pllower Stitches Per inch 12 Patem Speed 50 Ti Stitthes Perlnich 30 Tie Stitches Pattem Yidth 39r Pattem Height 1 a n the pattern is distorted too much Margin Prep Step 4 Plan the Point Layout before beginning Most patterns look the best when they maintain their original proportion Freeze aspect On but this means you need to have P2P intervals that also allow the pattern to fill the space Other patterns need to have one consistent dimension even if the other varies Freeze Aspect Off For example a pattern being stitched inside a sashing area should have one of the dimensions fixed so it doesn t stitch outside of the sashing Project Information 0 Quit Group Demo betals Sashings MEFO Se Preview Pattern Pattern Details p2pflower 4x O Genial Settings Patter Name p pilbowe Stitches Per inch 12 Palem Speed 50 Tie Stitches Perinch 30 ST Tie Stitches FPatern Width 3 97 Fater Height 1 Freeze Aspect On Margin E Misc Motes Steps to follow 1 Clic
256. mbinations they sometimes don t stitch out in one continuous line design It is easy to reverse the direction of a single pattern as shown However in more complicated pattern modifications there Or select the pattern and tap or click the Rubber Stamp Pattern icon on the right side of the screen Select the pattern s Right click them and choose Reverse Rubber Stamp Start End 9 Circular Array 3 Echo Pattern Apply Pattern Nodes X CI Reverse Start End Order Join 4 Convert Fill Toggle Pattern Sewn Delete Relocate Export Pattern Options I lt lt CD ONE IO PK OV t are two more processes that change the sewing direction 1 Set Sew Order lets you assign the sewing sequence and reverse direction 2 Order Join automatically assigns the sewing sequence and reverses direction if needed Design It Yourself Use keyboard function keys to check patterns GD F2 Virtual Stitchout will check the stitching path DIY The Result 119 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 119 Page 120 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 11 Order Join Order Join is a process that checks all the pattern segments on the screen and automatically makes them continuous if possible This connection is based on their relative positions This is especially useful when a pattern has had numerous changes to
257. mean a million things so CS tries to avoid it by using more specific terms Tool Tips are little boxes that pop up and give the name or a short description of something To look for tool tips hold the cursor over an icon for a couple seconds and see if the tip appears Not all objects have tool tips but most icons do CAD Screen also called the Preview Area is the big white open area where the images of the patterns will appear Quilt Group is a term used to describe an area of the quilt top to be quilted Quilt groups contain all the information boundaries reference points sizing positioning needed to stitch a particular area of the quilt Design Group is a special type of Quilt Group created when an image is imported 1 into the project Once the image is imported patterns can be placed on top of the image to preview the placement Project is technically a computer file but figuratively is more like a binder with tabbed sections that contain all the patterns quilt groups preview areas and notes needed to complete a whole quilt Encrypted Patterns are pattern files that have been coded with a machine controller serial number or a dongle serial number so they will run only on that machine Encryption protects pattern designers by ensuring that people who have purchased one pattern can not make copies and distribute it to others Encrypted patterns are protected in CS by using sp
258. mill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 95 Page 96 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 4 3 4 E General Settings Pattern Name button daisy 2 10 50 5 23 A 8 47 General Stitcher Settings The first several settings refer to how the pattern will be stitched These settings are based on the current CS default settings Pattern Name the name of the pattern highlighted in cyan stitches Per Inch applies to this pattern Pattern Speed is measured as a percentage of maximum motor speed 65 means 65 of the maximum speed Tie Stitches Per Inch is the size of the stitches taken when doing tieoff stitches Tie Stitches is the number of stitches taken when doing tieoff knots General Pattern Settings 2 The remaining settings refer to the pattern size and placement If the pattern needs to be a specific size now is the time to change it The same holds true for the Freeze Aspect setting and the Selected pattern Rotation Pattern Width is the width of one pattern measured at the widest point Pattern Height is the height of one pattern measured at the tallest point Freeze Aspect ON means the ratio of Height Width remains the same when the size changes So if one of the dimensions is changed CS will change the other automatically to keep the ratio the same OFF means CS will allow the ratio to be distorted Designer Notes are notes you can input an
259. mmand Redo 29 Undo 29 Edit framed in magenta 79 Encrypted patterns 20 67 Encrypted projects 67 encrypting patterns 34 Encryption 139 EndofSet 214 Endpoint 200 212 215 Endpoint Anchor 88 146 Endpoint node 118 Endpoint nodes 75 88 116 Endpoint Snap 63 endpoint snaps 120 Equipment 10 Error messages 63 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 275 Page 276 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Exit Regulated Sewing 170 Exit Setup Mode 180 Explore 18 Explore function 18 Export CAD screen 103 Export icon 49 139 Export Image 29 Export images About 103 Export multiple examples 103 Export Pattern 49 187 258 Export Picture 29 Export recorded pattern 160 gt g 2 37 F10 Center Pattern Anchor 37 F11 Endpoint Pattern Anchor 37 F12 Stretch Pattern Anchor 37 F2 Virtual Stitchout 37 F1 27 F1 Help F1 Help F10 88 F11 88 F12 88 F2 27 F3 27 F5 27 F5 Keypad Reset 37 F7 Node Mode 37 F8 Set Sewing Order 37 F9 88 F9 Edge Pattern Anchor 37 File 18 File Command Exit CreativeStudio 29 Export Image 29 Import Image 29 New Project 29 Open Project 29 Save Project 29 Save Project As 29 File Explorer 20 File Extension 20 doc Oxf pat Pro Projx gli 18 18 18 67 67 18 rtf 18 skf 18 txt 18 File Cabinet 18 File Drawer 18 File Extension 18 File name 18 File path 67 File Structure 18 File type
260. mmed to become a block pattern 7s Or tap the Draw Trim Icon Click on Draw Click on Trim Or Press Alt T Tools Help gt Pattern Anchor ti Set Sew Order Draw Bounda q7 Draw Trim AlttT gt Draw Sewable Measure Alt M Trim away the connecting lines to make a block pattern Click Draw and choose Draw Trim inside The keyboard shortcut for drawing a Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 151 Page 152 Getting Started with CreativeStudio boundary is Alt T This mode assumes you will be creating multiple trims so it stays active until you turn it off The check mark on the choice indicates that it is active and a message appears on the status bar e Start clicking trim points on the preview area of the screen CS assumes you know the process and does not display instructions on the screen Click as many points as needed to define the area to be trimmed Press Escape to cancel the current boundary if needed Right Click anywhere in the preview area to complete the boundary CS will join the last click with the first enclosing the area The point identified by the Right click is NOT one of the boundary points As soon as you complete the trim boundary the results appear in the preview area e Use as many trims as needed to complete the task Trims can overlap and they remain active for the duration
261. multiple patterns were moved into the boundary they will stitch in the order they were moved Click OK at the end of the quilting as prompted Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Trim Outside 257 5 11 Quick Ref Trim Outside Feature Trim Pattern Outside Assumptions This assumes that the following preparation steps have been completed Prep Step 1 Click on Boundary icon Define the boundary and finish by pressing Stop Prep Step 2 Highlight the pattern to be used Prep Step 3 Click on Pattern into Boundary icon When the boundary is odd shaped CS may have trouble automatically resizing the pattern to fit the space It will generate a warning message but still try to resize the pattern Prep Step 4 Click on the pattern and resize using the handles until satisfied deaase p Use the Resizing Handles to change the size and position of the pattern to find the best fit CS tries to move a pattern into an i oO V g odd shaped boundary AAA ra rr Steps to follow 1 Click on the pattern image in the preview area to select it pink 2 Choose Trim Outside 3 Click on the Trim icon CS will prompt for a Trim boundary 4 Click Stop when done and CS will erase everything outside the boundary Two boundaries lines show One from the Trim function and
262. n Connect Start End tries to stitch the patterns in a continuous path joining the end of one pattern to the start of the next BobbinPullUp treats each pattern individually and will pause to allow the bobbin thread to be pulled up and trimmed Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 2 Blocks Stitch Multiple Patterns using Repeat_Patterns Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 1 Rows Total Width 27 00 Total Height 12 Start End Width Spacing J Horiz 0 Vert Quilt Angle 0 changes Start End Width Alternating allows the rows to be staggered This is done by adding an extra repeat to every other row called the Plus Row 3 repeats 3 rows No spacing Not alternating Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 3 Rows Total Width 27 00 Total Height 36 Start End Width Off Quilt Angle i Connect BobbinPullUp 3 repeats 3 rows No spacing Alternating Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 3 Rows Total Width 27 00 Total Height 36 Start End Width Off Quilt Angle i Connect BobbinF E oor 4 Click on the point on the quilt top that you will use as your Pattern Location point and the images are moved into the preview area Pattern Location Point is the position of the sewing head so move the machine to the place on the quilt where you want the patterns to be placed and choose one of the following positions Repeat Pattern Setup f Pattern L
263. n Each of the resulting pattern sections is really a separate pattern which can be moved edited and stitched individually Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 267 Page 268 Getting Started with CreativeStudio If using a touch screen touch the screen and move along smoothly keeping pressure on the screen Releasing the pressure stops the drawing on the screen Resume the pressure and the drawing will resume This was done using the mouse i YT This was done on the To exit from the Draw Freehand mode press Escape or Alt F or right click the screen Alt M Measure on the screen Use the mouse to measure objects that are on the screen The measurements will be displayed in a dialog box at the bottom of the screen Measurements can be transferred to numeric field just like using the measure icon Click End 1 Measure using the mouse Click starting point Click ending point ClckStat Copyright 2015 Gammill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Measurements are shown at the bottom of the screen Click Red X to stop measuring Width fi 1 00 9 00 Length 14 21 Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Record Patterns 269 Quick Ref Record Patterns Feature Record mode using Regulated Sewing feature The Record Mode i
264. n The sewing head goes back to the spot where it detected the Stop command 2 CS asks if you want to confirm or move the Restart Point If the stitcher is close to the right spot use Back and or Forward to move the sewing head 7 stitches at a time until the sewing head is positioned properly Press Quilt when ready and continue to sew 3 Because there is a delay between the thread breaking and the sensor stopping the machine the Restart Point probably needs to be moved Press PickNewPoint to release the sewing head so you can move it to a different spot The new point can be identified using the stitcher or the computer screen Pick a Restart Confirm or move Restart Location Peart Selection Move head Click Use this Pt Quilt Forward Move the stitcher to the right restart point and press Use This Point OR Use the screen amp mouse to Zoom in to see the pattern Click on the correct Restart Point blue Crosshair 3A To find the restart point using the sewing head move the machine until the needle is just above the point where you want to continue stitching Press Use This Pt on the keypad CS moves to the closest stitch and waits for another response If it looks good Press Quilt and continue to sew If not try again by pressing Use This Pt until the right spot is found 3B To find the restart point using the computer screen look at t
265. n 60 Preview Area 12 Calibrate All 232 Calibrate automatic 234 Calibrate manual 234 Calibrate Power Assist 234 Calibrate Record 234 Calibrate Stitcher Z counts 234 Cardinal Spline 155 Center Anchor 88 146 Change pattern shape 116 Change Stitch path Nodes icon 106 Order Joinicon 106 Reverse start endicon 106 Change Stitch Status Delete 106 Toggle Sewn icon 106 Toggle Unsewn icon 106 Changing Project Properties Customer 50 Margin 50 Project Name 50 Project Notes 50 Stitch Counter 50 Stitches Per Inch 50 Stitching Speed 50 Tie Stitches 50 Tie Stitches Per Inch 50 Channel Lock 170 242 Check Belts 164 Chunking 195 Circular Array 46 258 Circular Array About 111 Circular array icon 46 111 Click sound 173 Combine 258 Combine Icon 47 Combine Patterns 47 258 Combine Patterns icon 46 138 Combines the patterns 110 Command Bar 27 232 233 Commands 29 Competitive Ties 164 Composite block 244 Composite pattern 111 Composite patterns 74 157 187 Computer CPU 10 Computer Equipment 10 Computer files Disk Drive 18 File Folder 18 Path 18 Computer Skills 18 Concatonating P2P patterns 77 Connect 96 Connect Start and End 200 215 Connect Start End 96 Constant Speed Icon 42 Continue Icon 40 Continue Method End of Set 200 Place 2 Pins 200 Use Start End 200 Continuous Curves 74 Continuous line designs 74 190 Continuous Line Patterns 74 Continuous Patterns Border 76 Bor
266. n Anchor Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Arc Alt A Curve Alt C Draw Sewable P2P Line Alt L Measure Alt M P2P Pattern Alt P Draw Freehand Alt F Each of these features begins a Draw Mode which stays active until it is terminated The Status Bar at the bottom of the screen will include a message telling which of the Draw commands is active Press Escape key to exit When in Draw Mode the Status Bar displays which feature is active i A T ited Noadic ON E Zoom 100 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Set Sew Order td Sey embtaadla ON G E Zoom 100 gt X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Boundary on CAD Fa Sonoma Neadie ON Z00m 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Trim on CAD pe m Neale ON G E Zoom 100 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Three Point Arc on CAD a T dhani ONL Zoom 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Multi Pointed Curve on CAD Snr ado ON G E Zoom 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Multi Pointed Line on CAD mitadaadao ON Z00m 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw Freehand on CAD nt adaadle ON G E Z00m 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a P2P Pattern on CAD oY 145 RQIOCHMIOSIS EPL IE Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 145 Page 146 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 2 1 3 5 2 2 Pattern Anchor Pattern Anchor is the first option in the Draw Command menu This was described in detail in a previous section on ad
267. n P2P Line or Press Alt L Tools Help Pattern Anchor i Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T 4 CIF P2P Lin b Draw Sewable 2 POP Pattern Alt P Measure Alt M amp DrawFreehand Alt F a To begin the line drawing Press the icon or Alt L or Click Draw Draw Sewable P2P Line Using P2P Line is very easy just click the points sequentially The cursor is a pink dot when using gridpoint snaps Click each point sequentially Set gridpoint snaps on if desired Right click to complete the design Continue to define more crosshatching lines as needed Crosshatching doesn t get much easier Gridpoint snaps V la improve accuracy Pe Lf I M To exit from the Draw Line mode press Escape or Alt L or right click the screen Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 157 3 5 2 5 4 Draw P2P Pattern P2P Patterns can also be used with the Draw features Like the Point to Point Pattern icons feature clicks are used to position the pattern s start and endpoints The end of one pattern is the start of the next CS will stitch one copy of a pattern between every sequential pair of points Instead of using the machine head this feature uses the mouse and records the points in the preview area on the screen Tools Help gt Pattern Anchor
268. n Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 Pattern Width 3 Pattern Height Freeze Aspect On Designer Notes Margin 0 25 The P2PCircle was The P2Pflower was chosen first then the chosen first then the P2Pflower so the circle s P2PCircle so the flower s Pattern Properties sizes Pattern Properties sizes were used were used Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 115 Page 116 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 8 Node Mode Nodes are an integral part of every pattern and can be displayed when needed Every pattern is made up of segments lines or arcs and nodes The beginning and ending of each segment is a node Two contiguous segments share a node the ending node of the first segment is the beginning node of the next segment When a pattern is divided it is at a node When a pattern changes shape it is done using nodes Designers can alter the stitching settings using designer nodes Node Mode F7 displays the pieces of each pattern showing all nodes One and only one pattern must be selected before starting Node Mode e Endpoint Nodes are pink squares and are used when moving dividing or combining pattern segments e Arc nodes are blue squares and they are used to reshape the pattern segments but not for dividing or combining pattern segments e Designer nodes are red dots and can be used by designers to change some of the pattern a
269. n is proj or projx Project files contain all the patterns sizes and other descriptive information needed to complete a quilt Projects are described in depth later At some time additional patterns will be purchased and will need to be moved to the folder containing your personal files C My_PersonalPatterns The new files will exist on some type of removable media like a thumb drive 1 and File Explorer can help copy them to their new folder First insert the thumb drive 1 removable media generally need a USB port and open up File Explorer Search 19 the folder structure and find the removable media I Tip Scan the thumb drive with up to date Antivirus software before you move it to your Statler It is wise to do this EVERY time you move media between computers This protects your investment in your Statler Stitcher In this example the thumb drive has been given the letter H but each computer can be different so it might be E F G H or some other letter The example shows the thumb drive has two folders used for copying files to from the home computer and the Statler These folders are named FilesFromStatler and FilesToStatler Using descriptive names for files and folders make this process much easier File Home Share View Manage Newly purchased M la gt This PC MYJUMPDRIVE H E atterns go into the P padae i Local Disk C CI he My_PersonalPatterns J My_CS Projects My_PersonalPat
270. n of csqx instead of csq All project files that use any encrypted patterns will also be encrypted with a file extension of projx instead of proj and will only run on your machine When an encrypted pattern has been chosen for a project it appears in the pattern list but it has a blue background behind the pattern image Once a project is encrypted it remains that way even if the encrypted pattern is removed from the project eS acorn leaf This is an encrypted pattern which will force the entire project to be encrypted too ISN button daisy 1 Most digital patterns are continuous line designs By definition a continuous line design has only one start and one stop Block designs are usually a single pattern and frequently have the start and stop at the same point Edge to Edge or Border patterns are designed for having multiple repeats of the same pattern with the end of one pattern connected to the start of the next along the same straight line They also have only one start and one stop but not at the same point Point To Point patterns must be continuous because the end of one pattern is connected to the beginning of the next Continuous Line Designs Block Pattern EFE or Border l Composite patterns are comprised of individual patterns and they may have more than one start and stop Pattern designers are creating projects that use a composite pattern with multiple individual patterns whi
271. n perspective will be true size Crosshair refers to two lines that intersect and appear on the CAD preview area The intersection of these lines indicates where the sewing head is currently positioned Like on a graph the needle position has X and Y co ordinates To make it easy to find this position on the screen these appear as horizontal X and vertical Y translucent blue lines The intersection of the two lines is the crosshair which is the needle position H X This crosshair HHHH The crosshair is very useful especially when checking the alignment of the patterns shows the position of needle on the screen with the patterns stitched on the quilt It will be mentioned frequently Once the Crosshair has been selected it remains visible until it is deselected Renaming a Quilt Group Quilt groups can be renamed easily too Just right click on an empty space in the Preview area for that group and one of the choices is Rename Quilt Group Click anywhere on those words and a dialog box appears where you can type the new name The names need to be unique and it is useful if they are descriptive Click OK when done and the name will change 1 Click on Rename Quilt Group 2 Type in a new name 3 Click OK Enter Quit Group Name Virtual Stitchout F2 Image Attributes Planning the Quilting Quilt Groups Removing a Quilt Group 73 3 2 4 Removing a Quilt Group Removing the quilt group do
272. n press the Flip Chan button Repeat this 2 button Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 3 Borders Sashings using Point_To_Point Pattern sequence to increase it again It will go up to 90 degrees and return back to 0 degrees Exit To exit P2P mode press the Shift button and press the Exit button Using the mouse and clicking the X in the upper right corner works too 2 Press OK to define the path Move the machine head from one point to the next pressing OK on each one The machine makes a popping sound every time the OK button is pressed This sound confirms that the point has been registered TIP Using the laser light to help identify the P2P points is very helpful but if the light is not positioned properly it can be deceiving Each click is registering the oosition of the needle not where the light is shining 3 Press Shift and Exit to complete the P2P setup process I Fi P2P isn t stitched immediately it shows up on the screen first needed Just click on the pattern to select it pink and use the resizing handles to Tip Each P2P pattern is considered an individual pattern and can be modified if change it When done Save the project 7 Al Click on Start_Quilting F and the sewing head will move to the Start of the pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread Press OK when ready to quilt During Stitching Before Stitching
273. n stitching speed by 25 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 117 Page 118 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 9 It is worth noting that the calculations are done based on the speed assigned to the pattern in the project If the speed had been increased or decreased while stitching prior to the Designer node using the buttons on the keypad that modified rate would be ignored and the calculation would look only at the rate assigned to the pattern in the list The third Designer Node keyword is an abbreviation SPI This also is followed by a number which is actually a percentage change SPI 50 will reduce the Stitches Per Inch to half making the stitch larger SPI 100 changes the SPI to the original pattern size SPI 200 will double the Stitches Per Inch making them smaller It is worth noting that the calculations are done based on the SPI assigned to the pattern in the project If the SPI change is defined twice the calculations are done based on the SPI of the pattern in the project so the result is not compounded Dividing a pattern that has Designer Nodes will remove those nodes so be careful to do all the structural pattern changes first and add the designer nodes last Designer nodes were originally developed for designers but everyone can use them They are especially helpful when working with a fussy thread that seems to want to break
274. n the quilt Following instructions Move machine head to Control Point 1 and Click Yes Following instructions Move machine head to Control Point 2 and Click Yes 8 Check the positioning by using the machine crosshairs oe SAG Q i ce a a 6 OS 203 os o O aah CS remembered the boundary ve EU aut of your quilting space AO ON Use the Crosshair to check Q o ta the position of the patterns to be quilted ie sami patterns outside of the PANS N a he A quilting space and toggle them ak ne te JRA NN S Sewn o 9 Continue until the entire quilt is done Sy a a Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 249 Page 5 7 250 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quick Ref Panto using E2E Feature Edge to Edge E2E Assumptions Prep Step 1 Measure the quilt length and width accurately before loading the quilt If you need to stitch off the edge of the quilt increase your total quilt length If you are leaving a margin at the top and bottom be sure to reduce your total quilt length by this amount Also it is a good idea to reduce the length a little to accommodate shrinkage caused by the quilting This could be from 1 to 5 depending on the fabrics batting and quilting density Prep Step 2 Load the quilt and baste the oute
275. nd PO E E A E A a A E et Ce T 30 Tools Command E E E T A E E E Veneto T T T 32 Help Command a E A E E E E T 34 3 Function Keys EI E E A E E ETE E E E NE e 37 4 Tool Strip EEEE EE AE da awed alls EA AEE N E AEA E Sauce suede a A 38 Stitching icons eda A P E A A A A A T 39 Design Icons sets harman adecmuwenVuuuucutusat ci cieieaeubuudabsusbdduuasvunseudsvaualeeuseueususuniansnehuleianewanswuusuusduusyueiusuausbaNeusMeueueusudebieds 43 Right Click Icons a teLuaetclaceuncddacurendeacecece eevee A teats cance nse tesivagedsacuonedieeduecedeuaceues 46 D VC E E 48 Project Information P E E A A A E E 48 Property Window EA E O A A E E E AT 49 Project Details Yellow Frame eee aaaea aaee iaaa anaa E aa 50 Pattern Details Cyan Frame ee a a 51 Selected Pattern Details Magenta Delle er er eee ee eran 53 Process Details Gray eS Ah cee er E O tere 54 Inheriting Settings E E NE EED ssid cuca untae na nanan ann teas E E E E E tatal E E cdi enae natant 58 Preview Area CAD Screen Scichid as E T cated ete acu a E E E T 60 6 Keypad iT ale len ee ee ee aaae EE aE aaan eea EA eee 61 QS 10 Coal os eee rere eee eee eer eee ee oe renee er ere eee ey 63 8 Task Bar Start Baitcrrcs ccccccsscssccssssseessssesssenseesnscesseesnseesseessseesseesseesnsesseesnsoessesnses 64 Part Ill Planning the Quilting 66 1 Quilt Projects E P EAER Sagi ce igs N cece wie E ciee E AE ceeae va E E EE EAT 66 Origin Point EE E E E E E E S E dad ehidab ceanteuedanues 67 Project Names E E a E
276. nd has been rolled at least once Continue will prompt for the registration point s and provide the prompts to complete each section until the quilt is complete Continue sometimes called Advance and Continue can also be used in special cases like wholecloth quilts when the patterns have all been positioned but only part of them can be quilted at one time Point to Point Icon This function is extremely powerful because it allows patterns 77 or lines to be placed in very specific positions Click on the arrow ere to display the choices on the right side to display the choices CS will stitch a line or pattern between every pair of sequential contiguous points It is very useful when making composite designs and when working on an area of the quilt that may not be perfectly aligned like borders sashings and flying geese Points are identified by moving the sewing head to the spot on the quilt and pressing the OK Select button selecting two points will define one line or pattern three points defines two lines or patterns ten points defines nine patterns etc Note There is a similar Draw Sewable ss function that allows the P2P lines Llane P2P patterns Main Screen Layout Tool Strip Stitching Icons 41 Eh be placed by identifying the click points on the screen instead of on the quilt Repeat Pattern Icon 1 This function will use the pattern being highlighted prompt for a reference po
277. nd the stitching direction Then quilt Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 3 5 2 3 Draw Boundary Draw Boundary command uses the mouse and screen to draw a boundary created for general reference and for receiving and resizing patterns As explained earlier boundaries s are often defined using the sewing head because that is the best way to create a true image of the block Boundaries can also be drawn on the screen using the mouse as shown here Tools Help Start clicking boundary points on the preview area of the screen CS assumes you a Click on Draw Click on Boundry Or Press Alt B Or tap the Draw Boundary Icon Ss J 4 i d 4 The st click is the Anchor point The first 2 clicks define the baseline gt Pattern Anchor vi Set Sew Order While drawing the boundary the current mp line is pink Right click to close the boundary Draw Sewable Measure know the process and does not display instructions on the screen Just like boundaries created using the Boundary Icon s the first point is the anchor the first 2 points define the baseline Click as many points as needed to define the space Press Escape to cancel the current boundary and exit boundary mode if needed Right Click anywhere in the preview area to complete the boundary CS will join the last click with the first enclosin
278. needs to be adjusted or selecting a group of them with the Click and Drag method ss Trimming patterns is normally done before any quilting begins Trim is one of the features that does work when doing an E2E automatic using this method Several other features will be grayed out on the menu bar Fill Draw Sewable etc because those features interfere with controlling the stitching details with E2E automatic When these extra features are needed use E2E Repeat Pattern method explained next When it looks good Save the project 7 5 Click Quilt The machine moves to the start of the first pattern takes a single stitch and prompts you to pull up the bobbin so do that Press OK on the keypad when ready The first row now begins Before Stitching During Stitching Quick Pause Single Stitch Stop OK z ec Speed Stop Start After Stitching Be sure to click OK a Pull up bobbin thread then click OK Cut bobbin thread an Bobbin Cut inc Speed 6 At the end of the row If CS stops and prompts you to cut the bobbin thread do it It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it allows CS to continue 6A IF you have room for another row and if Stop at End of Row ON the machine will move to the beginning of the next row take a stitch prompt for Bobbin pull up and click OK to quilt the next row Repeat t
279. needs to be changed this is very useful When it sounds like it is time to change the bobbin watch the stitching until it gets to a place where knots will be hidden and press Stop The machine stops instantly and the sewing head can be moved to the side of the quilt and the bobbin can be changed Restart remembers where it stopped and returns to that spot accurately Assumptions The machine stopped and the reason is resolved Steps to follow 1 Press Stop and the Stitcher Control dialog box appears Inc Speed Dec Speed Inc Speed Press Stop once and the machine stops instantly Dec Speed Press Stop again and the sewing head is released Press Stop again to end the stitching completely if needed and use the stitcher to secure the threads 2 Click Restart_Quilting when ready to resume quilting The sewing head goes back to the spot where it detected the Stop command and the Pick new restart point box appears Move forward or backward if needed Quilt or Pick new restart point To move the restart Back point Press Pick New Point If this is the right location Press Quilt Pick New Pt Cancel 3 Since this is usually the correct spot chances are good that you can press Quilt and continue on If this is not true but it is close use Back and or Forward to move the sewing head 7 stitches
280. nel Lock is turned on Flip Angle The change in the number of degrees used by the Channel Lock option Radiate Check this option to increase the angle by flip angle instead of replace it Buttons Chan Lock locks the head so it moves along one fixed angle Shift Press to see additional options blue buttons If using the 6 button keypad press both the Shift and the second option Flip Chan or Exit at the same time Flip Chan or increase in Radiate mode changes the current angle OK either button selects the point based on the position of the needle Stop indicates the end of the P2P line sequence Exit will end the P2P mode 3 Press OK to define the path Move the machine head from one point to the next clicking OK on each one The machine makes a pop noise every time the OK button is pressed This sound confirms that the point has been registered The image appears in the preview area of the screen Press Stop button to create a jump stitch 4 Press Shift and Exit to complete the line segments The images appear in the preview area Check it before stitching Crooked Seam Enlarged view KHE K Click Points Straight Seam line Actual Seam line 5 Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head moves to the Start of the pattern prompts for bobbin pull up Press OK when ready At the end pull up the bobbin thread and click OK to complete the process Design It Yourself It
281. nel Lock is turned on Flip Angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature It will either replace the current angle or add to it depending on the Radiate setting If Radiate is not checked this angle will replace the current angle otherwise it adds to it Radiate Works with Flip Angle for creating radiating line designs Buttons There are 6 buttons shown on the screen which correspond to the 6 button keypad on the sewing head Additional options are accessible using the Shift button A Two Button Selection Sequence will display additional options If using the touchscreen just touch the Shift key and the additional buttons appear as light blue buttons so touch the blue button you need If the second blue button is not touched in a few seconds it will revert back to its original purpose If using the keypad on the sewing head press and hold the upper right button Shift while pressing the second button When you release the Shift button the others will revert back to the original purpose Chan Lock locks the head so it moves along one fixed angle Shift Will display additional functions see below OK either button identifies the points Stop indicates the end of the P2P line sequence If more points are clicked after pressing Stop they will be detached from the first segment by a jump stitch This is like turning the needle off and moving to the next click to resume Additional Functions
282. ner of the pattern will always be aligned to the first point clicked The first two points define the baseline which determines the pattern rotation Pressing Stop completes the boundary CS will connect the first and last points enclosing the area Choose the baseline and always click the points in a counter clockwise direction Patterns are aligned to the baseline as shown Once a boundary is defined it can not be changed It can however be deleted and a new boundary defined Or it can be converted to a pattern then moved and converted back to a boundary To delete a boundary first select it then press the Delete key on the keyboard Step 2 Move Patterns into Boundary sx Choose which fit you prefer from the drop down box Standard is used when the boundary shape resembles the pattern shape Stretch is used when the shapes are different CS stretches the sides to fit Squeeze is used when the boundary is very irregular CS tries to reshape the pattern to squeeze it into the boundary Click on a boundary to select it It turns red Click on a pattern to select it it turns cyan Click on the Pattern _To Boundary icon to move the pattern in The pattern is moved into the bounded area and resized to fit Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Single Block 245 Bottom edge of the pattern as displayed in the list is aligned to the baseline J Selected Pattern et aks DE
283. ng Started with CreativeStudio to the Record function but the drawing is done on the screen not with the sewing head Tools Help gt Pattern Anchor ti Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary AlttB 2c Draw Trim Alt T extend P2P Line q Draw Sewable ae Measure Alt M C Press the icon or To begin the freehand drawing Press the icon or Alt or Click Draw Draw Sewable Freehand Click on Draw Click on Draw Sewable Click on Freehand or Press AIt F Ja Arc lf using the mouse the cursor changes shape becoming a Press and hold the left mouse button down to begin drawing and move the mouse as smoothly as possible Releasing the mouse button stops the drawing but pressing it again begins the drawing again Each of the resulting pattern sections is really a separate pattern which can be moved edited and stitched individually lf using a touch screen touch the screen and move along smoothly keeping pressure on the screen Releasing the pressure stops the drawing on the screen Resume the pressure and the drawing will resume This was done on the touchscreen To exit from the Draw Freehand mode press Escape or Alt F or right click the screen Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 159 3 5 2 6 Draw Measure Draw Measure uses the mouse to measure the image of the quilt Using the mouse click on Draw Command
284. ng out Draw Sewable Unlike drawn boundaries that do not stitch out these drawings will stitch out Sewable drawings are all positioned using the mouse instead of the sewing head These drawings can be used with other patterns or independently The sewable drawing choices are arcs Alt A curves Alt C lines Alt L patterns Alt P and freehand AIt F File Edit View Draw Tools Help gt Pattern Anchor ti Set Sew Order F8 Each has a keyboard shortcut and an icon shortcut Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Y Draw Sewable Are Alt A Measure Curve Alt C P2P Line Alt L These DRAW Sewable choices enable you amp P2P Pattern Alt P to use the mouse to draw a sewable pattern Draw Freehand AltF on the Preview Area Draw Measure Alt M Allows images on the screen boundaries patterns etc to be measured using the mouse This gives a good approximation of the true size Design It Yourself For most experienced quilters the drawing capabilities of CS virtually eliminate the need for a separate piece of software to create and save D I Y original patterns Most Draw functions have keyboard shortcuts Tools Command The tools listed here are used as needed to customize the quilting process This section describes briefly what they do File Edit View Draw Tools t Technical Support P Set Origin Oil Stitcher Calibrate All PowerAssist ON
285. ngi Tie Stitches Pattern Speed Margin i Tie Stitches Pe Project Notes Tie Stitches Pattern Speed Custome Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Pattern Width Stitch Count Pattern Height Tie Stitches T Selected Pattern Width 1 5 Freeze Aspect eze SPEC Selected Pattern Height 1 5 Designer Noted lt Margin Freeze Aspect On Selected Pattern Rotation 0 Designer Notes Settings can also apply to a process Several important quilting features and Border Corner i Edge To Edge and Repeat Patterns 2 require a series of steps and additional information Process s4 settings provide the extra information Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 49 Page 50 Getting Started with CreativeStudio SS Fi Repeat Pattern Setup gt 8350 i er 8 38 gt BQO44 eOMSO S SES IK Wie aa Cee 4 Pattern Locavenrrs Pattern Location Startpoint ad Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert E2E Settings 4 Individual Pattern Details E Border Comer Settings Quilt Length 0 Reset to Designed Off Pattern Width 1 4 4 Border Settings Freeze Aspect On Pattern Height 0 5 i Quilt Length 0 carrie Width 14 Repeats and Rows 1 Repeats Height 0 5 Margin 0 25 Spacin 0 Horiz 0 Connect True 9 Rotation 0 Settings 4 Repeat Settings 4 Corner Type Connect ConnectSt gt Repeats and Rows 1 Repeats Orientation UpperLeft a mana Stop at End of Row On Total Wid
286. nipulation features of CS there is a second method called E2E Repeat which is explained in the next section Feature Edge to Edge E2E Automatic Assumptions The machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project Prep Step 1 Measure the quilt length and width accurately before loading the quilt If you are leaving a margin at the top and bottom be sure to reduce your total Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Edge_To_Edge Pantographs 201 quilt length by this amount Also it is a good idea to reduce the length a little to accommodate shrinkage caused by the quilting This could be from 1 to 5 depending on the fabrics batting and quilting density Prep Step 2 Load the quilt and baste the outer edges Prep Step 3 Choose a pattern and think about the scale Large scale open quilting results in a more supple quilt and small scale dense quilting is a bit stiffer Prep Step 4 Change the pattern details height and width to reflect the scale you prefer Pantograph patterns with irregular outer edges are designed to nest together This often puts gaps at the edges If needed plan on oversizing the first E2E boundary so the quilting extends past the edges of the quilt to eliminate gaps Use the Trim function or Draw Trims as needed to remove the excess on the aes and sides Quilt Group Edge to Edge F P
287. now the file name type it here If you see file names instead of images change the view here eee Christmas Curved two Flew LOG Patch JPG tl Import will only work with pictures jog Each image has its own design group and although the photos can t be resized the image characteristics color filters and Opacity can be modified enough to allow patterns to be auditioned easily Right click the Preview Area Choose Image Attributes The image appears ina new tab called a Design Group b Text Property Rename Quilt Group Convert gt Virtual Stitchout F2 cy Image Attributes Right click in an open space in the Preview area to find the Image Attributes feature Lx Image Opacity Use the sliders to adjust the image Red Filter i i Green Filter Blue Filter Line thickness refers to the pattern being auditioned Bright high contrast fabrics sometimes need to be toned down and Image Opacity will do that Or sometimes one of the fabrics in the block is too bold so the color filters red green and blue can reduce the intensity of that color The last setting applies to the patterns being auditioned Sometimes the line thickness needs to be increased so the block and design can be matched more easily To audition a pattern you must first select it so it appears in the pattern list for your project Use Draw Boundary Alt B and click around the edges
288. nt pattern Single or double click on any open space in the preview area Always remember that What You See Is What You Quilt so edit until the pattern looks the way you like Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 81 Page 82 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 4 2 3 4 2 1 Single Blocks single blocks use boundaries to define the pattern sizes This means the original pattern is automatically resized to fit the defined boundary The size can still be modifed however in both Setup mode using the numeric measurements in the details area on the left of the screen or in Edit mode using the resizing handles in the Preview area on the right side of the screen Feature Single Blocks Assumptions CS has been turned on and the Origin has been set the quilt is loaded bobbins wound machine threaded You or your customer know which patterns will be used A new project has been started click File click New Project Steps to follow Choose a pattern Define a boundary in the preview area Move the pattern into the boundary Adjust the pattern in the boundary Step 1 Choose pattern Step 1 Choosing the patterns can be done as needed during the quilting process or can be done at the beginning of the quilting process Project Information ki Preview Pattern wenn Click on Add Pattern icon if needed The Open Pattern File dialo
289. nual A remarkable feature of CS is the ability to draw patterns from scratch but the power comes from the many choices available to make this very easy EAA t UDD PIL IK Fie Edit View Tools Help x Pattern Anchor 2 Set Sew Order F8 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Arc AIt A Curve Alt C Draw Sewable P2P Line Alt L Measure Alt M P2P Pattern Alt P Draw Freehand Alt F Pattern Anchor determines how a pattern will behave when it is being modified using the re sizing handles The keyboard shortcuts are fastest Plus a special gt Edge F9 Tools Help gt a Center F10 view gt Edge F9 a Center a EndPoint F11 Called Node Pattern Anchor Center F10 a EndPoint F14 J 0 Stretch F12 Mode Set Sew Order F8 y Edge N a Center 10 EndPoint F114 Stretch F12 a EndPoint F1 Nl Stretch F12 A O F a aga E Stretch F12 HVY gt ay 7 Draw Boundary Alt B 1 te 7 Draw Trim Alt T i Draw Sewable gt AS o p gt LR gt wD lt S abet 3 Measure Alt M mv Nm First select a pattern Next double click it to cycle Or Tap the Icon to cycle through through each type aaa H wD l L F lt ux hot gt gas Ei g j ra f The Pattern Anchor choices are Edge F9 The re sizing handles are purple When one handle is moved the opposite edge or corner remains fixed or anchored Center F10 The re sizing handles are orange W
290. o Ee x Trim 4 Pattern C Trim to Boundary 3 1 Remove other patterns and boundaries if needed 2 Select the Trim boundary 3 Right click the open space outside of the trim click Convert 4 Choose Trim to Boundary Now the boundary is ready to be filled with a background pattern Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 127 3 5 1 15 Trim Pattern Trim Pattern is a feature that allows a pattern to avoid stitching on a particular section which is defined by a trim boundary The trim boundary can be created using the sewing head as explained here or created on the computer screen in the Preview area using the mouse or touchscreen capabilities described in the Draw Trim i section Trimmed patterns appear to have had parts removed This is a temporary change to the copy of the pattern s on the screen It does not permanently affect the originals it just prevents the trimmed portion of the pattern from stitching out The most common use of the Trim function is for stitching around an applique 1 First define a boundary around the quilt block that contains the applique 2 Place background patterns into this boundary TART YV Oe f All CN S i ICY aSeYSasc Begin with a boundary 2 b KIPPA CoA around the whole block lt 3 or CY i A T Oper ONY CYC erty tT ogre O1 Cs ISTUTTI RAT OT DS Place the background pattern s USSE SeA S
291. o Boundary was used for the center motif Repeat Patterns was used for the corners earl f we FK i Tuli T R if Wy 1 center pattern WF 4 additional patterns to i fill the space iu Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 245 Page 5 4 246 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quick Ref Borders and Corners Feature Borders and Corners EA Using Border Corner and Repeat Patterns features Steps to follow for corners and borders Select the patterns choosing the corner first hold the Ctrl choose the border next Click on the Border_Corner icon CS prompts for outer border boundaries Click UL UR LR LL corners CS prompts for Inner border UL UR LR LL corners UL upper left Outer Border UR upper right LL lower left LR lower right Inner Border UL upper left UR upper right LL lower left LR lower right Border Corner Settings S Border Settings Margi 0 The lower edge is near the belly bar Comer Type C s O perLeft Comer s Onental Up Comer Type LShaped power a paee e gt prewween nnn nnn 3 Adjust the settings choosing a corner type and orientation that best fits the quilt z F E AN A IA X i VES j Lhe 3
292. o be manipulated Click here for more details on Nodes ne Reverse Start End This feature switches the direction of the stitching path Click here for more details on Reverse Start End is Order Join This feature will join and sequence pattern segments Click here for more details on Order Join ix tees Convert Pattern This feature will allow a pattern to be converted into another object like a boundary trim curve or outline Click here for more details on Convert Pattern ha Fill Inside This feature works with both a boundary and a pattern modifying the pattern to stitch only the inside area of the selected boundary Click here for more details on Fill Inside i 2 Fill Outside This feature works with both a boundary and a pattern modifying the pattern to stitch only the outside area of the selected boundary Click here for more details on Fill Outside Toggle Sewn Selected patterns are changed to have a sewn status Click here for more details on Toggle Sewn iz LY Toggle Unsewn Selected patterns are changed to have an unsewn status Click here for more details on Toggle Unsewn is x Delete Selected patterns are deleted Click here for more detail on Delete iss Combine Patterns Selected patterns are combined in the order they were selected Click here for more details on Combine Patterns hs Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Re
293. o begin the line drawing Press Alt L or Click Draw choose Draw Sewable choose P2P Line Using P2P Line is very easy just click the points sequentially Click each point sequentially Set gridpoint snaps on if desired Right click to complete the pattern Continue to define more crosshatching lines as needed Press Esc or Alt L again to end line drawing Alt P Draw Sewable Draw P2P Patterns The following demonstrates how to make new patterns by enhancing existing ones using Draw P2P Pattern Choose a simple block design amp move it to the preview area Choose a simple P2P pattern Freeze aspect On is a good idea Press Alt P or Click Draw choose Draw Sewable choose P2P Pattern Use Draw P2P Pattern to enhance block designs Click the pattern corners on the Begin with a simple block and a simple P2P pattern Press Alt P to begin p2ppeak Click each point sequentially Set gridpoint snaps on if desired Right click to complete the pattern Continue to define more designs as needed Press Esc or Alt P again to end drawing P2P patterns Alt F Draw Freehand If using the mouse to draw the cursor changes shape becoming a Press and hold the left mouse button down to begin drawing and move the mouse as smoothly as possible Releasing the mouse button stops the drawing but pressing it again begins the drawing agai
294. o check the order Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 3 5 1 21 Export Pattern Export Pattern allows a newly created pattern to be exported as a special CS file type that can be used by other CS projects respecting all copyright laws of course Sometimes the new patterns are so customized that they would probably only work on the current project Other times the new pattern could be used in many quilt projects When an encrypted pattern is used in a project all exported patterns will also be encrypted CS will automatically substitute the csq file type with csqx selecting multiple patterns and then exporting them will result in one exported pattern not multiples This does not combine the original patterns just the exported one It is always a good idea to check the sewing path before exporting to make sure the new pattern will stitch out in one continuous line design F2 Virtual Stitchout will check the pattern Select the pattern being exported Right click the fon selected pattern s ntany pi BRO or Tap the Export Icon in the Project Icons tt area z i F7 Choose a folder for your exported me pattern and give it a name j Click on Export Pattern File name p i C esr Pattern rp Save as type CSQ Files csq step 1 Select the pattern s Step 2 Right click on the selection to show options Step 3 Click on Export P
295. o see the 2nd pattern repeat traces the outer boundary until it finds the start of the next pattern It is always a good idea to check the stitching path using Virtual Stitchout F2 Notice that the excess pattern outside the block boundary is gone Similarly the pattern that would have stitched over the heart applique is gone The remaining pattern segments are connected with new segments that follow the boundaries and connect the segments in the same order they would have been stitched It is important to note that this method does not stitch along the entire perimeter of either boundary Plus in some cases there will be multiple lines of stitching on a boundary due to the path of the background filler ia Tip Use the F2 Virtual Stitchout feature to trace the stitching path This will show if there are multiple lines of stitching on the boundary Fill Outside is also useful for stitching a background design behind an applique if the background design doesn t need to be bound There is only one boundary needed for the applique applique Heart applique Block pattern chosen for the background The block pattern does not need to be bound on the outer edge Create one boundary around the applique To begin 1 Define a boundary around the Applique 2 Choose a complementary pattern and resize it to fit the space Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 131
296. ocation Point 4 Pattern Location Point Choices to use Pattern Location Startpoint Upper Right Corner Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert Upper Left Corner 4 Individual Pattern Details g Lower Right Corner Reset to Designed off Cc Lower Left Corner Freeze Aspect On _ 5 Startpoint Width tt Endpoint a Center Pattern Location tells CS where to put the pattern image in relation to where the sewing head is positioned Offset is the distance H and V between the clicked reference point and what the pattern will use as a reference point Reminder Any of the process details Repeat Pattern Setup can be changed until 183 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 183 Page 184 Getting Started with CreativeStudio you exit setup mode and begin to edit the patterns in the preview area Once you Start to edit patterns returning to change numbers in the process details will erase any editing you have done Save Project Settings 7 often Exit Setup mode by 1 closing the Repeat Pattern Setup dialog box 2 changing to a different quilt group tab 3 opening another project The individual patterns in the preview area can now be edited as needed 5 Click on Start_Quilting and the sewing head will move to the Start of the pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread and choosing OK when ready to quilt Before Stitching After Stitching Be sur
297. of the last row e Follow the instructions in the dialog box e Move the machine head to the first Known point and press Yes in our example this is the start of the last row quilted e Follow the instructions in the next dialog box e Move the machine head to the second Known point and press Yes in our example this is the end of the last row quilted If the 2 Known Points are not perfectly horizontal the angle of rotation between the two points is calculated automatically This is good for E2E quilts that aren t straight but it means clicking accuracy Is critical It is always a good idea to check the positioning by using the machine crosshairs This can be done easily by turning on the crosshairs View Command and moving the machine head to various points on the quilt top checking the pattern alignment on the screen Another method is to create a reference boundary around the bottom edge of the last row stitched Check this boundary on the screen making sure it aligns with the patterns shown on the screen Adjust if needed before stitching 3 5 1 19 4 Relocate Project Origin Relocate Project Origin is similar to shifting pattern s but it shifts the Point Of Origin 7 to realign the entire project This affects all patterns on all quilt groups for the entire project It uses the starting stitch of one pattern and all the other patterns and quilt groups are realigned automatically Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001
298. of the project or until they are deleted Therefore if patterns are added and or moved to where a trim is even after the trim boundary is defined they will still be trimmed e To exit from the Draw Trim mode press Escape or Alt T or right click the screen lt is possible and sometimes necessary to trim using both the machine head and the preview area An example might be stitching a background area in a block behind an applique The first trim would use the Trim Inside Icon and the sewing head to get as close to the applique area as possible The second trim would use the mouse in the preview area to trim away the pattern segments that are too big to be ignored but too small to add anything to the design Used sewing head to trim around an applique F Used the mouse to E rant f trim the rest mw mr em Kr mr eK em em em emer rrr rere ee oe ee e seoa Mode remains active Press Esc to exit m4 Noodio ON ec ae E Zoom 234 X 61 32 Y 3 73 Draw a Trim on CAD Design It Yourself Consider using competitive Tieoffs when stitching a trimmed pattern See Tools Tech Support Configuration Form These tieoffs can be tiny and well suited for trims or any area that will have visible start stop points DIY Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Draw Options 3 5 2 5 Draw Sewable Draw Sewable is probably the most powerful feature of CS for people who want to create original patterns
299. ols Help T 2 Search i Folders E EJ apy spen Print ARIAL TTF lt 8f4 2noe Create Shortcut ariblk TTF 117K 1 1 32 Delete ARIALBD TTF 344k 8 4 20 i ARIALBI TTF 22 Metal ARIALI TTF 20a Properties bgothl ttf A Close bgothm ttf z Christras ttf _ Christmas Cheer TrueType ChrighmasCheel GityBlueprint Trust ype r K 4 Navigate to the folder containing the new fonts Select the new fonts to install Click OK List of fonts Lucida Calligraphy Italic TrueType Setipt MT Bold TrueType 3 Click OK to install the new fonts on your 2 Click Select All Statler computer 1 Navigate to the source or choose individually z My thumb drive is called Sugardrive which is Drive E Folders e newfonts Ges F NEWFONTS x Copy fonts to Fonts folder TIP CS can use any standard Windows font for text Some fonts look great but sew poorly because they were created with polylines so test all fonts before using them Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 25 Page Part Il Main Screen Layout Main Screen Layout This section is dedicated to understanding the main CreativeStudio CS screen It is important to note that there is more than one way to execute almost any command Creative Studio was written to work on multiple computer platforms and operating systems so navigating the main screen and its options depends on
300. on the status bar appear depressed when they are on Click the G or E button or pressing the letter again to turn it off In the example above there were no snaps on the click points CS makes a snapping sound when the cursor crosses over a place where it could Snap to CS makes a popping sound when the boundary points are actually clicked Gridpoint Snaps Gridpoint Snaps force a selected pattern pattern segment or boundary point to align with the background grid When defining a boundary using gridpoint snaps boundary click points are forced to align with the gridpoints on the screen in the preview area which are the points where two lines in the background grid intersect To activate the gridpoint snap click the G button in the status bar or press the G key on the keyboard Do the same to de activate A pink dot appears on the screen showing where the closest grid point would be CS makes a snapping sound as the cursor moves across the screen from one gridpoint to the next CS makes a popping sound when the point is actually clicked hala eet dee a When Gridpoint snap is an the mouse cursor changes shape and boundary points are forced to align with intersecting grid lines raw a Boundary on CAD TIP ifthe background grid is not already showing CS turns it on automatically The size of the grid can be changed by clicking on Draw then choosing Grid Size 3 5 2 3 2 Endpoint Snaps En
301. one from the initial boundary definition Click as many points as needed Before Resizing o After Resizing gt p lt o o a Everything outside the Trim k boundary has been removed 5i Reposition the pattern image Click on the pattern s to select if needed Use the handles to re size and reposition the pattern so it aligns to the Trim boundary 6 Click on Start_Quilting The sewing head will move to the Start of the pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread and choosing OK when ready to quilt At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK Be sure to click OK because it completes this process Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 257 Page 258 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 5 12 Quick Ref Right Click Options The Right Click Options appear when selected patterns are Right Clicked Options presented depend on the patterns selected Right Click a Pattern OR use the to choose a function Right Click icons on Reposition EE a the right side of the Pattern Flip Horizontally screen Options Flip Vertically Mirror Rubber Stamp ee MON Circular Array Patterns Echo Pattern Apply Pattern Change Nodes If the Right stitching Reverse Start
302. ons 1s Draw Boundary us section Save the project e7 Step 3 Pattern to Boundary Step 3 Move Patterns into Boundary Standard Stretch Squeeze Click on a boundary to select it It turns red Click on a pattern in the pattern list to select it It turns cyan Click on the drop down arrow next to the icon Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit single Blocks 87 Squeeze Choose Standard Stretch or Squeeze Click on the Pattern_ To Boundary icon to move the pattern in When a pattern is moved into a boundary the bottom edge of the pattern as it is displayed in the pattern list is aligned to the baseline If the baseline slopes up or down the pattern will be rotated accordingly The slope angle is displayed in the selected Pattern Rotation field of the details Bottom edge of the pattern as displayed in the list _is aligned to the baseline J f Standard Fit When the boundary has an irregular shape the pattern will be resized to fit if possible The following example shows how a pattern is resized using the Standard fit Notice that the results are very different based on the shape of the boundary In these examples the margin is set to 0 and FA is on CS will maintain the aspect first and fit the pattern to the boundary if possible Pattern To Boundary Examples Standard Fit n these examples wi anaar It Fre
303. or interact with the instructions on the monitor Using the keypad eliminates the need to move from the quilt to the computer every time instructions are executed Cables are required for all the parts to work together This makes the system look complicated but the engineers have designed the cables so they are unique one Introduction Technology Basics Equipment 11 cable only fits into one connection or color coded like the mouse amp keyboard cables or they are very well labeled X Y Z connections Additional equipment you may want to purchase Surge Protectors are highly recommended for the computer and controller Universal Power Supply UPS is a type of battery backup device that maintains power even when the incoming power supply fluctuates This is helpful for areas that sustain frequent power disruption For use on the Statler computer an UPS of 600 VA or larger is recommended It is not recommended that an UPS be placed on the supply to the controller UPS systems are not capable of the large instantaneous currents required by the controller and can actually cause damage to the controller Thumb drive also called Jump Stick Travel Drive or Removable Disk Drive is a form of removable media like a disk drive Files are copied from the source home computer to the thumb drive and then from the thumb drive to the destination Statler computer Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0
304. oriz 0 Vert Quilt Angle i Connect Alternating ong Height 12 Rotation 0 4 Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 2 Rows Total Width 27 00 Total Height 24 Start End Width Off Spacing 1 00 Horiz 0 Vert Ny ALOAN ALV Quilt Angle i Total width 27 00 Connect Alternating one Alternating allows the rows to be staggered This is done by adding an extra repeat to every other row The choices are None default Plus Row on Top the first row gets the extra repeat and Minus Row on Top the second row gets the extra repeat Alternating patterns are often nested to eliminate the gap between rows This is done using a negative Vertical spacing as shown below Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 99 Page 100 Getting Started with CreativeStudio l Alternating Rows with Alternating Rows negative Vertical Spacing E Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 2 Rows Total width 27 00 E Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 2 Rows Total Width 27 00 Total Height 24 otar End controlled Off Spacing 1 0 Horiz 0 Vert 0 Total Heigh 24 CH H Spacing 1 0 Horiz 1 5 Vert square WET 3 4 3 5 Step5 Adjust and Quilt Siep 5 Adjusting resizing Patterns The previous section explained in full detail How To adjust the patterns But why do you need to CS will plan the quilt patterns and will stitch them with absolute perfection Unfortun
305. ou have not vet rolled the quilt Click No if the quilt was not advanced Then advance the quilt and click Cantinue ican Click Yes if the quilt was advanced One nice feature about End of Set Continue is that the continue process can be run as many times as needed to get the patterns advanced as needed Continue to Step 11 706 If you chose Registration Place Two Pins Be as accurate as possible n e o ar These registration points can E Click Right registration mark a change the sqguare up angle CS prompts for left registration mark Move the machine head to the Left registration point amp Press OK CS prompts for right registration mark Move the machine head to the Right registration point amp Press OK CS remembers where the lower edge was so you don t need to click those points Note By using two registration points CS can determine if there is any change in the pattern square up angle and adjust the remaining patterns accordingly Continue to Step 11 IOG If you chose Registration Use Startpoint and Endpoint Bick Let region mart 5 Eze contin Roan The Left registration point is the Starpoint The Right registration point is the Endpoint CS prompts for left registration mark which is the Startpoint Move the machine head to the first stitch of the previous row amp Press OK CS prompts for right registration mark wich is the Endpoint Move the machine hea
306. ou pin the Left Point J And now you can roll the quilt Controls 1 CS prompts you to click OK when ready to mark the Right registration point When you do the stitcher moves to the first registration point Place a pin in Registration Point 1 where the needle would enter the fabric 2 CS prompts you to click OK to move to the second registration point When you do the stitcher moves to the second registration point Place a pin in Registration Point 2 where the needle would enter the fabric 3 Click OK to complete the process Now go to step 8 and roll the quilt 7 Registration Use Start and End Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 205 Page 206 Getting Started with CreativeStudio CS prompts you to Pull up bobbin thread and Click OK to complete stitching There are no additional prompts because this method uses the startpoint and endpoint of the last row completed as the two registration points 8 Roll the quilt baste the sides check the bobbin etc It is also a good idea to check that the quilt is still square Use the channel lock to check that both registration marks are on the same horizontal line Tip When rolling the quilt top leave extra space above the registration points if your patterns are nested The space between the pickup roller and the registration points is used when patterns are nested so be sure there
307. ouch Tool Belt gt Patterns Recorded BaliStar I ClassPatterns _ ai P Click on New Folder icon in the upper left corner of the screen A new entry is created called New Folder It is already highlighted so just type the new name My_PersonalPatterns and press the enter key Explore Files The Statler Stitcher computer comes pre loaded with all the software and files in place but at some time we all need to add copy move or delete some of our files There are several right ways to manage files so if there is a method you know and are comfortable with use it File Explorer is used here because it is easy to use As described earlier files have a path s the disk drive folder and subfolders a filename 1s hopefully it is descriptive and a type called a file extension s CreativeStudio can read the following types of files Introduction Computer Skills Explore Files 21 gli is the Quilting Language format that the stitcher recognizes as a pattern file pat is an encrypted Pattern File csq is another Quilting Language format used for derivative patterns that you created by modifying an existing pattern and exported giving it a new name csqx is the encrypted version of a csq file dxf is a CAD format used by CAD systems and recognized by the Statler A special file type that the CreativeStudio recognizes is a project file 7 file extensio
308. ow because the quilter can select combine and preview quilting patterns and see or show the customer what they look like together Completely new patterns can be created and saved too The entire project can be saved for future reference or repeated use The instructions are not written with any one technology computer or monitor in mind Quilting commands can be initiated by clicking an icon button or word The term click might refer to using the mouse stylus fingertip or pressing a button on the keypad Therefore step by step directions are guidelines not rigid processes Quilt Projects Quilt Projects are used by CreativeStudio as a way to collect and organize the details for a quilt A project is like a notebook that contains all the information used for a quilt The notebook has general project information s and it has tabbed sections that contain the details relating to specific areas of the quilt Projects files can be saved and re used at a future date with minimal adjustments Tabs Se Tr Quilt Group Edge to Edge bo rder 4 S igx 4 T Preview Pattern sie PANSY GARDEN 1 E2E Planning the Quilting Quilt Projects Origin Point 67 3 1 1 3 1 2 Origin Point CS requires an Origin point which is a reference point used for the placement of patterns This origin is set using the sewing head every time the CS software is Started Move to repeatable t
309. p the angle press and hold the shift button on the keypad and press the Chan Lock button To flip it back again repeat the 2 button sequence Radiating Lines When checked CS increases the current angle by the number of degrees shown in Flip Angle To increase the current angle press and hold the Shift Button on the keypad and press the Chan Lock Button Repeat this to increase it again Needle Position If checked the sewing head works like the Plus machines allowing a half stitch to be taken instead of a full single stitch Press the button once and the needle goes down amp stays there Press it again to bring the needle back up If it is down when Stitching starts it will go back down when it stops Buttons Record Off means the motions are not being recorded Chan Lock on off locks the sewing head so it stitches a straight line at one angle Shift Press this once and additional keypad functions appear amp stay for a couple seconds This is for reference only each blue button requires a 2 button sequence Single Stitch press this to take a full single stitch If the Needle Position box is checked this button is labeled Needle Position and pressing it takes a half stitch Start starts the stitching process and STOP ends it Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Regulated 243 When the Shift button is pressed the keypad buttons have additional functions Angle 0 C Ne
310. p and tieoff at the end of each row select Alternating Type describes the pattern positioning No alternating means the patterns are placed like a spreadsheet creating rows and columns The other choices allow every other row to be staggered making the repeats less noticeable Select Registration describes what CS should use as the registration points so the rows don t get out of alignment when the quilt top is rolled The preferred method is End of Set which is why it is the default Maintain Aspect is similar to Freeze Aspect for a pattern ON means CS will avoid distorting the pattern proportions if at all possible Some minor distortion may be necessary to completely fill the quilt space 2 5 2 5 Inheriting Settings A word about settings and the level of inheritance of settings Level 0 Tech support at Statler Stitcher controls all settings Period They do allow some of the settings to be modified by the users as follows L1 Default settings 2 that the users can modify are shown in the Controller Definition form A change to this form is permanent going forward until you change it again These changes are not retroactive L2 Settings can be changed for the current session v Tools on command bar A change at this level applies to all new activity for the rest of the session Changes are not retroactive Nor are they permanent L3 Settings 5 can be changed for a single project A change at this level applies to all
311. pauses to bring the threads to the top for creating the knot Auto Toggle As Unsewn Check means CS will automatically toggle patterns as unsewn if there was a thread break detected It treats multiple repeats as in an Edge to Edge as a group so regardless of where the break is all the patterns from that point forward will be toggled as unsewn Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Set Stitching Defaults e Thread Break Check means the thread break sensor is on and the machine will stop if a thread break is detected The thread break sensor is a cylinder in the top thread path The thread wraps around it so as the machine stitches the thread is drawn off the spool cone through the tension disks and around the sensor making the sensor turn If it stops turning for a few seconds the machine assumes the thread has broken and will stop moving e TB Delay sec the number of seconds CS waits before stopping the stitching due to a Thread Break e E2E Registration This is the method used by default when doing E2E automatic 20 and realigning the quilt after having rolled it Right Column contains some defaults that use drop down boxes to list the choices for each default Check Belts If two identical points are clicked CS will issue this warning Reg Type refers to the stitch regulator when in regulated mode Reg Smoothing Do Not Change P2P Type is the default line or pattern for the Point To Point fea
312. ped Click or tap along the right PER edge to display the dialog box E anaamka a that allows changes to any all amp Border Settings x Quilt Length 0 of these settings Margin 0 Connect True a Corner Type Orientation d Type Note CS can tell if this is an upper or lower border by the distance between the two boundaries UpperLeft LShaped Border Settings Quilt Length is needed for the calculations to determine how big the side border patterns will be Margin is the distance between the pattern and the boundary Main Screen Layout Work Area Property Window 57 Connect True means CS will connect the border patterns to the corners False leaves them separated Corner Types Orientation refers to the shape of the original design Make a choice based on the Original design does it look like the corner would fit in the Upper Left corner UR LR LL Type refers to the overall shape and how it should be positioned relative to the rest of the quilt L shaped corners extend past the corner into the border area Square corners have the top upright and the bottom upside down Square oriented corners are rotated in 90 degree increments Angled corners are angled toward the inside at each of the four corners a a a a a rrr rrr rrr If only the corner was selected AR Le then only the corners are placed IVA DY S If the Corner 1st and Border Uy fly yy
313. quare handles at the four comers will stretch the pattern Original shape Notice the pattern differences in each example TIP The Stretch Resizing Handles are very powerful so small movements work best Use Ctrl Z Undo to return to the original shape Reposition Patterns by grabbing the center circle and dragging the pattern When the cursor is over the center circle it becomes a Hold the left mouse button down and drag the pattern to the new location Edge anchor Center anchor and Stretch anchor will function the same way Original shape Center Circle moves the whole pattern Design It Yourself To Nudge a pattern move it just a tiny bit hold the Alt Shy key or the Ctrl key down and press the directional arrow buttons 4 gt Rotate Patterns using the curved arrow Move the cursor over the curved arrow and press down on the left button the center of the curved arrow turns darker purple or orange Hold the left mouse button down and rotate the pattern Edge anchor Center anchor and Stretch anchor will function the same way Original shape TIP Rotating a pattern works best if the cursor stays away from the center circle So click the curved arrow drag the cursor away to the right and then rotate the shape roject Inf ti Save the project Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Repeat Patterns 93 3 4 3 3 4 3 1 3 4 3 2 Repea
314. quilting icons will initiate that technique Touch amp hold also refers to a touchscreen monitor and is similar to Right click when using a mouse During some quilting techniques touch amp hold will display additional commands Select means to choose If using the mouse this is a single click If using the keypad this is pressing a button If using a touch screen it is tapping the screen Highlight and Select are used interchangeably because selecting an object generally highlights it Swipe means to drag your finger or stylus across the touchscreen monitor A dialog box aka window contains instructions questions or descriptive information about something CS uses dialog boxes to group information that belongs together like the dimensions of a pattern A dropdown box is a dialog box that appears when a command is selected and there are choices associated with the command The choices appear in a box which is uSually just below the command so the association is clear A popup box is a dialog box that appears when the system needs to ask a question or give instructions It can pop up anywhere on the screen Properties also called details are descriptive pieces of information Object is a catch all term for anything that can be described It is a very general Introduction Technology Basics Terminology 13 but techy term that could
315. r edges Prep Step 3 Choose a pattern and think about the scale Large scale open quilting results in a more supple quilt and small scale dense quilting is a bit stiffer Prep Step 4 Change the pattern details height and width to reflect the scale you prefer Steps to follow 1 Click the E2E icon CS prompts you to click the four corners of the first boundary Cross p E owe corner of E2E on _ i Click Lower Left comer of E2E Define a boundary Cun around the first area to be quilted ettings Pattern Width 25 13 The Variable Settings refer to the quilting None p i Select Registrati Place TwoPin Maintain Aspect On This first example will show Registration Points marked by Placing Two Pins Quilt Length Total Length of the Quilt CS measured the width in step 1 and gets the length from the Primary Settings It now has enough information to automatically calculate the number of repeats and rows required This is just a suggestion All settings can be changed in Setup mode but not in Edit mode 3 Check the E2E Setup Details Size Settings Pattern Width and Pattern Height may be different from what you started with Repeats and Rows have been set but can be changed if you do it in the setup mode Spacing refers to the amount of space between patterns both horizontally and vertically Adjust these numbers if needed to add or remove space
316. r in the drawer 5 Angel is a file in the folder 6 gli is the file type 1 Your Computer holds all the files needed to run the Statler Stitcher 2 Disk drive C is the file cabinet It is a physical space that holds folders and files Disk Drives use letters to differentiate them C is usually the computer s fixed hard disk drive D is usually the computer s CD drive E F G H etc are used as needed They might refer to a network disk drive a thumb drive a digital camera card drive or other removable disk drive 3 The file drawer contains file folders that are similar in nature Patterns 4 The file folder s group items that go together Patierns Statler Stitcher 5 The filename is hopefully a descriptive name For example Angel is hopefully a pattern looking like an angel There are no rules regarding assigning names to files but Keeping them simple and clear is a good idea Filenames are usually listed in alphabetical order so if there are two files that go together it is wise to name them so they will be sorted together EX daisy_block qli daisy _border qli daisy _panto qli daisy_triangle ali 6 File Extensions indicate which programs can read them Most word processing software can read a file extension of txt Short for text or rtf short for rich text format or doc short for document Word processors can t read a file with an extension of qli short for quilt language jog short for a picture
317. rders are done when the body of the quilt top is being quilted Be sure to baste the side edges of the borders as you roll the quilt Securing the border seams with SID i is often a good idea too because 195 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 195 Page 196 Getting Started with CreativeStudio it helps prevent the layers from shifting When ready to remove the quilt find the halfway point of the side borders and mark it on both sides with a safety pin This point will be aligned to the center point of the table leaders when it is reloaded Carefully remove the quilt from the table leaders Rotate the quilt and re load attaching just the backing to the leaders The side borders have been moved to the top and bottom edges and can now be measured and stitched as a unit f Tip Dense background fillers should be stitched last after the borders have been completed Any dense quilting in the background around custom quilt designs can make the fabric shrink When this happens next to a border it can cause the border fabric to pucker and tucks are likely A better method is to wait until all the blocks and borders have been completed and do the background fillers last 4 4 3 Sashings using Point_To_Point Pattern Sashings are mini borders with an additional design requirement they need to intersect each other and still look attractive Placing border patterns usin
318. re contiguous Click on the first filename Press and hold the Shift Key and Click on the last file name This highlights all the files Click on Open button to copy them into the project When the filenames are not contiguous Click on the first filename Press and hold the Control Key and click on the other individual files needed Click on Open button to copy them into your project My Document e Choose multiple files at yth box one time i e e O Sento Done A Click Select to choose a pattern for your project File name abstract daisy border qli Dp a Files of type All Pattem types QLI DXF PAT CSQ CSQX lf you change your mind and decide not to use a pattern that has been selected just remove it by clicking on the Delete Pattern icon 2 Are pou Sure pou rant bo remove the diamond border priten re Re Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Single Blocks 85 3 4 2 2 Step 2 Define Boundary Step 2 Define a Boundary for a single block Boundaries are used in many of the CS techniques They might be required by a technique such as defining the quilting surface of an E2E design or used as a convenient reference for guiding the placement of patterns Either way they synchronize the quilt top with the screen image About boundaries A bounded area must have at least 3 points a triangle and can have
319. re the same as Regulated Sewing Constant Speed runs the stitcher without a stitch regulator Baste is essentially a repeated single stitch The basting stitch is a long stitch and is usually temporary It is the most common technique used around the outer edges The hopping foot actually applies less pressure than normal which prevents the fabric from being pushed and stretched Stitch Length for basting begins with a B Often basting stitches are measured in IPS Inches Per Stitch instead of SPI Stitches Per Inch but CS can do either With minor exceptions the screens for Baste and Constant Speed are the same as Regulated which are explained here Steps to follow 1 Choose a style of sewing Click on the small black arrow to the right of the Regulated Sewing icon to see the choices Original Plus and Smooth vary only in the speed of the needle moving up amp down 2 Click on the Regulated Sewing icon A Dialog box shows settings and buttons Display Choices pe Angle 0 C Needle Pos X x Aip Angle ee sr 1200 Pm 90 Original Record Chan OFF Lock itai Single Start Stitch Plus Smooth Regulated and Constant Speed Settings Angle This is the current angle that will be used when Channel Lock is turned on stitches Per Inch Change with up down arrows or use mouse amp keyboard Flip Angle If Radiating Lines is not checked this angle can replace the current angle To fli
320. re used to organize and save your work CS uses Projects to collect hold preview and save the patterns and layout you choose for your quilt Projects are described in detail later in this text so at this point consider them to be a file folder that holds all the details about a quilt Click on the command File to see the options Edit View Draw Tools Help New Project Ctri N Open Project Ctri O Save Project Ctri S Save Project As Import Image Ctri l Export Image Ctrit E Exit Creative Studio New Project e7 is used when starting a new quilt Ctrl N is the keyboard shortcut Open Project is used when the project already exists Ctrl O is the keyboard shortcut Save Project saves all of the elements of the project together using the current project name Save Often Ctrl S is the keyboard shortcut Save Project As 7 saves all of the elements of the project together AND lets you give it a different name Import Image io allows you to import a picture image like a quilt block so you can audition your block with different quilting patterns Ctrl I is the keyboard shortcut Export Image allows you to make a copy of what is shown on the Work Area and export that imageinto the StatlerStitcher Images folder to be shared with others Ctrl E is the keyboard shortcut Exit CreativeStudio will close the software just like the Quick Exit i
321. rea framed in magenta and the title bar says specifically Selected Pattern Properties If more changes are made to the original pattern details framed in cyan they would not affect the pattern already moved into the preview area framed in magenta They will only affect patterns moved into the preview area from that point forward never retroactive Designed Pattern properties are set by the designer Selected Pattern Properties l are AFTER being moved Designed Pattern Properties into the preview area Pattern Name button daisy 2 Stitches Per Inch Pattern Speed Tie Stitches Per Inch 4 Selected Pattern Properties Stitches Per Inch Pattern Speed Tie Stitches Per Inch Tie Stitches Selected Pattern Width Selected Pattern Height Freeze Aspect Selected Pattern Rotation Designer Notes Tie Stitches Pattern Width Pattern Height Freeze Aspect Designer Notes Margin When a pattern is highlighted in the Preview area the shape can be changed by using the re sizing handles The handles have different colors and shapes depending on the Pattern Anchors The default is edge anchor Double click the Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Single Blocks 89 pattern to step through all of the choices The keyboard shortcuts are fastest Plus a special view Called Node Mode Tools Help Pattern Anchor ee K a enter a EndPoint F411 Set Sew Order F8 a EndPoin
322. rease the stitch size 3 Press Shift and Exit on keypad when ready to exit Baste mode Tip Try using the single stitch basting method when easing in excess fullness on Fi borders If you can t ease and baste the fabric without tucks you probably can t quilt it without tucks either 4 2 2 Securing the Quilt using Regulated_Sewing Securing the quilt is generally hand guided done in regulated mode using Power Assist if desired CS uses a stitch regulator to provide even consistent stitches Regulated Sewing Srana Choices ia Feature Regulated Sewing There are three choices for the regulated stitching process Original Plus and Smooth These are very similar but each has a little different feel giving the quilter greater flexibility to match their personal free motion style Assumptions The quilt is loaded bobbin is full machine is threaded and the belts are probably detached Free motion quilting is often done without the belts that control the sewing head which allows the sewing head to move freely in all directions It can also be done using the Power Assist option Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 1 Basting Securing the Quilt using Regulated_Sewing 171 Steps to follow vy Original Plus 1 Choose a style of Regulated_ Sewing Smooth Click on the small black arrow to the right of the Regulated Sewing icon to see the choices Original Plus and Smoo
323. regulator Shift Channel Lock will change or Increment the channel lock angle Shift Exit will Exit Constant_Sewing Sewing without the stitch regulator Shift Channel Lock will change or Increment the channel lock angle Shift Exit will Exit View All Adjusts the Zoom distance so all patterns are viewable in the preview area Select All Patterns Selects all patterns in the preview area 239 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 239 Page 240 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quick Reference Icons for Projects The project content can be changed using these icons con __jicon Name amp location o fe Prape Dete Depa a Pope Doa ont HF m Ry Add Quilt Group Creates a new Quilt Group Tab i Remove Quilt Group Removes the current Quilt Group Tab Undo Reverses the last instruction s E Ft xport Creates a new pattern fe Virtual Stitchout Follows the stitch path checking for breaks General Purpose Shortcuts Is the same as io Navigates from one quilt group to the next Nudge does tiny adjustments when in Editing It moves the pattern in tiny increments to aid in pattern placement with handles showing Nudge does tiny adjustments when in Editing It moves the pattern in tiny increments to aid in pattern placement with no handles showing Del File Open Ctrl S File Save Save the curren
324. rement if the pattern will be stitching off the top amp bottom edges of the quilt or will be trimmed to fit Decrease the actual measurement to adjust for top and bottom margins and shrinkage if needed E2E Setup o _E2E Settings E2E Settings are the Quilt Length 0 dimensions Pattern Width 36 58 Enter Quilt Length here Add several inches if the pattern needs to extend Pattern Height 12 Repeats and Rows 1 Repeats 0 Rows oe Scone opacing 0 Horiz 0 Vert amp Settings This first example will Settings are the options T Connect ConnectStartAndEnd show Registration for stitching the E2E Stop at End of Row On Points marked by Alternating None placing Two Pins Continue Method PlaceTwoPins On Maintain Aspect CS measured the width in step 1 and gets the length from the Primary Settings It now has enough information to automatically calculate the number of repeats and rows required This is just a suggestion All settings can be changed in Setup mode but not in Edit mode 3 Check the E2E Setup Details Size Settings ss ss Pattern Width and Pattern Height may be different from what you started with because CS may need to adjust each individual pattern size to accommodate the total measurements Repeats and Rows have been set but can be changed if you do it in the setup mode which means don t close the E2E Setup box until you are sure adjustments are done Spacing refers to the amo
325. rence boundaries 177 Reference boundary 85 86 100 141 184 195 196 200 212 215 221 Reference boundary check 214 Reference Point 164 Reference Point Location Offset from Point 180 Pattern Location Point 180 Reg Smoothing 164 Reg Type 164 Registration Points First Registration Point 200 215 Pattern Endpoint 200 215 Pattern Startpoint 200 215 Second Registration point 200 215 Regulated Buttons Channel Lock button 170 Record mode button 170 Shift button 170 Regulated Mode 1 0 242 Regulated Settings Angle 1 0 Flip Angle 1 70 Needle Position 1 0 Radiating Lines 170 Stitches perinch 170 Regulated Sewing 160 Original 170 Plus 170 Smooth 170 Regulated Sewing Icon 42 160 Relocate 67 212 Relocate How To Relocate project Origin 133 Shift all to 1 point 133 Shift all to 2 points 133 Shift Selected 133 Relocate Pattern 258 Remove Pattern Icon 48 Remove Quilt Group Icon 49 73 Removing a Quilt Group 73 Rename pattern files 139 Rename Quilt Group 69 72 143 Renaming a project file 67 Repeat Pattern Icon 41 180 Repeat Pattern settings 55 Repeat Pattern Setup Individual Pattern Details 54 Offset 54 Pattern Location Point 54 Repeat Settings 54 Repeat Patterns 212 Repeat Patterns How To 93 Repeat Reference Point 212 Repeat Settings 96 Alternating 54 Connect 54 Connect between blocks 180 Quilt Angle 54 180 Repeats and Rows 54 180 Spacing 54 180 Spacing Horizontal 180 Spacing Vertical 180 S
326. resized to fit the boundary space posse Eeen Standard Stretch Squeeze There are three methods for resizing s the pattern Standard is used when the boundary shape resembles the pattern shape For instance when both are square the pattern is resized to fit the boundary but the pattern image is not changed significantly because they have the same basic shape Stretch is used when the shapes are different For instance moving a square pattern into a parallelogram will stretch the pattern to fit the boundary Squeeze is used when the boundary is very irregular CS goes beyond just stretching a pattern to fit the boundary Quilt Icon 7 This icon initiates the stitching process and is used in conjunction with all the other icon features When using the default settings the sewing head moves to the start point of the first pattern takes a single stitch and shows a prompt to pull up the bobbin thread Clicking OK Select will begin the Stitching starting with the tieoff stitches if enabled When the quilting is done CS again displays a prompt to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK when done The OK indicates the successful completion of the task Clicking Stop means the task was not completed successfully SP Continue Icon z is most often used with Edge to Edge which is the icon that does all the E2E pattern sizing and setup When the first part of the E2E quilt is complete a
327. review area to select it 4 Edit the size or placement of the pattern inside the bounded area and make changes if needed Save the project 7 often 5i Click on Start_Quilting B and the sewing head will move to the Start of the pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread Press OK when ready to quilt Before Stitching After Stitching Be sure to click OK Pull up bobbin thread then click OK During Stitching Cut bobbin thread and Bobbin Cut Quick Pause Single Stitch Stop OK ec Speed Stop Start inc Speed At the end of the quilting sequence CS prompts to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process Quick Reference Single Block x Stitch Multiple Patterns using Repeat_Patterns Repeat Patterns will move a series of patterns any type into the preview area Continuous line patterns will be connected so they stitch in one continuous path Individual block patterns are placed in a row but are stitched individually Boundaries 7 are nice to have as a reference but not necessary In Setup Mode you will move the patterns into the Preview Area Repeat Pattern Setup is a process and the details are are only active now As soon as this dialog box closes you will be in Edit Mode and can modify the individual patterns if needed Fea
328. ri O ti Save Project Ctri S k Save ProjectAs Las importimage cam Exportimage Ctri E 4 Exit Creative Studio CS will open the File Explorer screen showing the path for the images The folder that CS provides is C StatlerStitcher Images Each of the images is a picture in jpg format which is the most common photo format Choose an image by double clicking it or clicking the Open button Help Select Image File to Open This PC Local Disk C StatlerStitcher Images t Mew folder bs Ez CS has provided a ee folder of images for J Ny you to import Black and Bowtie block JPG Butterfly JP ts Sirois Lih JPG 2jpg White JPG i Dresden JPG DWR 2 JPG DWRJP G DWR colored jpg froendshap FrendshipStar co Le stars jipg bored jpg ach JPG Double Click an Image or select it and click Open biJ mee arestar jpg Ohio starJPG hioStar colored jpg me a og O e CS has provided images of numerous quilt blocks for you to use but you could also take a photo of your quilt block and import that The import Image feature helps by offering a Search option in the upper right of the screen If you import your own photos you should use descriptive names Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 101 Page Search Images 102 Getting Started with CreativeStudio If you k
329. rientation This process uses any line as the rotation axis Rotate 90 degrees Right click the amp Flip Horizontally w pattern and choose Mirror g x j Circular Array 4 a 3 Echo Pattern hn M Apply Pattern a i Nodes z Or Tap the Mirror Icon 3 d Reverse Start End on the right side of the F4 esi Order Join sc reen g j gt Convert Vy Fil 3 F a ies ay fi i ik Toggle Pattern Sewn aa Bue a aoe x Delete g Si a ai ie a onl A Relocate E A O Export Pattern i Options First select the pattern s to mirror Then tap the Mirror Icon or right click the pattern and choose Mirror Screen prompts appear telling you to click the beginning and the ending of a line on the Preview area CAD This is the mirror line x oct gt O A rail car a8 Bo This duplicate copy can be edited just like any other pattern If two or more patterns are selected together to be mirrored CS will combine them before performing the Mirror operation Similarly the resulting copy is also combined Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 109 Page 110 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 9 1 4 Rubber Stamp Rubber Stamp makes an exact copy an existing pattern or group of patterns If a group of patterns are selected CS will treat the rubber stamped copies as combined group patterns The original patte
330. rns remain individual only the copies are grouped Rotate 90 degrees F j Flip Horizontally i h Flip Vertically Mirror 3 Rubber Stamp i b Circular Array Select the pattern s Right click them and choose Rubber Stamp a B BY Ce a Echo Pattern Or select the pattern Nodes F7 i Reverse Stast tad and tap or click the Order Join Rubber Stamp Pattern i gt Convert icon on the right side of Fill the screen 3 Toggle Pattern Sewn m A J i L M Delete W j aa on iii Relocate O O Export Pattern Options Select the pattern s to be duplicated Right click the selected pattern s or tap the Rubber Stamp icon Click on Rubber Stamp as many times as needed Drag each copy off the top of the stack to its new position When you click on a stack of patterns CS will only highlight the first or second patterns in the stack To select one of the other patterns in that stack click on the stack once and then use the gt greater than key to step through the stack selecting the next pattern s in the stack Use the lt less than key to go backwards TIP Every Rubber stamped copy of a pattern is automatically tagged as being unsewn Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation 3 9 1 5 Circular Array Circular Array uses one pattern to make a completely different composite patt
331. rns will have numbered boxes at the beginning of each pattern that shows its stitching sequence number They also have an arrow at the end of the pattern showing the stitching direction The color of the pattern s number and directional arrow match so it is clear which arrow belongs to which pattern yY Draw Sewable Measure ae EA P Click on the numbers in the new order eat Press F8 when done J Click the arrow to reverse direction To change the stitching sequence start clicking on the number boxes in the order you want them to stitch The first number is 0 not 1 The number box background color changes temporarily to white and the related arrow turns navy blue to show which patterns have already been changed When done Right click any pattern or Press F8 or Press the Set Sew Order icon and the new order is saved Or press Esc at any time to cancel this operation Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 147 Page 148 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Notice the position of the Start Next and End This looks good but it is always a good idea to check the path using F2 Virtual Stitchout TIP Patterns that have not stitched out yet are labeled Start Next and End These labels change as needed while the patterns are stitching When done with any pattern manipulation it is a good idea to double check both the sewing order a
332. rocess CS has two methods for doing background fillers Trim inside or outside uses special boundaries that are excluded from the background filler The pattern will stitch up to the trim boundary and stop do a Jump stitch over the trim boundary and resume stitching once past the trim boundary At every Jump Stitch there are either tie off stitches or the quilter hand ties the threads and buries them with a needle This method might be the best choice for quilts that will not get much use abuse Fill 22s inside or outside uses standard boundaries to define the space The background patterns are actually modified to stitch up to the boundary and stitch along the edge of the boundary until it can reconnect with the background pattern and then resumes stitching The Fill method produces a stronger stitch line because it does not have jump stitches so it does not start and stop and does not do tie off stitches E2E Edge_To Edge Pantographs Edge To Edge pantographs are continuous line designs stitched repeatedly across the quilt Many pantographs span the entire quilt but they can also be confined to an inside area or even a border CS has an automated method of working with E2E patterns which is explained here It allows CS to manage the details automatically CS will create a new quilt group and it restricts the use of certain features For people who need to control the process because they need to use some of the pattern ma
333. roup1 Each quilt group added can be given a specific name CS counts the number of groups being used and will assign an incremental number to the tab if a name is not provided CS also has some special processes that require a dedicated Quilt Group Each time a photo is imported it is placed in a new tab called Design Group The photo will not impact the stitching It is just there to help make design decisions since patterns can be positioned on top of the photo to check the fit Additional imports will add additional groups to the project sno names can have r is the etre efault name H a m Lisa la Ga A ae ea F Border Corner 2 Quilt Group 3 Design Group 4 ModernSampler Quilt Group 6 Some features E Design Groups a dedicated Ee F se photos BAS oy 2 CS assigns numbers if unique names are not given button daisy 2 Y 7 Repeat Pattern Setup X C SS 4 Pattern Location Point L g Pattern Location Startpoint z A gt Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert S 4 Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed Off Freeze Aspect Off war Width 17 23 X oe Os amp SWT 3 Re i Height 11 46 N Rotation l 0 SN a Repeat Settings bv H To h3 Repeats and Rows 2 Repeats 2 Rows Total Width 32 77 Total Height 21 92 Start End Width On Spacing 0 Horiz 1 0 Vert Tip Use the first tab called Quilt Group 1 to preview your patterns together This is a fast and easy way to audition p
334. rs The center section is the main working area s It is divided into three distinct areas Project information 4s Properties Properties Details 4 and the Preview area At the bottom of the screen is the Status Bar s and the Task or Start Bar s Each area will be discussed in more detail later when they are used to describe the quilting process BRK AA OON BOs WS A De amp amp 27 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 27 Page 2 1 28 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Title Bar The Title Bar is a standard feature in most software products It displays the title of the software program being used and the name of the file currently being used For CS the file is a project FA creative Studio My Quilt Project Software File Name project Re size Title Bars also contain three important icons Minimize will shrink the screen making it a button on the task bar Re size will change the screen size Full Screen or Partial Screen Exit is a fast way to close the software Also called X it meaning click on the X Main Screen Layout Command Bar 29 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 Command Bar The Command Bar is the second line of the screen Click on any of the words anda drop down box appears showing the choices for that command File Edit View Draw Tools Help File Command The File commands a
335. s 18 38 Icons with choices 39 Image Attributes 101 Image Opacity 101 Import Images 29 Import images About 101 Import pictures 29 Inc Speed button 61 Increase SPI 168 Individual Pattern Details Freeze Aspect 54 180 Individual Pattern Rotation 54 Pattern Height 54 180 Pattern Width 54 180 Reset to Designed 54 180 Rotation 180 Individual Pattern Rotation 180 Individual patterns 196 Inherited Settings Level O control 58 Level 1 Defaults 58 Level 2 Current Session 58 Level 3 Current Project 58 Level 4 Current Pattern 58 Level 5 Selected Pattern 58 Inner Border boundary 190 Irregular boundaries 184 sde Jump Stitch 74 75 138 Jump Stitches 120 126 128 K Key Combinations 16 Keyboard 10 14 Control Key 16 Ctl 16 Cirl 16 Del 16 Delete key 16 Ent 16 Enter key 16 Esc 16 Escape Key 16 Keyboard Shortcuts 16 Keypad 10 14 30 38 Keypad Backup 61 Keypad Controls Idle Bobbin 61 Mode 61 Select 61 Select Pattern 61 Single Stitch 61 Stop 61 Keypad Controls Running Dec Speed 61 Inc Speed 61 Quick Pause 61 Quick Start 61 Stop 61 Keypad Window 61 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 277 Page 278 Getting Started with CreativeStudio L Laser Control 164 Laser light 196 Left Handle Button 170 Line Thickness 101 Main Screen Details 27 Preview Area 27 Project Information 27 Properties Window 27 Working Area 2
336. s a subset of the Regulated Sewing feature All the functions in Regulated Sewing work the same way when the Record mode is active Recording is possible without the belts being engaged The belts need to be engaged when stitching the newly recorded pattern however Steps to follow 1 Choose a style of Regulated_Sewing 2 Click on the Regulated Sewing icon Move the sewing head to the beginning of the pattern to be recorded 3 Press Record to begin Move the stitcher to create a new pattern Angle 0 C Neede Pos X sPI 12 00 ans ca ar When recording The Record button turns blue The Asterisk turns Red Touch the button to begin Record Mode Single Stitch Single Stitch Tip If you create a boundary first and zoom to fill the screen the recording will actively show on the CAD Some users find it more useful to watch the screen rather than the quilt when recording 4 Press Record again to end CS automatically creates a pattern gives it a name and saves it to a special folder C Patterns Recorded yyyyMondd_hhmmss csaq The filename is unique Preview Pattern pa E a ON Selected Pattern Properties Stitches Per Inch 12 Pattern Speed 65 Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 Selected Pattern Wic 1 66 After the pattern has been Selected Pattern Heir 2 15 recorded it can be resized Freeze Aspect On like all other patterns Selected Pattern Roti 0 Designer
337. se 90 degrees 45 degrees Width 6 31 i 180 0 degrees iii Angle is 316 degrees 315 degrees 270 degrees To transfer measurements to pattern details CS remembers the four numbers width height length angle from the last measurement made and will transfer them for you This transfer feature is one of the many special Right Click shortcuts Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Repeat Patterns 95 3 4 3 3 E General Settings Pattern Name lional block 1 Stitches Per Inch Pattern Speed Tie Stitches Per Inch Tie Stitches Pattern Width Pattern Height 4 Freeze Aspect 4 Then left click the measurement in the 3 Right click on the Transfer Box DESTINATION field to the source field and it display the transfer box will be transferred a Seumigs 1 Measure the space Pattern Name lional block 1 ster Stitches Per Inch 10 Ear xj Width Height 0 00 6 31 ight 6 Height 6 31 Margin 0 25 EEE Pattern Speed 50 Length Angle i Tie Stitches Perinch 23 6 31 270 00 Heigh Tie Stitches 4 eta hii m 4 alld Pattern Height Angle 270 Freeze Aspect Margin Length 6 31in ho Press Cancel to finish OK OK 1 Make the measurement Be sure the destination field is not already selected Move the machine head to the start point and click OK Move the machine head to the end point and click OK 2 Click on Cance
338. se trim boundaries so they can use the Competitive Tieoff stitches which are virtually invisible People who prefer to hand tie their threads and bury them with a needle also prefer this method because it allows them to pause at each start and stop to pull up the bobbin thread and prepare to bury the threads To avoid tie offs completely use the Fill Patterns option described in the next section Pattern to Boundary This choice is useful when a background fill pattern is preferred because there are no tieoff stitches The Fill pattern feature uses two boundaries so converting the heart pattern to a boundary provides one of them In the following example the heart pattern will be stitched in the block then converted to a boundary The Fill feature will use this boundary to create a new pattern that will stitch in the background without stitching over the heart and without tieoff stitches 1 Draw a boundary around the perimeter of the quilt block 2 Place the heart pattern in the boundary resize if needed and stitch 3 Select the heart pattern Choose Convert Pattern to Boundary Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options Choose Convert Pattern to Boundry using either method Select the pattern being changed Rotate 90 degrees Flip Horizontally Flip Vertically Mirror Rubber Stamp Circular Array Echo Pattern Apply Pattern gt Pattern to Curve
339. set to Designed Off Freeze Aspect off Width 9 Height 12 Rotation 0 4 Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 2 Rows Total Width 27 00 Total Height 24 Start End Width Off Spacing 0 Horiz 0 Vert Quilt Angle 0 Connect BobbinPullUp Alternating None Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed this choice allows the original pattern dimensions to be reset Freeze Aspect ON means the ratio of Height Width remains the same when the size changes So if one of the dimensions is changed CS will change the other to keep the ratio the same OFF means CS will allow the ratio to be distorted Width is the width of one pattern measured at the widest point Height is the height of one pattern measured at the tallest point Rotation is the angle of each pattern Repeat Settings show how many repeats and rows are needed to fill the space Repeats and Rows are the counts of how many patterns to place across the area repeats and down rows Total Width and Total Height are calculations based on the pattern size and the number of repeats rows It is possible to modify the total size and let CS adjust the pattern size repeats and or rows Several of the settings below have an impact on the layout of the patterns which also affects the total size calculations Start End Width The width of a pattern is usually the widest part of the pattern However when patterns nest together the distance between the star
340. sist to continue Follow the instructions and adjust the settings to suit your personal preference When the machine is difficult to move the settings are too low If the machine head continues to move or feels jerky at a stopping point the settings are too high Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 235 Page 236 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 7 4 3 m Step 1 Ran on StartUp Click to rerun Auto Calibrate Auto Calibrate Click Test Power sao Assist button lt Siep 2 Tum on Power Assist _ gt Tum on Power Assi Test Power Assist Click Test Power Assist move head Left amp Right Move the head and Back amp Front if the head moves too freely or is make adjustments to jittery reduce the value below If the head is stiff to A move increase the value below the slider bars as _ Le rt Nt te SD wii Step 3 Manually Adjust values as needed m Left Right Value z m Back Front Value m Step 4 Activating Power Assist As a Safety feature CS turns off the Power Assist before it accepts the new settings So you will need to click the Test Power Assist button every time you want to adjust the settings step 4 Activate the Power Assist Utility Power Assist must be turned ON after calibration File Edit View Draw Tools Help Technical Support Set Origin Oil Stitcher Calibrate
341. st View the then create sate b on the left side of the screen choices choose your a A Prope information x s topic by highlighting Project Information Icon the name a oun Auto Restart ack 7 stitches x Delete Pz O The descriptive Help text is oneek rzi Next click on the Display to shown on the right show the text The Index provides a convenient way to look for a word and any variations of that word For example typing in a general term like the word Repeat would point to the place in the index that would precede repeat pattern icon repeat pattern setup repeat setting details repeats and rows etc Highlighting a word and clicking Display will show the detail on the right If a word appears more than once a list will be presented and you will be asked to make a choice before the detail is shown on the right Help Using the Search feature Access the Help system via the Search Function Creatt Click Display to show the E p descriptive Help text on the right Seach Favorites Type in the word s to search for First type in the word you are searching for and click List Topics to initiate the search Next ick on He Title that seems closest to what you need The search function will search the entire CS User Manual database looking for a match Instead of displaying all of the matches CS displays a list of titles Section titles and locations chapter
342. stration marks are on the same horizontal line Now finish the quilt by using the Feature Edge To Edge Continue Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 251 Page 252 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Feature Edge To Edge Continue Assumptions The first section or more is done the registration points have been marked and the quilt has been rolled 9 Click EdgeToEdge_ Continue 10 CS prompts for left and right registration marks 11 Check the screen and adjust if needed 12 Click Quilt The first row of the new section now begins At the end of the row CS stops prompts for bobbin pull up Click OK Repeat each row until the entire current section is done CS will again prompt for marking registration points Roll the quilt Repeat steps 9 12 until the last section when bottom edge of the quilt makes its way up to the current quiltable space 13 Last Section adjustments are often necessary so the last time you roll the quilt the prompts are a little different Click the Left registration mark Click the Right registration mark Click points along bottom of E2E following the actual contour of the quilt even if the bottom edge is irregular Press Stop button when done with the bottom edge The last time the quilt is rolled CS asks for the registration points AND for the lower edge to be marked j i gt P f y ab Ya p g 9 me LPS f n
343. strokes included Tip Created for the documentation only DIY Design It Yourself Tips on pattern design and shortcuts Boundary Begins the process to define a bounded area Alt B starts a boundary Right v will end it Esc to cancel Pattern_To_ Boundary Standard or Stretch Moves the selected pattern into the selected boundary using either Standard mode or Stretch mode Start_Quilting Begins the quilting process Advance amp Continue Continues the quilting sequence after the quilt is rolled Point_To_Point Line or Pattern Begins the P2P placement for lines or patterns Repeat_Patterns Begins the process for moving multiple copies of a selected pattern to the preview area Border_Corner Begins the process of moving the corner and border patterns into the border boundary Edge _ To Edge Begins the setup process for doing E2E quilting Trim Inside or Outside Begins the Trim process for Inside or Outside trims Alt T starts a trim Right v will end it Esc to cancel Measure Starts the prompt sequence for using the sewing head to take measurements Right v after measuring to transfer measurements Restart_Quilting Starts the process of finding the correct point to restart Regulated_Sewing Sewing with the stitch regulator Original Plus or Smooth Shift Channel Lock will change or Increment the channel lock angle Shift Exit will Exit Baste Basting with the stitch
344. sure to choose Pick a Point restart and not Auto restart foom in to see the lacation of the Restart Point blue Crosshair Patterns with backtracking 2 or more lines stitched on top of each other can be hard to restart because CS doesn t know which line to use The safest method is to choose a spot that has already been sewn and has no overlapping lines Identify that spot then press Forward to move forward until just before the break point When the placement looks good Press Quilt and continue to sew Tip The color of the pattern image on the screen can help you locate the crosshair Red means CS thinks that part of the pattern has been stitched Black means CS thinks that part of the pattern needs to be stitched After Stitching Be sure to click OK son TKO Bobbin Cut Single Stitch Stop At the end of the quilting sequence you will be prompted to pull up the bobbin thread and click OK It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process Quick Reference Restart 27 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 229 Page 230 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 6 2 Manual Stops and Restarts Feature Restart when a manual stop occurred Manual Stops and Restarts are easier to do Tip For people who can hear when the bobbin
345. t Spacing Quilt Angle 0 Connect BobbinPullUp Alternating None Height 12 Rotation 0 4 Repeat Settings gt Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 2 Rows 1 inch spacing between patterns gt Spacing Quilt Angle Connect BobbinPullUp Alternating None Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Repeat Patterns Quilt Angle is the number of degrees that the set 1 or more of repeated patterns is angled These are all examples of the Reference Point being the Lower left Corner and the Square Up Angle changing i i Pattern will stitch like this when square Up Angle 90 Pattern will stitch like this when square Up Angle 0 Pattern will stitch like this when Square Up Angle 270 Pattern will stitch like this when Square Up Angle 180 Connect affects how CS connects the patterns Bobbin PullUp means patterns are placed side by side and CS stitches them individually the best choice for block designs Connect means CS places them so the end point of one pattern connects with the start of the next pattern and CS stitches them as one continuous row the best choice for E2E Naturally this affects the total width calculation Keset to Designed Uif Freeze Aspect Off Width Height Rotation Total width changes because the Connect type changed 4 Repeat S Repeats and H 3 Repeats 1 Rows Total Width 10 88 Total Height 12 Spacing 0 H
346. t 142 Total n aan Bes a a Rotation and the total size 3 Repeat Settings a Repeats and Rows 4 Repeats 4 Rows Total Width 46 99 Total Height stan End Width a Spacing 0 Horiz 0 Vert Quilt Angle 0 Connect ConnectStartAndEnd Alternating None 5 This method for doing pantographs does not monitor how much area can be quilted at one time so you need to do it by toggling rows of patterns as sewn or unsewn Select all the patterns that can t be quilted in the first section toggle them sewn Guilt as much as possible When done select the last row quilted Right Click for Relocate options For the patterns that cant be quilted toggle them sewn 6 Quilt as much as possible using the methods described in previous sections E2E Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 213 Page 214 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 5 2 1 Repeat allows you to use any of the special features you need Trim Fill Combine Divide Draw Sewable etc Roll the quilt E2E Repeat Relocate Relocate is needed to synchronize the quilt and the sewing head after rolling the quilt There are four methods for relocating and Relocate Shift All to 2 Points is shown here Think about which two points are easily identifiable on both the Preview area of the computer screen and on the quilt top These will be your control points which are used to synchronize
347. t F11 Stretch F12 Stretch F12 Draw Boundary Alt B Draw Trim Alt T Draw Sewable Measure Alt M se oA First select a pattern Next double click it to cycle Or Tap the Icon to cycle through through each type re wb dD S S IF PEI aaaeaaead ana lf working with a touch screen the CS Cycle Pattern Anchor Type Icon will cycle through each anchor type in order When Pattern Anchor is Edge the re sizing handles are purple When any handle is moved the opposite handle is anchored in place When Pattern Anchor is Center the re sizing handles are orange When any of the handles are moved the center of the pattern is anchored in place When Pattern Anchor is Endpoint the handles are blue boxes at the Start and End points Endpoint Anchor is not a choice for a block pattern z when the start and end points are the same When Pattern Anchor is Stretch the re sizing handles are gray When any handle is moved the opposite handle is anchored in place The Stretch Pattern Anchor is special because it allows portions of the pattern to be stretched This essentially warps the pattern and sometimes that is needed when seam lines are not accurate When all the little nodes appear the pattern is in node modes and can be manipulated one node at a time This takes longer but allows the pattern to be adjusted to fit the space perfectly 7 j Drag the Arc Nodes Pat
348. t Ilcon 48 Project Properties Icon 48 Remove Pattern Icon 48 Remove Quilt Group Icon 48 Save Project Icon 48 Undo Icon 48 Virtual Stitchout Icon 48 Project Names 6 7 Project Properties 67 Framed in Yellow 50 Project Properties Icon 49 Project Settings 58 Properties Box Details 12 Properties 12 Properties Settings Pattern Details framed in Cyan 49 Process Detailsframed in Gray 49 Project Details framed in Yellow 49 54 200 212 215 Selected Pattern Details framed in Magenta 49 Properties Window 48 Property Window 49 Purple Handles 88 146 Q Quick Pause button 61 Quick Start button 61 Quilt Angle 96 180 Quilt Group 12 60 Preview Area 69 Tab name 69 Quilt Group created by Border Corner 69 Quilt Group created by E2E 69 Quilt Group tabs 69 Quilt Group unique name 70 Quilt Icon 40 Quilt Length Adjusted quilt length Oversized 200 215 Quilt Pattern Edit Mode 79 Quilt Pattern Setup Mode 79 Quilt Patterns 74 Quilt Project 12 Quilt Projects Files 66 Project information 66 Projects 66 Save projects 66 Quilting sequence Background 164 Baste to stabilize 164 Blocks 164 Borders 164 R Radiating Lines 242 Recall E2E settings 142 Reconnect pattern segments 120 Record Mode About 160 Record Options 105 Record Patterns 269 Record stitching path 42 Recorded Patterns folder 160 Recording OFF 160 Recording ON 160 200 215 Index 281 Red Filter 101 Red pattern image 228 230 Redo 29 Refe
349. t Patterns Repeat Patterns is the second most common method of quilting Repeat Patterns uses measurements to determine pattern sizes Boundaries are still used but they are for reference rather than resizing patterns After repeated patterns are placed on the CAD screen they can still be changed using the resizing handles in the Preview area on the right side of the screen Feature Repeated Blocks Assumptions CS has been turned on and the Origin has been set The quilt is loaded bobbins wound machine threaded You or your customer know which patterns will be used A new project has been started click File click New Project Steps to follow Choose a pattern Measure Change the Pattern details Change the Repeat details Adjust the pattern in the boundary Step1 Choose pattern Step 1 Choose patterns using the same techniques as described in Single blocks 82 Step2 Measure Step 2 CS provides two Measure options One measures the quilt using the sewing head to identify the start and end points of the line being measured The other measures the screen image of the quilt using the mouse or touch screen to click on the start and end points of the line being measured Regardless of the method chosen the results can be transferred easily to the details in the Property window To measure the quilt click the Measure icon You are now in Measure Mode and will be able to do multiple measurements as need
350. t known point cancel in this case the startpoint and click Yes When the screen says this Click Yes when machine head is at the SECOND point on the QUILT No You do this Move the machine head to the second known point to cancel in this case the endpoint and click Yes 5 Check the positioning by using the machine crosshairs R EKA ROSEE E G he si Lie ee 2 F k AN ke CAN Si OA Se l SRO ROH pao Ke i ae AAD Use the Crosshair to check oe QS the position of the patterns rant m 1 i to be quilted PAR atin Salle ss i pne Select patterns outside of the E ey quilting space and toggle them Pa ian i Sewn a Fes Gee a aT 6 Continue until the entire quilt is done The last row may need some adjustments Check this by drawing a boundary around the last row paying close attention to the bottom edge of the quilt Use any all tools to adjust the patterns to fit inside the boundary If this would distort the design a trim 7 boundary might work instead Another option would be to combine all the patterns in the last row and use Fill Inside Design It Yourself Using Repeat Patterns to do pantographs means you can reverse pattern start end points change the sewing order and even P t replace patterns randomly throughout the quilting E2E Alternating Patterns Edge To Edge pantographs look less structured when alternating pa
351. t project Ctrl Z Edit Undo Reverse the most recent command Ctrl Y W Edit Redo Re execute the command or undo the undo Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Icons Shortcuts Feature Specific Shortcuts What it will do RightY Transfer the measurement Right click destination field click on the number to xfer He a ae Virtual Stitchout checks the path of a new pattern to speed up to slow down F5 Refresh Screen resets stitcher connection and takes time use only if needed egin a Sewable Arc Righty to end Esc to cancel A Alt C egin a Sewable Curve RightY to end Esc to cancel Alt L Begin a P2P Line Stop will create a Jump Stitch Shift Esc will end the line Alt P Begin a P2P Pattern Stop creates a Jump Stitch Shift Esc ends the pattern Alt M_ Begin to measure objects on the Preview area v start and end points Esc to cancel Copyright 2015 Gammiill Inc All Rights Reserved Statler Stitcher and CreativeStudio are registered trademarks of Gammill Inc 241 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 241 Page 5 2 242 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Quick Ref Regulated Feature Regulated Baste Constant Speed gt sewing There are three choices for the regulated stitching process Original Plus and Smooth Constant Speed and Baste have their own icons but the screens and the process of stitching a
352. tart End Width 54 180 Total Height 54 180 Total Width 54 180 Repeats and Rows 180 Reposition Patterns 88 258 Flip Pattern Horizontally icon 106 Flip Pattern Vertically icon 106 Rotate pattern icon 106 Resequence Sewing order 128 Reset to Designed 96 Resize Height 88 Resize Image in CAD 103 Resize pattern 178 Resize Proportionately 88 91 Resize Width 88 Resizing handles 184 196 Center Circle handle 88 Curved Arrow Rotation handle 88 Square shape handles 88 Wedge shape handles 88 Restart 228 230 271 Restart crosshair 228 230 Restart point 228 230 Restart Quilting Icon 42 Restart with mouse 228 230 Re stitch a pattern 180 Restricted Area 232 Reverse 47 Reverse sewing direction How to 146 Reverse Start End 47 Reverse Start End 258 Reverse Start end Icon 46 Right Click Icons 38 Right Click Options 105 106 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 281 Page 282 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Right Click Preview Area Convert 106 Convert boundary 141 Display E2E Settings 141 E2E Settings 106 Rename Quilt Group 106 141 Text Property 106 Virtual Stitchout 106 141 Right click screen 72 Right Handle Button 1 70 Roll the quilt 200 212 215 Rolled the quilt too soon 209 Rotate Pattern 46 258 Rotate pattern About 107 Rotate Pattern angle 107 Rotate Pattern Icon 46 Rotate patterns 88 rotating pattern 178 Rubber Stamp 46 258 Rubber Stamp About 110
353. tch in a continuous line In the preview area click where you want the center of the circular array to be placed The center point does not need to touch the original pattern in fact the results are remarkably different 3 5 1 6 Echo Pattern Echo Pattern means to quilt an outline of a pattern keeping a consistent spacing between the pattern and the echo Choose the spacing and the number of copies to create a great look Echos can also be done inside a pattern section To Create an Echo pattern on the outside of the pattern Rotate 90 degrees xv NS j ff VY 3 gt 3 A ee Or Tap the Echo Icon on ZoHtwno 1 N the right side of the fe J If it Se CF ie a Taly screen 3 i x X Toggle Pattern Sewn g NOA NLA Delete weer A Relocate a LJ A o Export Pattern Options 1 Right Click the pattern in the Preview Area to select it Only one pattern can be used at a time for the Echo command If multiple patterns are required they must be connected and must be combined as a group first 2 Click on Echo Pattern from the Options Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 113 3 Set Echo Spacing in inches 4 Type Number of echoes The Results d 3 Type in the Echo Spacing This is the distance between the pattern and echo 4 Type in the number of copies 5 Click on the flower icon or the words Place Echo Pattern
354. tern segment is Ko to change the shape of the between two pink ai pattern segment endpoint nodes The nodes are pink endpoint nodes and blue arc nodes Patterns can only be divided at the pink endpoint nodes but either one will allow the pattern segments to be modified Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 89 Page 90 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Resize Pattern Width The wedge shaped handles on the sides of the pattern control the width Move the cursor over the left side or right side wedge and press down on the left button the center of the wedge turns darker purple or orange Hold the left mouse button down and move the mouse to resize the pattern Edge Selection Mode Purple Wedges on either side change the width only not Original shape the height The anchor is the apposite purple wedge Stretch Selection Mode Original shape The anchor is the opposite gray wedge Original shape Center Selection Mode Orange Wedges on either side change the width only not the height The anchor is always the center Dragging the side wedge over and up will stretch the pattern Gray Wedges on either side change just the width ONLY if you drag the handle straight sideways Horizontal Dragging the side wedge over and down will also stretch the pattern Resize Pattern Height he wedge shaped handles on the
355. tern sizing Click on Fill if needed Choose Inside This new pattern will fill the background CF EBT ny Po gt Export Pattern Right Click the selected patterns Click on Fill and Choose Inside or Click on the Fill Inside icon Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds Background Fillers using Fill 297 Be patient this may take a couple minutes The result of this process is a new pattern that is customized to fit the background filler density and the two boundaries Always use F2 Virtual Stitchout before stitching because not all patterns fill the space well and some may have excessive backtracking 7 Click on Quilt icon and stitch the pattern The pattern will stitch in one continuous line When it encounters a boundary instead of doing tieoff stitches it will stitch along the boundary until it reaches the next portion of the pattern to be stitched i Y TACNA CLAC CLAE ICD ANC Cu ID QD ow CORNS POSOSOCEDOS CA OS CASCIO itchi The new pattern stitches CR2 A CRRA IS CRARSC LAS CEAISCEAASC Stitching the pattern and around the boundary but 5 US ace 5 OSE 5 SO Vy OSS AAA 5 x the boundary areas gives a not all around it Acad ERR SS RAY X more finished look Ce AS Jaa q ry J As shown above after the new fill pattern has been stitched it might be a good idea to convert the two boundaries to patterns and stitch them out also
356. terns J FilesFromStatler J FilesToStatler 6 Patterns J Patterns for Statler Touch Tool Belt J Patterns Recorded Perflogs Program Files Program Files x86 Fe Projects My thumbdrive has a name MYJUMPDRIVE and it has 2 folders FilesFromStatler and Files ToStatler d Windows VC_RED cab OS E MYJUMPDRIVE H J FilesFromStatler d FilesToStatler Copying Files We know where the files are Source is H FilesToStatler and where they need to be placed destination is C My_PersonalPatterns File Explorer is used here too Show the source files in the pane on the right and show the destination folder in the pane on the left Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 21 Page 22 Getting Started with CreativeStudio File Home Share View S E gt This PC MYJUMPDRIVE H gt FilesToStatler F Win7Desktop win7desktop pc amp Local Disk C This path tells us the source files listed on the right are in the folder highlighted on the left _ J se P PianoKeyBorder csqx 6 24 2012 3 49 PM CSQX File B PianoKeyCorner csqx 6 24 2012 3 49PM_ CSQX File B scallop csqx 11 29 2012 8 27 A CSQX File Right click the selected patterns and choose Copy Create shortcut J My_PersonalPatterns e Patterns Patterns for Statler Touch Tool Belt Patterns Recorded J PerfLogs J Program Files J
357. terns individually To do this hold the Control key down while clicking on as many patterns as needed The sequence of choosing the patterns can be important If the group of patterns will be combined rubber stamped or exported the order of selection is the order of stitching so don t click them randomly if they need to be stitch in a specific sequence Marque click and drag choose a group of patterns by dragging a selection box around them This selection box is created by starting at a point on the Preview area that is away from all patterns Click on this first point hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse away creating the selection box The distance and direction determine which patterns are included in the selection Drag Left to Right to select patterns that are completely inside the selection box Drag Right to Left to select all patterns that touch any part of the selection box Drag Left to Right to include all patterns Drag Right to Left to include all patterns tha enclosed by the selection box touch any part of the selection box Ye Ne Ket AQ ae n b SON RSS Selecting Specific Patterns here will be times when patterns overlap each Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Setup and Edit Selecting Patterns 81 other CS only recognizes the first two patterns in the stack so an alternate method is needed to select any others To select a b
358. th 1 4 yp p Alternating None Total Height 0 5 j Continue Method PlaceTwoP Start End Width On Maintain Aspect On Spacing OH Quilt Angle Fei Quilt Length Quilt Length athof the sath of the Project Details Yellow Frame Project Properties appear in the Property Window and are framed with a yellow line The highlighted item Project Name in ka a Sao a e ANOA Project Details Project Properties always framed in yellow AR button daisy 1 border 2N button daisy 1 Y a La Project Name Daisy Design Pai Stitches Per Inch 12 Stitching Speed Tie Stitches Per Inch 43 Tie Stitches 7 Margin 0 25 y is ys eee a ee Project Notes UStOME this example is SECU explained here y Project Name Enter the Project Name Changing the Project Properties Project Name 7 The default name for all projects is My Quilt Project When you save your project you will be prompted to change this to something unique The settings are inherited from the default settings on the Controller Definition form If any setting is changed here all patterns selected for this project after the change will use the new setting Main Screen Layout Work Area Property Window 51 2 5 2 2 Numeric Changes are easy Click in the settings box anda drop down box appears Make your changes by dragging the slider using the tum
359. th vary only in the speed of the needle moving up amp down Try them all and choose the one that you like best Ag 2 Click on the Regulated Sewing icon A Dialog box shows settings and buttons Angle 0 Fip Angle spi 12 00 r rasas 90 Record Chan Stee sen Settings Angle This is the current angle that will be used when Channel Lock is turned on SPI Stitches Per Inch is changed with up down arrows or use mouse amp keyboard The asterisk has a special function to synchronize the auxiliary encodes with the motor encoders This is explained in the Record Options section Needle Pos If checked the sewing head works like the Plus machines allowing a half stitch to be taken instead of a full single stitch Press the button once and the needle goes down amp stays there Press it again to bring the needle back up If it is down when stitching starts it will go back down when it stops Flip Angle This is intended to be used with the channel lock feature It will either replace the current angle or add to it depending on the Radiate setting If Radiate is not checked this angle will replace the current angle otherwise it adds to it Radiate Works with Flip Angle for creating radiating line designs Buttons There are 6 buttons shown on the screen which correspond to the 6 button keypad on the sewing head Additional options are accessible using the Shift button A
360. the applique It is possible to convert the trim boundaries into patterns so the outline stitching can be done Be sure to convert only the trim boundaries that were done using the machine head not the little trim boundaries done using the mouse Quick Reference Trim Inside 2 Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds Background Fillers using Fill 4 5 6 Background Fillers using Fill The Fill option delivers a result similar to the background fillers using Trim Inside but without the tieoff stitches Applique blocks are good examples of the need to Stitch the background down behind a quilting pattern as shown in the previous example This example uses a stitched pattern as the focus point Fill will create a new pattern derivative that excludes the area behind the focus pattern but connects all the pattern segments so it stitches without stopping Feature Fill with background pattern Assumptions The quilt top is loaded and stabilized machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project In this example a focus pattern will be quilted in the center of a block and the background will be filled with a meander pattern There will be no tieoffs around the center pattern steps to follow 1 Click on the Boundary icon ss and follow the prompts to define the outer boundary of the quilt block Use as many clicks as needed to follow the seamlines around the
361. the encoders There are two types of encoders Machine moves with the sewing head and Auxiliary translates movements to show on the screen If you want to watch the CAD screen while recording patterns that need to align with other patterns on the CAD click the Asterisk on the keypad in Regulated Mode before removing the belts lt is helpful to draw a boundary around the area being recorded and adjust the zoom level to see the bounded area before you begin to record 3 Move the machine to the place where the pattern will begin If you will be Stitching while recording pull up the bobbin thread and take a few tieoff stitches before you start to record 4 Press Record to begin 0 Needle Pos A Aip Angle 12 00 4 E rosse 90 x When recording aes The Record button turns blue A box around the Asterisk turns Red Angle 0 C Neede Fos A jPi Angle SPI 12 00 E Radiate 30 Record Chan OFF Lock Click the Asterisk once to synchronize the motor encoders with the auxiliary encoders Shi Single Stitch Start Angle SPI Single stitch Move the stitcher to create a new pattern 5 Press Record again to end If you are stitching while recording pressing Stop will also end the recording Preview Pattern File name for the newly recorded pattern is yyyMondd_hhmmss qli Tie Stitches Per Inch
362. they remain active for the duration of the project or until they are deleted Therefore if patterns are added and or moved to where a trim is even after the trim boundary is defined they will still be trimmed CS stays in Trim mode so to exit press Esc or Alt T again Alt A Draw Sewable Draw Arc To draw an arc Press Alt A or Click Draw choose Draw Sewable choose Arc Click point 1 on the way to 2 Click point 2 fon the way to 3 Click points 1 2 and 3 completing the arc VV With the mouse click 3 times 1 is the start point of the arc 2 is the middle of the arc which will be the peak of the arc 3 is the end point of the arc When done drawing curves Press Esc or Alt A Alt CDraw Sewable Draw Curve To draw an curve Press Alt C or Click Draw choose Draw Sewable choose Curve Quick Reference Sheets Quick Ref Draw Options 267 Click points 1 and 2 g s onth 2 ao Click points 1 and 2 moving the cursor toward the third point V N Click points 1 2 and 3 The curve begins to show Tan With the mouse click as many times as needed 1 will not appear on the screen immediately but it is there 2 will show the location of 1 but does not begin to curve yet 3 will begin to show the curvature When done drawing curves Press Esc or Alt C Alt L Draw Sewable Draw P2P Line T
363. this Mode Tap the icon a second time to get out of Draw Boundary Mode or press the Escape key 7 Draw Trim on CAD for drawing a trim boundary on the screen Click or tap this icon to begin Draw Trim Modes Then tap the screen at each boundary point Touch and hold anywhere on the screen and CS will complete the trim boundary The last touch completes the boundary but that last touch is not included in the boundary Multiple Trim boundaries can be made while in this Mode To exit Draw Trim Mode touch this icon again press the Escape key or touch and hold some point on the screen until a little black box appears temporarily then release e Draw Arc on CAD for drawing an arc on the screen Click or tap this icon first to begin Draw Arc Mode s Then touch the screen at 3 points the beginning the middle and the end The arc is a sewable pattern that appears on the Preview Main Screen Layout Tool Strip Design Icons 45 Area Multiple Arcs can be made while in this Mode To exit Draw Arc Mode tap this icon again press the Escape key or touch and hold some point on the screen until a little black box appears temporarily then release Draw Curve on CAD for drawing a curve on the screen Click or tap this icon first to begin Draw Curve Mode s Touch the screen in a series of points and a curve will be drawn that connects the points The curve is a sewable pattern that appears on the Preview Area Mu
364. titch and prompts you to pull up the bobbin so do that Press OK on the keypad when ready The first row now begins 6 At the end of the row CS stops and prompts you to cut the bobbin thread It doesn t matter how the bobbin thread is pulled up secured or trimmed Just be sure to click OK because it completes this process 6A IF you have room for another row the machine will move to the beginning of the next row take a stitch prompt for Bobbin pull up and click OK to quilt the next row Repeat these steps until all the rows for the current section are complete 7 When CS finishes the last row that fits you will be prompted to cut the bobbin a CS finishes the last row that will fit prompts you to cut the bobbin thread and Click OK to complete the end of row process CS prompts you to click OK when ready to mark the Right registration point Click OK and the stitcher moves to the first registration point Mark this spot where the needle would enter the fabric CS prompts you to click OK when ready to mark the Left registration point Click OK and the stitcher moves to the second registration point Mark this spot where the needle would enter the fabric Click OK to complete the process Save the project e7 8 Roll the quilt baste the sides if desired and check the bobbin thread It is also a good idea to check that the quilt is still square Use the channel lock to check that both regi
365. tomatically includes the spacing adjustment when it calculates the Total Width and Total Height of the area to be quilted Quilt angle is the number of degrees that the set of repeated patterns is angled Connect affects how CS connects the patterns Bobbin PullUp means patterns are placed side by side and CS stitches them individually ConnectStartAndEnd means CS places them so the end point of one pattern connects with the start of the next pattern and CS stitches them as one continuous row Naturally this affects the total width calculation Alternating allows the rows to be staggered by adding an extra repeat to every other row There are three choices None default Plus Row on Top the extra repeat begins with the first row Minus Row on Top the extra repeat begins with the second row 2 The Border Corner Settings control the placement of the corner patterns and can place the border patterns at the same time CS creates a new quilt group for this process called Border Corner The process will prompt for the outer border first then the inner border This gives CS enough information along with the settings to position the corner patterns a z f lt i b o VW EA The Outer Boundary is defined first blue and the Inner Boundary is defined next red The Border Corner Settings refer to the Corner Pattern being used which determines Orientation Upper Left shown Type L sha
366. tpoint and the endpoint is less than the total width By default StartEnd Width ON so CS will use the distance between the startpoint and endpoint as the width for repeat calculations If StartEnd Width OFF CS will use the widest part as the width for repeat calculations Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 97 Page 98 Getting Started with CreativeStudio f Repeat Pattern Setup x oe a _ Total Width 14 67 Offset 0 Horiz 0 Vert if Start End Width ON 4 Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed Off Freeze Aspect On Width 22 31 Height 9 72 Rotation 0 4 Repeat Settings Repeats and Rows 1 Repeats 1 Rows Total Width 14 67 Total eign 372 ea oe Sion 0 Vert Total Width 22 31 Quilt Angle 5 if Start End Width OFF Connect ConnectStartAndEnd Alternating None Spacing The pattern placement can be adjusted as desired The Horizontal Spacing affects the space between the repeats The Vertical spacing affects the Space between rows Space can be increased positive spacing or decreased negative spacing CS automatically includes the spacing adjustment when it calculates the Total Width and Total Height of the area to be quilted Mosel w Lesiyled wil Freeze Aspect Off Width 9 Height 12 Rotation 0 4 Repeat Settings gt Repeats and Rows 3 Repeats 2 Rows No Spacing between 27 00 patterns 24 i Off g
367. trip The icons displayed on the Tool Strips initiate unique quilting features Every quilting feature represented by icons is described briefly here and in more depth later when they are used in context Each icon falls into 1 of 3 categories Stitching icons s9 control the sewing process and can be initiated by clicking the icon or pressing the Mode button on the keypad until the icon is highlighted and then pressing Select on the keypad Each time the Mode button is pressed the next Stitching icon is highlighted To highlight the previous feature icon press and hold the Stop button and press Mode Design icons 43 are used to create new designs in the Preview area prior to Stitching them Since they are not stitching functions they can not be accessed using the keypad on the stitching head Right Click Icons 4 are used to change or adjust existing patterns designs The are listed on the right side of the screen for people with newer systems and they are accessible by right clicking an object pattern trim boundary on the screen IBTA OUD SIS PPP IE The Tool Strip Icons can be split into 3 categories 1 Stitching Icons control the sewing head 2 Design Icons the tools used to create new quilting patterns 3 Right Click Icons the tools used to modify existing patterns Project Properties Proyect Name My Quilt Project 12 a 4 lt b B J 3 3 m tf O
368. ttern is used Not all patterns look good using the Alternating Pattern option but CS makes it easy to audition them The Alternating option will always have sides that are irregular but CS will automatically Trim the sides to fit the quilt Feature Edge to Edge Alternating 215 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 215 Page 216 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Assumptions The machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project The Prep Steps here are the same as a Standard E2E Prep Step 1 Measure the quilt length and width accurately before loading the quilt Note There are three reasons to modify the total quilt length and width 1 If you are leaving a margin at the top and bottom be sure to reduce your total quilt length by this amount 2 If your pattern is deeply nested you may need to increase the total quilt length to allow the irregular edges to be trimmed off the top and bottom 3 It is a good idea to reduce the length a little to accommodate shrinkage caused by the guilting This could be from 1 to 5 depending on the fabrics batting and quilting density Prep Step 2 Load the quilt and baste the outer edges Prep Step 3 Choose a pattern and think about the scale Large scale open quilting results in a more supple quilt and small scale dense quilting is a bit stiffer Prep Step 4 Change the patt
369. tterns are all stitched the screen will display them with red lines instead of black This is a visual reminder that they are tagged as having been sewn already 3 5 1 23 2 E2E Settings E2E Settings can be recalled during your project if the E2E icon has been used When setting up an Edge to edge quilting pattern CS takes care of most of the measurements and adjustments automatically which is why this process is sometimes called E2E Automatic The E2E Process Details dialog box contains all these details initially but often the dialog box is closed If you ever need to review the E2E Settings it is easy to do Just right click on an empty space and choose E2E Settings You can use these sett NE Rename Quilt Group Convert Choose E2E Settings Virtual Stitchout F2 T Image Attributes Quilt Width 36 58058 Quilt Length 72 Pattern Width 18 29 Pattern Height 12 Repeats 2 Rows 6 Horizontal Spacing 0 Vertical Spacing 0 0 Between Blocks ConnectStartAndEnd Stop at end of Rows On Alernating None Registration PlaceTwoPins There are times when the E2E Automatic process is converted to E2E Repeat Once this happens it is too late to recall the original settings Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 143 3 5 1 23 3 Rename Quilt Group Renaming Quilt Groups is easy Just right click on an empty space in the Preview area for that group
370. tterns that fit together one for the corner and one for the border repeats The Border Corner feature is designed to automatically resize and place the patterns together The Border Corner feature needs a dedicated Quit Group and will create a new one automatically although you can change the name if desired It will prompt for soecial boundary reference points Border Corner can resize and place just the corner patterns or it can resize and place both the corner and the border patterns If just a corner pattern is selected when this feature is started just the corner pattern will be placed If both patterns are selected the corner MUST be first then CS will resize and place the top corners and all the top repeats If both patterns are placed AND the quilt length is given CS will resize and place the side repeats also Feature Border_Corner Assumptions Quilt is loaded and stabilized machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been added to the project steps to follow for placing just the corners 1 Highlight the corner pattern so the Pattern Details are displayed in the Properties box Most corner patterns need to retain their original shape so Freeze aspect ON might be a good idea Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 3 Borders Corners using Border_Corner 191 Preview Pattern 1237d Pretty Posies Border Select the corner pattern
371. ttom edge is irregular Press Stop button when done with the bottom edge This created a boundary along the bottom edge and Is displayed on the screen If the pattern needs to be adjusted or trimmed now is the time to do tt Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Edge_To Edge Pantographs 209 l The last time the quilt is Sae ieaie rolled CS asks for the registration points AND for the Click Right registration mark lower edge to be marked O EEEE Select points along botlom of EZE _ ES T f ey Oh oh r ie O be OC he Blue line is the bottom edge of the quilt Tip If you notice that the bottom corners of the quilt flare out or pull in you can include the sides when you Select points along bottom of E2E Just be sure that the 2 registration marks are clicked first and then it doesn t matter how many other points are clicked Press Stop when done Adjust or trim the side patterns if needed Save the project e7 16 Click Quilt after the adjustments are made for the last row Press OK on the keypad when ready 777 At the end of the last row CS stops and prompts you to cut the bobbin thread and click OK When something goes wrong The E2E feature needs to have the steps executed in the correct order Fortunately CS keeps a sequential list of the executed steps in a stack By using the Edit Undo command Ctl Z you can
372. ttributes Changing the pattern shape requires changing the segments and that is done using the Nodes PAR Ge 16 Or Tap the Nodes Icon on the right side of the screen im RAY Options Having the ability to change the shape of a pattern makes it easy to fit a pattern to a space on a quilt 7 j f f Arc Nodes Y are blue Drag the Arc Nodes to change the shape of the pattern segment Pattern segment is between two pink endpoint nodes Nodes are not technically pattern anchors 0 but they are included when a pattern is selected and the quilter is cycling through the different types of pattern anchors Double clicking a selected pattern will cycle through each of the relevant anchors Deselecting the pattern will hide the nodes Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 117 Designer Nodes are a special type that allow changes to the stitching settings They can be used to change the stitch length SPI the stitching speed or can force a pause in the stitching process perhaps to allow a thread color change There are three keywords which cause the settings to change and they MUST be typed in capitals The keywords are PAUSE SPEED and SPI The first Designer Node keyword is PAUSE In the following example the pattern needs to have the heart shape stitched in one color thread and the surrounding fe
373. ture Repeat_Patterns Assumptions Quilt is loaded and stabilized machine is threaded bobbins wound belts engaged and patterns have been chosen Boundaries are not needed but they can be helpful so define them if desired Steps to follow 1 Be sure the correct pattern is highlighted C P2PCircle Tax nn Sauar 2 Click on Repeat_Patterns icon Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 2 Blocks Stitch Multiple Patterns using Repeat_Patterns 4181 Click OK to place pattern s at chosen 7 pattern location Click OK when the sewing head is in the correct position for placing patterns Cancel Tip Itis easier but not essential to make changes to the settings before clicking on the pattern location If you forget CS will move only one repeat into the preview area and it will be the size of the default dimensions Don t worry you can still change the size the number of repeats and rows 3 Make changes to the settings if desired Individual Pattern Details Preview Pattern BE Individual Pattern Details Individual Pattern Details Reset to Designed Off refer to the pattern Freeze Aspect On highlighted Width 6 89 in the pattern list Height 3 Rotation Reset to Designed means using the Designer s original dimensions Freeze Aspect means keep the pattern proportionate when re sizing Width is the actual width in inch
374. ture 7 Reference Point is the default for the reference point used in Repeat Patterns ss Total Stitch Count is the grand total of all stitches taken since the software was loaded This counter includes the stitches done for computer controlled patterns free motion and even constant speed when the bobbin winder is running Sew Overlap is a distance in inches expressed as a decimal If desired CS can overlap the stitching in block patterns Works well on an echo or on a pattern that has the start and end points on a fairly straight line segment Overlap stitches may show if the start and end points meet at a point or turn a corner stand Alone Mode Check indicates CS is loaded on a computer but the controller is not connected This allows the software to be used for design work but not for stitching the designs SAM Controller is saved here so the Stand Alone Mode SAM can use encrypted patterns To Save Changes Click on the File tab and click Save and Close Be sure to save your changes File Conver Laser Control If you forget CS will remind you Check Belts Restore Factory Defaults Auto Laser Reg Type Smooth v Restore Previous Bobbin Stitch K Reg Smoothing 4 Close 4 Needle Min SPI P2P Type P2P Pattem y Stitch Points 2 Are you sure yo
375. u can control Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 165 Page 166 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Speed the default is defined as a percent of motor speed for most patterns P2P Line Speed usually a much slower speed because P2P Line is often used for stitch in the ditch SID SPI Is the default Stitches Per Inch for all stitching Min SPI is the minumum number per inch or the maximum stitch size for normal Stitching If you need a larger stitch length use the Baste mode Tieoffs are small stitches taken before the start and after the end of each line of quilting They are extra stitches that create a knot and prevent the thread from coming loose Similar to satin stitches but going forward backward instead of side side Tieoff Stitches This is the total number of stitches taken by the tieoff feature at the start and or the end of the quilting line Tieoff SPI This is the size of the stitches taken by the tieoff feature Competitive Ties If this is checked CS will do the tieoff stitches as it starts and ends the pattern not stitching forward and backward creating a knot The stitch size is usually smaller higher SPI which secures the threads so they can be trimmed Since they are part of the pattern instead of stitching over the pattern the Knot is far less noticeable This is preferable for custom quilts Margins the amount of space maintained betwe
376. u want to exit without saving Tieoffs v View KeyPad Reference Point Tieoff Stitches 7 Stop at Jump Stitch V Total Stitch Count 0 Tieoff SPI Auto Toggle as Unsewn Sew Overlap inches 0 Competitive Ties Stand Alone Mode Thread Break v SAM Controller 00000 Margins 0 TB Delay secs 0 1 Trim Skip Length Controller Mod Mod F or G Ethemet Controller for Gamm Controller Version DMC2132 Rev 1 0r2 Now that the preferences are set let s quilt 167 Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 167 Page 168 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 4 2 4 2 1 Phase 1 Basting Basting is a fundamental process that is used during the initial loading of a quilt and throughout the quilting process as the quilt is stitched and rolled There are several methods for basting Each method is useful under different circumstances Simple quilts may only need to have the three layers secured on the outer edges only and basting is adequate Complex quilts may need to have many areas of the quilt stitched together to prevent the fabrics especially the backing from shifting and pulling Taking the time to stabilize the quilt will result in a flatter straighter quilt Stitch in the ditch SID is commonly used in complex quilts because it secures the fabrics and can disappear into the seams Securing the Quilt using Baste For quilts that only
377. uals who have digitized patterns included in this manual Anita Shackelford Thimbleworks www anitashackelford com Anne Bright Simply Continuous www annebright com Debra Geissler Designs by Deb www debrageissler com Kim Diamond Sweet Dreams Quilt Studio www sweetdreamsquiltstudio com Todd Brown Legacy Quilting www legacyquilting com Tammy Finkler Oberlin TKQuilting www tkquilting com Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 7 Page Introduction Introduction Thank you for choosing CreativeStudio from Statler Stitcher A complete Help system has been created to support the Statler Stitcher CreativeStudio software meaning the help information is accessible in electronic format as well as printed The electronic format is a database of information that has been linked into the CreativeStudio software and is accessible at any time during quilting The help system can be accessed by using the Help command at the top of each CS screen Just click on the word Help or press the F1 key and another window will appear that presents the information and helps you look for the topic of interest There is also a What s This Help option Look for the icon in the upper right corner Click that once and the cursor changes to a question mark Then click on the icon item you need to know about and the Help System will take you to that spot in th
378. uenced based on their relative positions Select the first ree pattern segment Nodes F7 right click it and Reverse Start End choose Order e TE Order Join Join Order Join checks all the pattern segments on the screen and groups them automatically based on their relative positions Ey Convert can change the characteristics of patterns boundaries and trims making the virtually interchangeable Patterns can become trims boundaries outlines and curves or Tap the Convert Icon and Convert Choices appear Select the pattern being changed gt Rotate 90 degrees 65 P2T Pattern to Trim p2g Pattern to Boundary Pattern to Outline Choose Convert and i l Pattern to Curve d choices appear P2C gt Pattern to Trim gt gt 2 lt g p B2P Boundary to Pattern Pattern to Outline gt r gt v gt Pattern to Curve v x 4 B27 Boundary to Trim Y Toggle Pattern Sewn X Delete A Relocate gt Export Pattern gt Trim to Pattern Options gt gt Trim to Boundary Boundary to Pattern E Boundary to Trim Trim to Pattern T2B Trim to Boundary tres Convert Boundary to trim or pattern requires right clicking an open space in the Preview area Select the boundary being Right click any open changed area on the Preview area Choose Convert to see the options Pattern to Trim Pattern
379. ult is a nice clean outline or Tap the Convert Icon and Convert Choices appear Select the trim being Right click any open space changed on the Preview area OTS CTICTIN VOI OIC Y Choose Convert POC RASC KASNC RBC KS to see the options SPQ A D Virtual Stitchout ip DS Image Attributes Choose Pa Trim to Pattern Bound i Pat Bou lotim Trim to Boundary Trim to Boundary The Results CUS DRaa INE In this example the meander pattern has been stitched up to the trimmed edge of the heart applique There will be tieoff knots along the trim boundary One easy way to hide them is to do an outline stitch along the trim boundary 1 Select the Trim boundary 2 Right click any open space on the Preview area 3 Choose Convert Trim to Pattern 4 Stitch The new pattern will stitch along the trim boundary Trim to Boundary This choice was designed for allowing a Fill design to be used inside the trim Fill requires boundaries so the ability to convert a trim to a boundary eliminates the need to re trace the shape of the area or Tap the Convert Icon and Convert Choices appear Remove extra patterns Select the trim being changed Right click any open space on the Preview area The Results try Choose Convert P to see the options S ee oup Fi GE comen Fm Virtual Stitchout F2 Vv y Image Atir putet Choose Trim to Boundary B
380. undreds of patterns but sometimes it would be nice to easily modify the patterns to fit an unusual block on a special quilt without having to learn another software program CS now has many options that can modify existing patterns create new patterns and combine features to create custom quilting patterns Plus there are features that check your newly created patterns making sure all the pieces are connected and will stitch in the correct sequence There are several ways to access these features depending on your computer screen resolution and your own preferences Sometimes icons appear at the right side of the screen and you can tap the icon with your finger If you don t have a touch screen computer you will need to use the mouse to click on an icon or to drill down from the command bar Throughout this text you will see Click or Tap which means use your method of choice to select and execute one of the features Right Click Options are the icons along the right side of the screen which can also be accessed by Right Clicking patterns boundaries or open space in the Preview area The dialog box choices allow patterns to be stitched restitched repositioned rotated reversed mirrored stretched squeezed copied converted deleted divided echoed and exported all of which essentially create new patterns They can be customized to suit one unique quilt project or they can be created so they will be valuable in many futur
381. unt of space between patterns both horizontally and vertically Negative numbers reduce the space between patterns rows or repeats and positive numbers increase it Settings 3 Connect describes what you want CS to do between blocks Connect Start And End is preferred for pantographs This connects the start of one pattern to the end of the previous pattern Bobbin Pullup is used if each repeat is a separate block pattern CS automatically switches to Bobbin Pullup if the repeated patterns are not connected Stop at End of Row allows continuous stitching OFF means it will advance automatically to the next row if there is room It will Stitch the first row do tieoffs if needed and automatically move to the next row If you choose this option be sure to uncheck Bobbin Stitch in the Controller Def ON means it will stop and wait for the thread to be cut after each row Normally this is set to ON so CS does stop and prompt for the bobbin thread to be cut Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Edge_To Edge Pantographs Alternating allows staggered rows Examples are included in the next section None means don t stagger the rows Plus Row On Top means one extra repeat will be added to the first row and every other row Minus Row On Top means one repeat is taken away from the first row and every other row Continue Method refers to
382. uried pattern use the lt gt keys greater than and less than keys Click once on the stack to select the first pattern and click gt to move to the next pattern Continue pressing gt to move through the stack in order To backup press lt Rubberstamped patterns are good examples of stacks of patterns Click on the pattern once to select the first pattern in the stack The same concept applies for selecting specific boundaries CS keeps track of the sequence each boundary was created When boundaries overlap each other click on one of them and press the k amp keys to to cycle through the boundaries Pressing k will cycle backwards Pressing I will cycle forwards Press the gt greater than key on the keyboard to select the second pattern in the stack Continue to press the gt greater than key to select the next pattern in the stack The same concept applies for selecting specific TRIM boundaries CS keeps track of the sequence each trim boundary was created When overlap each other click on one of them and press the i amp o keys to to cycle through the boundaries Pressing i will cycle backwards Pressing o will cycle forwards Deselecting Patterns 0 deselect just one of many patterns press and hold the Ctrl key and click on the pattern To deselect all patterns any of these methods will work Press the Escape Esc key on the keyboard Click on a differe
383. useful They can be used to f qd essentially trace blocks or seams on the quilt top showing them on the screen and ensuring accurate pattern placement 4 3 2 Stitch a Single Pattern using Pattern _To_ Boundary Once a boundary is defined this feature will move a pattern into the boundary resizing and repositioning it to fit the boundary Feature Pattern_to Boundary Assumptions Quilt is loaded and stabilized machine is threaded bobbins are wound belts are engaged patterns have been chosen boundaries have been defined Choose the preferred method of moving a pattern into the boundary Standard Stretch or Squeeze Standard fit method j Be sure the correct pattern is highlighted and the correct boundary is selected If the boundary was just created it is already highlighted red If it wasn t the most recently defined boundary just click it once Project Information XX Quilt Group oa 3 x wv amp 3 et 9 x ches Per inch 12 s The pattern is positioned in the ected Patta boundary without ze Aspec distortion fect tte Selected Patt Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 2 Blocks Stitch a Single Pattern using Pattern_To_Boundary79 2 Click on Pattern Into Boundary icon and the pattern will appear inside the boundary in the preview area Freeze Aspect ON prevents distortion Stretch fit method ie Be sure the correct pattern is highlig
384. v 00 47 Page 48 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 2 5 2 5 1 Work Area Work Area is divided into three distinct parts mOPN Jl 9 a gt SQ08e BOCHIO SS PPL IE Project Properties Proyect Name My Quilt Project 12 Stiching Speed he Stitches n A Tesu Properties pad Details Stitch Count gt Project information 4s is also known as the Project Explorer Properties 4 window will list the settings and other details Preview Area is also called the CAD Screen by techy types The images of the quilting designs appear here Project Information Projects collect and hold the information needed to do a whole quilt Technically a project is a file but thinking of them as a notebook or as a folder is sometimes easier The Project Information area of the screen shows the patterns chosen for this project Each pattern has a thumbnail size image and the pattern name listed Patterns chosen shows a preview image and the pattern name S Save Project saves the project file If a name has not been given to the file CS will prompt for one Add Pattern initiates the process of looking previewing and choosing a pattern for this project Remove Pattern s2 will remove a pattern from this project Main Screen Layout Work Area Project Information 49 2 5 2 Project Properties sol displays the project details in the Properties
385. ve the project 7 Before Resizing After resizing enlaraing the pattern to fit the black Tip CS hasn t really deleted any of the pattern It just won t sew outside of your boundary Therefore you can click inside your boundary to select the pattern and reposition it or resize it until it fits perfectly 5 Click on Start_Quilting i Fi 6l The sewing head will move to the Start of the pattern CS will prompt for pulling up the bobbin thread and will begin stitching The Trim function eliminates some of the pattern so the thread needs to be secured at each edge of the trim boundary as it jumps from the end of one stitch line to the beginning of the next To avoid thread breaks at these jump stitches CS will finish a segment and instead of moving directly to the beginning of the next pattern segment it goes past about 1 4 and comes back to the correct spot This pulls just enough extra thread to reduce the stress on the thread and this improves accuracy when Starting the next pattern segment Before Stitching During Stitching After Stitching Be sure to click OK Pull up bobbin thread then click OK Bobbin Cut Single Stitch Sop on bury them CS can stop and do the Bobbin Pull up routine instead of doing tieoff Tip Some quilters prefer to skip the tieoff stitches and hand tie the threads and stitches The settings are found in the Controller Definition Configuration Form
386. veStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 69 Page 70 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 2 1 Multiple repeats of the Border pattern were copied and then EEE tontin pe repositioned to see what the border would look like 9x One repeat of the E2E pattern was copied just to preview the design 2 Edge to Edge is an example of a quilt group that is automatically created by the Edge to Edge E2E feature Pattern size and alignment is very important in E2E so CS controls this in its own quilt group 3 Border is another quilt group that was created for this quilt It will be used to create boundaries amp position border patterns There is no limit to the number of quilt groups that could be used Some quilts require only one quilt group like E2E and others have many like custom quilting The diagram above shows how a quilt group can be used to preview how the patterns will look together Design It Yourself To easily switch from one Quilt Group to the next press the Page Up and Page Down keys in the keyboard D DY Creating a Quilt Group New quilt groups can be added easily Just click on the AddQuiltGroup icon located in the Project Information s area Type a unique name in the pop up box File Edit View Draw _ Tools Help Type a name for the new quilt group or accept the default Enter Quilt Group Name Click or tap OK a A tab is created with the new
387. visible Next hold the template or ruler on the screen and zoom in and out until the screen grid is exactly the same as the 1 template Then click on this icon and that will be saved Now when clicking on the word Zoom the screen perspective will be true size Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 63 Page 2 8 64 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Task Bar Start Bar People with newer computers will know the Task Bar is now called the Start Bar Start Bar Icons make the programs easier to access Pin the programs you use the most To pin a program to the Start Bar just right click its name and choose Pin To Start Once the icons are pinned to the start bar they can be easily initiated by tapping the icon To see if the program is currently running let the mouse hover over the icon A thumbnail image of the program s screen will appear if the program is running Part Ill 3 1 66 Getting Started with CreativeStudio Planning the Quilting A key strength of the Statler Stitcher CreativeStudio software is the ability to See it Choose Modify Position and Preview quilting patterns before stitching Stitch it What You See Is What You Quilt WYSIWYQ Save it Save all the patterns positioning amp settings in a Project for future use XI Quilt Group Edge to Edge border Planning the quilting is easy n
388. was chosen because it had curvature that was very similar to the center block When the triangular pattern touches the center pattern it gives a very custom look Project information f amp Quik Group bed ah Ly f i i a Al g on Ae i a J i i 7 fr r Ha Pattern to Boundary was o aL used for the center motif The center pattern was rotated and placed first The four triangles were sized next and then rotated to the correct orientation The top triangular pattern is detached to demonstrate how the patterns fit This might be a good set of patterns to rubber stamp too 1 center pattern 4 additional patterns to fill the space Example 5 Point To Point patterns can be used to fill a block In this example one of the four P2P patterns has been stitched so it is red Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 2 Blocks Stitch a Composite Pattern 189 L Za Composite Block Using P2P Pattern The pattern s shape was triangular and the P2P clicks were done at the corners of the square block It took five clicks to complete this design Use Endpoint snaps s to be sure the last click and the first click are on the same point but leave endpoint snap off for the other points Originally because the patterns were triangular they touched at the center point and looked too dense Since each P2P pattern is
389. ween the rows Quilting the Quilt Which CS Feature To use Phase 4 Backgrounds E2E Alternating Patterns 217 Variable Settings ss Select Between Blocks describes what you want CS to do between blocks Connect Start And End is preferred for pantographs Bobbin Pullup is used if each repeat is a separate block pattern CS automatically switches to Bobbin Pullup if the repeated patterns have become disconnected Stop at End of Row allows continuous stitching OFF means it will advance automatically to the next row if there is room It will Stitch the first row do tieoffs if needed and automatically move to the next row If you choose this option be sure to uncheck Bobbin Stitch in the Controller Def ON means it will stop and wait for the thread to be cut after each row Normally this is set to ON so CS does stop and prompt for the bobbin thread to be cut Alternating allows staggered rows None means dont stagger the rows Plus Row On Top means one extra repeat will be added to the first row and every other row Minus Row On Top means one repeat is taken away from the first row and every other row Continue Method refers to the method of spacing the rows properly every time the quilt is rolled Place Two Pins means CS will pick the registration points and you need to mark them with pins or a marker End of Set uses the last stitch of the previous row this is the def
390. when it comes to a certain place in a pattern Now the quilter can add Designer Nodes to slow down when going into the fussy part and speed back up when it can Divide Divide Pattern Patterns can only be divided at an Endpoint Node pink so use Node mode to divide a pattern into pieces Select the pattern and press F7 to see the nodes Hold the cursor over the Endpoint node to be divided Right click to see the prompt Click on the word Divide Divide Or just press the letter D on the keyboard Dividing a pattern into 2 pieces is done with very few keystrokes 1 Click on the pattern to select it 2 Press F7 to display the Endpoint nodes Planning the Quilting Quilt Pattern Creation Right Click Options 3 5 1 10 3 Hover over the endpoint to be divided until the cursor shape becomes Then press the letter D on the keyboard The original pattern is now 2 separate patterns Tip If the pattern needs to be divided at a specific place and there isn t a node at that place it is possible to add more nodes Isolate divide out the segment that contains the specific place and convert it to a curve This adds nodes to that segment See Convert Pattern to Curve ia Reverse Start End Reverse Start End will reverse the start and end points essentially allowing patterns to be sewn backwards When patterns are rearrranged to make interesting co
391. y Each iteration of Convert command was explained previously in this text Click the link to see and explanation of each choice Converting Patterns ha Pattern to Trim Pattern to Boundary Pattern to Outline Pattern to Curve Converting Boundaries z Boundary to Pattern Boundary to Trim Converting Trims 12 Trim to Pattern Trim to Boundary Gammill Inc 2015 M S 0001 CreativeStudio 6 0 User Manual Rev 00 143 Page 144 Getting Started with CreativeStudio 3 5 1 23 5 Virtual Stitchout Virtual Stitchout F2 verifies the continuous stitching line of any all unsewn patterns The trace begins at the START point and follows the stitching sequence and direction through to the END point No stitching will occur Begin using any of the methods below Or right click any open space on the Preview area to get this dialog box Text Property r Rename Quilt Group Convert Or Press F2 Virtual Stitchout F2 4 Image Attributes A blue circle will appear moving along the path in the same sequence that the pattern or pattern segments would be stitched If there is a break in the continuous path the machine will make a boink sound but continue to trace the path to the end Watch the screen during this process to see where the breaks occur If needed use F8 Set Sew Orders or Order Join i to change stitching direction and sequence Tap the Stitchout Icon in the
392. y to place an order here is what to do 1 Log on to their website and view their catalogs Most catalogs have shopping cart functions so you can be adding patterns to your shopping cart as you find them When you are done shopping follow the instructions for checking out and paying for the patterns Each designer does this a little differently so follow their directions carefully One of the steps is to give your name address and email address The designer will either email the patterns to you or tell you how to download them yourself 2 When you get your patterns save them to your home computer first This assumes that your home computer has internet access a firewall and virus security software All new files should be received by and saved on your home computer so it can check them for viruses etc The Statler Stitcher should never be connected to a network 3 Frequently the patterns will arrive in a zipped file folder which means it has been compressed so it takes less space and can be sent to you faster It is easy to unzip a folder Just like Windows Explorer right click the zipped folder and follow the instructions There is a wizard that will help explain the process 4 Now copy the files to your Statler Stitcher computer Moving Files Many people use the terms copy and move interchangeably because they are so similar When files are copied from one place source to another destination the Original files on the

CreativeStudio User Manual v6.0

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents